Introduction

For a finite set U⊂R2U \subset\mathbb{R}^2, let

u(U)=#{{x,y}⊂U:∣x−y∣=1},u(n)=max⁡∣U∣=nu(U),u(U)=\#\{\{x,y\}\subset U:|x-y|=1\}, \qquad u(n)=\max_{|U|=n}u(U),

where the pairs are unordered and the distance is Euclidean. The unit distance problem of Erdős [6] asks for the order of growth of u(n)u(n). Our main result is the following.

Theorem 1.1. There are finite sets Uj⊂R2U_j \subset\mathbb{R}^2, with ∣Uj∣→∞|U_j| \to\infty, such that

u(Uj)∣Uj∣1.04273→∞.\frac{u(U_j)}{|U_j|^{1.04273}} \to\infty.

In particular, u(n)≥n1.04273u(n) \ge n^{1.04273} for arbitrarily large integers nn.

The largest exponent previously claimed, 1.0358324, is in the author’s unpublished manuscript [23]. Theorem 1.1 uses the same number-field method with several new ingredients: fields of mixed signature, averaged over their norm-one units; an infinite pro-2 extension of the real quadratic field Q(241)\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{241}), with restricted ramification and a nonabelian local Galois group at the primes above 2; an explicit bound for the relative zeta value (defined in Subsection 1.2) from the quadratic LL-functions of a Kummer field of degree 512; and optimized profiles: smooth or locally constant weight functions at the archimedean places and at finitely many primes, whose product determines, through its superlevel sets, the region in which lattice points are counted. Subsection 1.3 describes them. The theorem concerns an unbounded sequence of cardinalities. Its proof uses no unproved hypothesis, such as the generalized Riemann hypothesis, but it is computer-assisted: finite facts about the tower and several numerical inequalities are verified by exact computation and interval arithmetic, as described in Subsection 1.6.

Background

Erdős [6] showed that a suitable section of a scaled integer lattice gives

u(n)≥n1+c0/log⁡log⁡nu(n) \ge n^{1+c_{0}/\log\log n}

for some c0>0c_{0}>0 and arbitrarily large nn, and he conjectured that this is essentially optimal [6, 7]. The best upper bound,

u(n)=O(n4/3),u(n)=O(n^{4/3}),

is due to Spencer, Szemerédi and Trotter [34]; Székely [36] gave a proof by crossing numbers.

In 2026 a team at OpenAI [27] disproved Erdős’s conjecture. They constructed sets with u(U)≥∣U∣1+δu(U)\ge|U|^{1+\delta} for a fixed δ>0\delta>0 and arbitrarily large ∣U∣|U|, replacing the integer lattice by ideal lattices in number fields of large degree and small root discriminant. Alon, Bloom, Gowers, Litt, Sawin, Shankar, Tsimerman, Wang and Wood [1] simplified the argument and obtained δ≈6⋅10−38\delta\approx6\cdot10^{-38}. Sawin [32] made every step explicit and sharpened it, and reached the exponent 1.014114.

Improvements followed within days in online discussions. On the Erdős Problems forum, mlewko [20] reached 1.031849 in Sawin’s criterion with finite data found by ChatGPT, and on MathOverflow spiderduckpig [35] adjusted these data to reach 1.031883. In a comment the next day, spiderduckpig proposed a structural change: in the Golod–Shafarevich step of Sawin’s argument [32], Lemma 11, replace the unweighted count of relations by a count weighted by degree in the Zassenhaus filtration (recalled in Section 2). This was reported to give δ≥0.0333487\delta\ge0.0333487 [35]. Weighted counts of this kind underlie the towers of [23] and of the present paper. The author’s MathOverflow answer [21] then combined this count with covolume counting, dyadic ramification and Euler products over a fixed subfield. The manuscript [23] is a formal write-up of that construction, and it records δ=0.0358324\delta=0.0358324. Table 1 lists the explicit exponents, and the repository [28] records further bounds posted online.

ExponentSourceMain new inputKind of source
1+c0/log⁡log⁡n1+c_{0}/\log\log nErdős [6]integer latticejournal
1+δ, δ>01+\delta,\ \delta>0OpenAI [27]ideal lattices from class field towersmanuscript
1+6⋅10−381+6\cdot10^{-38}Alon et al. [1]simplified argumentpreprint
1.014114Sawin [32]explicit and sharpened criterionpreprint
1.015263Emmerich [4]optimized parameterspreprint
1.031185Emmerich, Cordella [5]extended range of primesonline certificate
1.031849mlewko [20]finite data found by ChatGPTforum post
1.0333487spiderduckpig [35]weighted Zassenhaus countonline post
1.0358324Naslund [23, 21]covolume counting, dyadic ramification, fixed-subfield Euler productsmanuscript, online post
1.04273this papersee Subsection 1.3

Table 1. Explicit lower bounds u(n)≥n1+δu(n)\ge n^{1+\delta} for arbitrarily large nn, in increasing order. The exponents are rounded down and constant factors are omitted. The last column gives the kind of source; apart from Erdős’s, none of these bounds had appeared in a refereed journal when this paper was written.

The construction in outline

The construction carries Erdős’s lattice argument to number fields of large degree. Let KK be such a field, of degree 2d2d, with an involution ι\iota whose fixed field is FF. We take the points of a translated ideal lattice of KK that lie in a bounded region of K⊗RK \otimes\mathbb{R}. A complex embedding in which ι\iota acts as complex conjugation maps them injectively to the plane. It sends every difference of relative norm one over FF to a unit vector, so two points whose difference has relative norm one are at distance one. The exponent is then set by a balance between four quantities, each normalized as d−1d^{-1} times the logarithm of a count. First, equal-norm choices: if a prime p\mathfrak{p} of FF splits in KK as P⋅ιP\mathfrak{P} \cdot\iota\mathfrak{P}, the k+1k+1 ideals Pj(ιP)k−j\mathfrak{P}^{j}(\iota\mathfrak{P})^{k-j}, 0≤j≤k0 \le j \le k, all have relative norm pk\mathfrak{p}^{k}. When the construction uses these k+1k+1 ideals, we say that p\mathfrak{p} is used with exponent kk, and we call the primes so used the selected primes. Second, ideal classes: a choice of exponents 0≤jp≤kp0 \le j_{\mathfrak{p}} \le k_{\mathfrak{p}}, one at each selected prime p\mathfrak{p} (used with exponent kpk_{\mathfrak{p}}), gives the product of the ideals Pjp(ιP)kp−jp\mathfrak{P}^{j_{\mathfrak{p}}}(\iota\mathfrak{P})^{k_{\mathfrak{p}}-j_{\mathfrak{p}}}. For the choices whose ideals ∏pPjp\prod_{\mathfrak{p}}\mathfrak{P}^{j_{\mathfrak{p}}} lie in one class of Cl⁡(K)\operatorname{Cl}(K) modulo the image of Cl⁡(F)\operatorname{Cl}(F), there are elements of relative norm one that generate these products times one fixed fractional ideal, and keeping the most frequent class loses at most a factor equal to the order of that quotient (Lemma 5.6). Through the class-number formula, this loss is governed by the root discriminant λ\lambda of KK and by the relative zeta value LF(1)L_F(1), where LF(s)=ζK(s)/ζF(s)L_F(s)=\zeta_K(s)/\zeta_F(s). Third, the region: its shape decides how many pairs of points with difference of relative norm one lie in it, and its volume fixes the number of points. Fourth, density: using a prime p\mathfrak{p} with exponent kk also makes the ideal lattice denser by the factor NpkN\mathfrak{p}^{k}; since the exponent 1+δ1+\delta is measured against the number of points, this costs δklog⁡Np\delta k\log N\mathfrak{p} before division by dd.

Quantitatively, suppose that such fields exist with d→∞d \to\infty and a fixed root discriminant λ\lambda. Let (b,c)(b,c) be the signature of FF, so that d=b+2cd=b+2c, and put θ=c/d\theta=c/d; thus 2θ2\theta is the proportion of non-real embeddings of FF. Suppose also that the selected primes have uniform local types: they are all the primes of FF above the primes rr of a fixed finite set RR, each of them splits in KK, and all those above a given rr have the same absolute ramification index ere_r and residue degree frf_r (Definitions 2.41 and 5.4). Then FF has exactly d/(erfr)d/(e_rf_r) primes above each rr, and we use all of them with a common exponent krk_r. If the points are taken from one translate of a fixed ideal lattice, with no further weighting at the selected primes (unweighted shell profiles, Definition 6.5), the exponent 1+δ1+\delta is attained when

∑r∈Rlog⁡(kr+1)−δkrfrlog⁡rerfr−(12−δ)log⁡λ−C+Aδ(θ)>0.(1)\sum_{r \in R}\frac{\log(k_r+1)-\delta k_rf_r\log r}{e_rf_r} -\left(\frac{1}{2}-\delta\right)\log\lambda-C+\mathcal{A}_{\delta}(\theta)>0. \tag*{(1)}

Here CC is an upper bound for d−1log⁡LF(1)d^{-1}\log L_F(1), and

Aδ(θ)=(1−δ)log⁡2+(1−θ)log⁡π+(1−2θ)JR+θJC\mathcal{A}_{\delta}(\theta)=(1-\delta)\log2+(1-\theta)\log\pi+(1-2\theta)\mathcal{J}_{\mathbb{R}}+\theta\mathcal{J}_{\mathbb{C}}

is the archimedean contribution. In it, JR\mathcal{J}_{\mathbb{R}} and JC\mathcal{J}_{\mathbb{C}} are the functionals of the profiles at the real and at the complex places of FF (Definition 5.22); they compare how much a profile overlaps its translates by elements of relative norm one with its mass. We call the left side of (1) the margin. Proposition 5.26, the geometric transfer, makes this precise for quadratic extensions K/FK/F with KK totally imaginary, FF with a real place and K/FK/F unramified at every finite place: under conditions on the profiles, if the margin is bounded below by a positive constant along such a family, then there are finite sets Uj⊂R2U_j \subset\mathbb{R}^{2} with ∣Uj∣→∞|U_j| \to\infty and u(Uj)/∣Uj∣1+δ→∞u(U_j)/|U_j|^{1+\delta} \to\infty. Section 6 allows general shell profiles, weighted sums of indicator functions of sets defined by valuations (Definition 6.5 and Proposition 6.21). This replaces each summand of the sum over RR in (1) by log⁡Fδ,r/(erfr)\log\mathcal{F}_{\delta,r}/(e_rf_r), where Fδ,r\mathcal{F}_{\delta,r} is the value of the local functional of Definition 6.1 at the shell profile used above rr; we still call the resulting left side the margin (Corollary 6.23). Section 8 proves a positive lower bound for it at δ=0.04273\delta=0.04273.

The fields must form an infinite family of growing degree with fixed λ\lambda and fixed types at the selected primes. Such families come from towers, pro-2 extensions with restricted ramification and prescribed local Galois groups, when these are infinite. Golod–Shafarevich arguments [10] show that a tower is infinite when an explicit function of t∈(0,1)t \in(0,1), built from the number of generators of its Galois group and from its local conditions, takes a negative value; here that function is the Golod–Shafarevich function PBP_B of (12), and Proposition 2.39 proves the criterion for it. The use of Frobenius conditions to control splitting in such towers goes back to Hajir, Maire and Ramakrishna [11].

New ingredients

The construction differs from those of Sawin [32] and of [23] in four ways.

Mixed signature. In Sawin’s construction, and in [23], the field KK is a CM field: complex conjugation is central in Gal⁡(K/Q)\operatorname{Gal}(K/\mathbb{Q}), FF is totally real, every norm-one element has modulus one at every archimedean place, and the norm-one units are finite. Here KK is totally imaginary and Galois over B=Q(241)B=\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{241}), and FF is the fixed field of one complex conjugation ι1\iota_1, which is not central: its conjugacy class has at least 2152^{15} elements, so θ≥θ∗=65535/131072\theta\geq\theta_* = 65535/131072 (Theorem 2.42) and almost every place of FF is complex. Above a complex place of FF the two coordinates of a norm-one element can have moduli eue^u and e−ue^{-u}, and the norm-one units, of rank cc, move uu along a lattice. Averaging over a fundamental domain of that lattice counts the resulting pairs of points exactly, and the class-number formula cancels the regulator of these units together with the capitulation kernel, the kernel of Cl⁡(F)→Cl⁡(K)\operatorname{Cl}(F)\to\operatorname{Cl}(K) (Proposition 5.2). Mixed signature therefore costs only a factor π\pi per complex place of FF, and a profile that couples the two coordinates at that place more than repays it.

A tower over Q(241)\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{241}). Over a totally real base field in which every prime at which the tower is ramified splits completely, the Golod–Shafarevich function has a local term for every prime of the base above such a prime, but only one constant term (in (12), the terms 2ψD2\psi_D and 4ψC2×C24\psi_{C_2\times C_2}, and the constant 11). The field B=Q(241)B=\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{241}) is the real quadratic field of smallest discriminant in which 2, 3 and 5 all split. Over BB we prescribe a nonabelian dyadic local Galois group of order 32 at each of the two primes above 2, a tame local group C2×C2C_2\times C_2 at each of the four primes above 3 and 5, and conditions that make the Frobenius elements have order dividing 4 at the two primes above 29 and at the prime 7, which is inert in BB. The relations are counted through their images in the Zassenhaus filtration, and one dyadic relation is implied by the others through Hilbert reciprocity. The resulting tower is infinite, it is ramified only above 2, 3 and 5, and its Galois group has 8 generators. The fields of Theorem 2.42 have root discriminant

λ=29/43615≈286.0,3615=3⋅5⋅241.\lambda=2^{9/4}\sqrt{3615}\approx286.0,\qquad3615=3\cdot5\cdot241.

Sawin’s fields come from a pro-2 tower of unramified extensions of Q(3⋅5⋯43)\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{3\cdot5\cdots43}), so they are ramified over Q\mathbb{Q} at 2 and at the thirteen odd primes up to 43, and their root discriminant is about 1.6⋅1081.6\cdot10^8. Theorem 2.42 states the family of fields.

The zeta value. Every field KK of Theorem 2.42 contains the Kummer field E=B(V)E=B(\sqrt{V}), of degree 512 over Q\mathbb{Q}, where VV is the group of {2,3,5}\{2,3,5\}-units of BB (the units of OB[1/30]\mathcal{O}_B[1/30]) modulo squares. Its Dedekind zeta function is the product of ζB\zeta_B and 255 quadratic Hecke LL-functions of BB, which we evaluate rigorously with approximate functional equations (Sections 3 and 4). Together with refinements from the known types of primes in the fields of the tower (Definition 2.41), this gives the bound C=0.04871285C=0.04871285 for d−1log⁡LF(1)d^{-1}\log L_F(1) (Theorem 4.2). It replaces Louboutin’s bound [16], which Sawin uses, and the Euler products over a fixed multiquadratic subfield of [23].

Profiles and shells. Sawin counts points in a region bounded in the sup norm by packing, and [23] counts them by covolume in a Euclidean ball. We use a Gaussian profile at the real places of FF; at the complex places, a Student–Bernstein profile, which couples the two coordinates (Definition 7.1); and shell profiles at the selected primes (Definition 6.5). We count points by Poisson summation (Sections 5–7). Table 2 compares Sawin’s example with the present construction.

Sawin [32]this paper
base field of the towerQ(3⋅5⋯43)\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{3\cdot5\cdots43})Q(241)\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{241})
primes ramified in the tower2 and 3,5,…,433,5,\ldots,43those above 2,3,52,3,5
fields KKCM, θ=0\theta=0mixed signature, θ≥θ∗\theta\geq\theta_{*}
selected primes, (e,f)(e,f)22 primes up to 1792:(8,4); 3,5:(2,2);2:(8,4);\,3,5:(2,2); 7:(1,8); 29:(1,4)7:(1,8);\,29:(1,4)
root discriminant λ\lambdaabout 1.6⋅1081.6\cdot10^{8}29/43615≈286.02^{9/4}\sqrt{3615}\approx286.0
ℓ=log⁡λ\ell=\log\lambda18.905.656
zeta term1+log⁡log⁡λ≈3.941+\log\log\lambda\approx3.94C=0.04871285C=0.04871285
exponent 1+δ1+\delta1.0141141.04273

Table 2. Sawin’s example and the present construction. The pairs (e,f)(e,f) are absolute ramification indices and residue degrees of the selected primes of FF; Sawin’s residue degrees are at most 2.

Why the exponent improves

Write ℓ=log⁡λ\ell=\log\lambda,

J=∑r∈Rlog⁡(kr+1)erfr,H=∑r∈Rkrlog⁡rer.J=\sum_{r\in\mathcal{R}}\frac{\log(k_r+1)}{e_rf_r},\qquad H=\sum_{r\in\mathcal{R}}\frac{k_r\log r}{e_r}.

so that the sum in (1) is J−δHJ-\delta H. Sawin’s criterion [32], Proposition 10 applies to Galois CM fields KK of unbounded degree, with maximal totally real subfield FF, whose relative root discriminant (∣ΔK∣/∣ΔF∣)1/d(|\Delta_K|/|\Delta_F|)^{1/d} is λ\lambda, and counts points in a region bounded in the sup norm, with a parameter R>1R>1. In his example, as for our fields, K/FK/F is unramified at every finite place, so that ∣ΔK∣=∣ΔF∣2|\Delta_K|=|\Delta_F|^{2} and λ=rd⁡(K)\lambda=\operatorname{rd}(K) (Definition 2.40). Rearranged, his criterion gives arbitrarily large sets with u(U)≫∣U∣1+δu(U)\gg|U|^{1+\delta} whenever (2) holds; inequality (3) is (1) with Aδ(θ)A_{\delta}(\theta) written out and regrouped:

(J−δH)+(log⁡2π−12ℓ−1−log⁡ℓ)+(2log⁡(1−R−1)−2δlog⁡(2R+e−H/2))≥0,(2)(J-\delta H)+\left(\log2\pi-\frac{1}{2}\ell-1-\log\ell\right)+\left(2\log(1-R^{-1})-2\delta\log(2R+e^{-H/2})\right)\geq0, \tag*{(2)}
(J−δH)+(log⁡2+(1−θ)log⁡π−12ℓ−C)+(δℓ−δlog⁡2+(1−2θ)JR+θJC)>0.(3)(J-\delta H)+\left(\log2+(1-\theta)\log\pi-\frac{1}{2}\ell-C\right)+\left(\delta\ell-\delta\log2+(1-2\theta)J_{\mathrm{R}}+\theta J_{\mathrm{C}}\right)>0. \tag*{(3)}

In both, the three groups are the gain from equal-norm choices, the loss in selecting a common ideal class, and the count of points together with the shape of the region.

The fields. The dominant change is in ℓ\ell. Sawin’s example has ℓ>18.9\ell>18.9; here ℓ<5.657\ell<5.657, so the term −12ℓ-\frac{1}{2}\ell improves by more than 6.6 per unit of dd. The price is paid in the first group: Sawin selects 22 primes with residue degree at most 2, and we select only the primes above 2,3,5,72,3,5,7 and 2929, several with residue degree 4 or 8.

Ideal-class selection. Both criteria use the analytic class-number formula, which is exact in either signature; they differ in how they bound the zeta value. At θ=0\theta=0 the constants agree, and the groups differ only in CC against 1+log⁡ℓ1+\log\ell. In Sawin’s criterion, 1+log⁡ℓ1+\log\ell is the sum of 1−log⁡2+log⁡ℓ1-\log2+\log\ell, which is Louboutin’s bound [16], Corollary 3 for d−1log⁡LF(1)d^{-1}\log L_F(1) read through the class-number formula, and log⁡2\log2, for the factor 2d2^{d} allowed for units in [32], Lemma 6. The manuscript [23] removed the unit factor and sharpened Louboutin’s bound with Euler products over a fixed subfield. Here Proposition 5.2 accounts for the unit index [OF×:NK/FOK×][\mathcal{O}_F^{\times}:N_{K/F}\mathcal{O}_K^{\times}] exactly, and the Kummer field gives C=0.04871285C=0.04871285, whereas 1+log⁡ℓ1+\log\ell would exceed 2.73 even at our value of λ\lambda. Mixed signature costs θlog⁡π\theta\log\pi in this group, since each place of FF carries one factor π\pi in the class-number formula.

Points and region. Besides the term −δH-\delta H, which both criteria share, Sawin’s packing count of points contributes −2δlog⁡(2R+e−H/2)-2\delta\log(2R+e^{-H/2}) to (2), which does not involve λ\lambda. Counting by covolume, as in [23] and here, contributes δℓ−δlog⁡2\delta\ell-\delta\log2 to (3), because a larger discriminant makes the ideal lattice sparser. The term 2log⁡(1−R−1)2\log(1-R^{-1}), which measures how much Sawin’s region overlaps its translates by elements of relative norm one, and the volume of that region become the functionals JRJ_{\mathrm{R}} and JCJ_{\mathrm{C}} of the profiles.

Signature. CM fields have θ=0\theta=0. With the other data fixed, mixed signature adds θ(JC−2JR−log⁡π)\theta(J_{\mathrm{C}}-2J_{\mathrm{R}}-\log\pi) to the left side of (3). Section 8 proves JC−2JR−log⁡π>0.6324J_{\mathrm{C}}-2J_{\mathrm{R}}-\log\pi>0.6324 (Proposition 8.5(h)) and Lemma 8.10), so with θ≥θ∗\theta\ge\theta_{*} this term exceeds 0.316; at θ=0\theta= 0 the lower bound for the margin proved there would be negative (Remark 8.11).

Table 8 lists, rounded, the terms of the lower bound for the margin that Section 8 proves at δ=0.04273\delta= 0.04273 and θ=θ∗\theta= \theta_{*}; they sum to about 1.77⋅10−41.77 \cdot10^{-4} (Proposition 8.5). With the same complex-place profile, the real-place profile adjusted to δ\delta as in Definition 8.1, and shell weights re-optimized in the same way, the corresponding lower bound at δ=0.0428\delta= 0.0428 is negative (Remark 8.12).

TermValue
∑rlog⁡Fδ,r/(erfr)\sum_{r}\log\mathcal{F}_{\delta,r}/(e_{r}f_{r})0.72149548210.7214954821
−(1/2−δ)ℓ-(1/2-\delta)\ell−2.5863212799-2.5863212799
−C-C−0.0487128500-0.0487128500
(1−δ)log⁡2(1-\delta)\log20.66352900150.6635290015
(1−θ∗)log⁡π(1-\theta_{*})\log\pi0.57237367650.5723736765
(1−2θ∗)JR(1-2\theta_{*})J_{\mathrm{R}}−0.0000032159-0.0000032159
θ∗JC∗\theta_{*}J_{\mathrm{C}}^{*}0.67781591570.6778159157
M∗(θ∗)\mathcal{M}_{*}(\theta_{*})0.00017673000.0001767300

Table 8. The terms of M∗(θ∗)\mathcal{M}_{*}(\theta_{*}), rounded to ten decimals.

Organization

Section 2 constructs the tower over BB and proves Theorem 2.42, which supplies the fields. Section 3 describes the Kummer field and its quadratic LL-functions, and Section 4 proves the upper bound d−1log⁡LF(1)<Cd^{-1}\log L_{F}(1) < C for the relative zeta value (Theorem 4.2). Sections 5–7 carry out the geometric construction: the class-number formula for the units of relative norm one and the geometric transfer to planar sets, the shell profiles at the selected primes, and the archimedean profiles. These sections apply to any quadratic extension K/FK/F satisfying the conditions (G1)–(G3) of Section 5. Section 8 proves the final inequality at δ=0.04273\delta= 0.04273 and completes the proof of Theorem 1.1.

Computations and data

The proof uses finite computations: linear algebra over F2\mathbb{F}_{2} for the tower, exact rational arithmetic for the Golod–Shafarevich function, rigorous evaluations of LL-functions in the ball arithmetic of Arb, now part of FLINT [15, 38], and interval arithmetic with directed rounding for the margin [40]. PARI/GP [41] is used for the arithmetic of number fields and for independent checks. Each finite fact is verified by a supplementary program, named in the text where the fact is used. These computations concern exact arithmetic and rigorous inequalities, not the statistical accuracy of floating-point approximations.

The programs and their data are in the directory papers/0.04273/certificates of the public repository [24]. Some routines, for the degree-two approximate functional equations, the archimedean profiles and the shell profiles, are imported unchanged from the supplementary archive of an earlier, unpublished note of the author, superseded by the present paper, in the directory papers/0.0418235/certificates of the same repository, together with a manifest of the SHA-256 hashes of its members. A replay program runs every step and records its results. The computations were run with PARI/GP 2.17.2, python-flint 0.9.0 (FLINT 3.6.0) and mpmath 1.3.0.

A separate Lean 4 development [22], built on Mathlib [2, 39], proves the planar conclusion with the slightly smaller exponent 1.0427 from one explicit numerical inequality for the Dedekind zeta function of EE (Remark 4.40). That inequality has not been proved in Lean, so the formalization is conditional, and it is not used as a substitute for the arguments here. The formalization is registered in the Palomar registry of machine-checked Lean proofs as PALOMAR-2026-10-01-000018, version 1 [22].

The Tower over Q(241)\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{241})

This section constructs the number fields of Theorem 2.42 as finite subextensions of an infinite pro-2 extension of B=Q(241)B=\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{241}) with prescribed local Galois groups. Subsection 2.1 describes BB and its {2,3,5}\{2,3,5\}-units. Subsection 2.2 recalls the local Galois groups involved and constructs the dyadic local field. Subsection 2.3 shows that the Galois group GSG_S of the maximal pro-2 extension of BB unramified outside 2,3,52,3,5 has a presentation with eight generators and seven local relators (Lemma 2.17). Subsection 2.4 imposes the local conditions and defines the quotient GBG_B of GSG_S (Definition 2.20). Subsection 2.5 computes the first three graded pieces of the Zassenhaus filtration (DnGB)n(D_nG_B)_n of GBG_B, recalled below: the prescribed local groups inject into GB/D3GBG_B/D_3G_B, and the complex conjugation ι1\iota_1 (Definition 2.12) has 2152^{15} conjugates in GB/D4GBG_B/D_4G_B (Lemma 2.26). Subsections 2.6 and 2.7 prove that GBG_B is infinite, by a filtered Fox calculus and the Golod–Shafarevich method [10]: the Golod–Shafarevich function PBP_B of (2.37) takes a negative value (Lemma 2.38). Subsection 2.8 proves Theorem 2.42.

We use the following conventions. Subgroups of profinite groups are closed, generation is topological, and the normal closure of a set is the smallest closed normal subgroup containing it. The commutator is [g,h]=g−1h−1gh[g,h]=g^{-1}h^{-1}gh. The generator rank and the relation rank of a pro-2 group GG are dim⁡H1(G,F2)\dim H^1(G,\mathbb{F}_2) and dim⁡H2(G,F2)\dim H^2(G,\mathbb{F}_2). For an extension M/AM/A of local or global fields, DM/A\mathfrak{D}_{M/A} denotes its different and dM/A\mathfrak{d}_{M/A} its relative discriminant. For a finite 2-group Δ\Delta with augmentation ideal J⊂F2[Δ]\mathcal{J}\subset\mathbb{F}_2[\Delta], the Zassenhaus filtration is DnΔ={g:g−1∈Jn}D_n\Delta=\{g:g-1\in\mathcal{J}^n\}; for a pro-2 group it is defined through finite quotients. Then [Dm,Dn]⊂Dm+n[D_m,D_n]\subset D_{m+n}, g2∈D2ng^2\in D_{2n} for g∈Dng\in D_n, a surjection maps DnD_n onto DnD_n, and gr⁡Δ=⨁n≥1gr⁡nΔ\operatorname{gr}\Delta=\bigoplus_{n\geq1}\operatorname{gr}_n\Delta, with graded pieces gr⁡nΔ=DnΔ/Dn+1Δ\operatorname{gr}_n\Delta=D_n\Delta/D_{n+1}\Delta, is a restricted Lie algebra over F2\mathbb{F}_2 whose bracket is induced by commutators and whose restricted square v↦v[2]v\mapsto v^{[2]} is induced by squaring [13, 31, 8]. By Lazard’s formula [8], Proposition 3.2, Dn=∏i2j≥nγi2jD_n=\prod_{i2^j\geq n}\gamma_i^{2^j}, where γi\gamma_i is the lower central series. In particular D1D_1 is the whole group, D2D_2 is the Frattini subgroup, and D3=D22[D2,D1]D_3=D_2^2[D_2,D_1]. For a free pro-2 group FF of rank nn, gr⁡F\operatorname{gr}F is the free restricted Lie algebra on F/D2F≅F2nF/D_2F\cong\mathbb{F}_2^n [31, 8]. We realize it inside the free associative algebra F2⟨X1,…,Xn⟩\mathbb{F}_2\langle X_1,\ldots,X_n\rangle, with bracket [a,b]=ab+ba[a,b]=ab+ba and restricted square a[2]=a2a^{[2]}=a^2; its graded pieces of degrees one, two and three have dimensions nn, n(n+1)/2n(n+1)/2 and (n3−n)/3(n^3-n)/3.

Definition 2.1. A filtered space is a finite-dimensional F2\mathbb{F}_2-vector space MM with subspaces M=F0M⊇F1M⊇⋯M=F^0M\supseteq F^1M\supseteq\cdots such that FnM=0F^nM=0 for large nn. Its Hilbert polynomial is hM(t)=∑n≥0dim⁡(FnM/Fn+1M)tnh_M(t)=\sum_{n\geq0}\dim(F^nM/F^{n+1}M)t^n. For a finite 2-group Δ\Delta we filter F2[Δ]\mathbb{F}_2[\Delta] by the powers Jn\mathcal{J}^n of its augmentation ideal, so that hF2[Δ](t)=∑n≥0dim⁡(Jn/Jn+1)tnh_{\mathbb{F}_2[\Delta]}(t)=\sum_{n\geq0}\dim(\mathcal{J}^n/\mathcal{J}^{n+1})t^n.

Theorem 2.2 (Jennings [13]; see also [31]). Let Δ\Delta be a finite 2-group, and let g1,…,gm∈Δg_1,\ldots,g_m\in\Delta be elements whose classes form a basis of gr⁡Δ\operatorname{gr}\Delta consisting of homogeneous elements, the class of gig_i lying in gr⁡niΔ\operatorname{gr}_{n_i}\Delta. Then the products (g1−1)a1⋯(gm−1)am(g_1-1)^{a_1}\cdots(g_m-1)^{a_m} with ai∈{0,1}a_i\in\{0,1\}, taken in this order, form a basis of F2[Δ]\mathbb{F}_2[\Delta], and those with ∑iaini≥n\sum_i a_in_i\geq n form a basis of Jn\mathcal{J}^n. Consequently

hF2[Δ](t)=∏n≥1(1+tn)dim⁡gr⁡nΔ.h_{\mathbb{F}_2[\Delta]}(t)=\prod_{n\geq1}(1+t^n)^{\dim\operatorname{gr}_n\Delta}.

The form with the factors in an arbitrary fixed order follows from Quillen’s description of gr⁡F2[Δ]\operatorname{gr}\mathbb{F}_2[\Delta] as the restricted enveloping algebra of gr⁡Δ\operatorname{gr}\Delta [31] and the restricted Poincaré–Birkhoff–Witt theorem.

The Base Field

Let B=Q(241)B=\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{241}), with real places v1v_1 (241↦+241)(\sqrt{241}\mapsto+\sqrt{241}) and v2v_2 (241↦−241)(\sqrt{241}\mapsto-\sqrt{241}). Put

α0=−1,α1=ε=−71011068+4574225241,α2=−6101−3932412,α3=6101−3932412,α4=31−2241,α5=31+2241,α6=326−21241,α7=326+21241.(4)\begin{aligned} \alpha_0&=-1, & \alpha_1&=\varepsilon=-71011068+4574225\sqrt{241},\\ \alpha_2&=\frac{-6101-393\sqrt{241}}{2}, & \alpha_3&=\frac{6101-393\sqrt{241}}{2},\\ \alpha_4&=31-2\sqrt{241}, & \alpha_5&=31+2\sqrt{241}, & \alpha_6&=326-21\sqrt{241}, & \alpha_7&=326+21\sqrt{241}. \tag*{(4)} \end{aligned}

Their norms NB/Q(αi)N_{B/\mathbb{Q}}(\alpha_i) are 1,−1,−2,−2,−3,−3,−5,−51,-1,-2,-2,-3,-3,-5,-5, and α2α3=2\alpha_2\alpha_3=2, α4α5=−3\alpha_4\alpha_5=-3, α6α7=−5\alpha_6\alpha_7=-5. For a nonzero ideal a\mathfrak{a} of OB\mathcal{O}_B we write Na=∣OB/a∣N\mathfrak{a}=|\mathcal{O}_B/\mathfrak{a}| for its absolute norm.

Lemma 2.4. (a) OB=Z[(1+241)/2]\mathcal{O}_B=\mathbb{Z}[(1+\sqrt{241})/2], the discriminant of BB is 241241, and BB has class number one.

(b) The unit ε\varepsilon has norm NB/Q(ε)=−1N_{B/\mathbb{Q}}(\varepsilon)=-1, and the classes of −1-1 and ε\varepsilon form a basis of OB×/OB×2\mathcal{O}_B^\times/\mathcal{O}_B^{\times2}.

(c) In OB\mathcal{O}_B we have 2=p1p22=\mathfrak{p}_1\mathfrak{p}_2, 3=q1q23=\mathfrak{q}_1\mathfrak{q}_2, 5=r1r25=\mathfrak{r}_1\mathfrak{r}_2 and 29=t1t229=\mathfrak{t}_1\mathfrak{t}_2, where

pj=α1+jOB,qj=α3+jOB,rj=α5+jOB,tj=(−14127±910241)OB,\mathfrak{p}_j=\alpha_{1+j}\mathcal{O}_B,\qquad \mathfrak{q}_j=\alpha_{3+j}\mathcal{O}_B,\qquad \mathfrak{r}_j=\alpha_{5+j}\mathcal{O}_B,\qquad \mathfrak{t}_j=(-14127\pm910\sqrt{241})\mathcal{O}_B,

with the sign ++ for j=1j=1. These eight primes are distinct and of degree one. The prime 77 is inert, and we write t0=7OB\mathfrak{t}_0=7\mathcal{O}_B, so that Nt0=49N\mathfrak{t}_0=49. The prime 241241 ramifies. At each of the eight primes of degree one, above p∈{2,3,5,29}p\in\{2,3,5,29\}, the completion of BB is Qp\mathbb{Q}_p, and 241\sqrt{241} maps to the square root of 241241 in Zp\mathbb{Z}_p given in Table 3.

place241↦\sqrt{241} \mapstoα0\alpha_{0}α1\alpha_{1}α2\alpha_{2}α3\alpha_{3}α4\alpha_{4}α5\alpha_{5}α6\alpha_{6}α7\alpha_{7}
p1\mathfrak{p}_{1}7 mod 327 \bmod32−1-1−5-5−10-10−5-51155−5-511
p2\mathfrak{p}_{2}25 mod 3225 \bmod32−1-155551010551111−5-5
q1\mathfrak{q}_{1}2 mod 32 \bmod3−1-111−1-11133−1-1−1-1−1-1
q2\mathfrak{q}_{2}1 mod 31 \bmod3−1-1−1-1−1-111−1-133−1-1−1-1
r1\mathfrak{r}_{1}1 mod 51 \bmod5112222111122101022
r2\mathfrak{r}_{2}4 mod 54 \bmod5112211222211221010
t1\mathfrak{t}_{1}3 mod 293 \bmod291111221111222222
t2\mathfrak{t}_{2}26 mod 2926 \bmod291111112222112222
v1v_{1}+241+\sqrt{241}−-++−-−-−-++−-++
v2v_{2}−241-\sqrt{241}−-−-++++++−-++−-

Table 3. The image of 241\sqrt{241} in Zp\mathbb{Z}_{p} at each prime of degree one, given by its residue, and in R\mathbb{R} at the real places; the classes of α0,…,α7\alpha_{0},\ldots,\alpha_{7} in Qp×/Qp×2\mathbb{Q}_{p}^{\times}/\mathbb{Q}_{p}^{\times2} at these primes, and their signs at the real places. At p=2p=2 the classes are written as ±1,±5,±2,±10\pm1,\pm5,\pm2,\pm10; at odd pp as 1,u,p,up1,u,p,up, where u=−1,2,2u=-1,2,2 is a nonsquare unit for p=3,5,29p=3,5,29.

(d) Let S={p1,p2,q1,q2,r1,r2}S=\{\mathfrak{p}_1,\mathfrak{p}_2,\mathfrak{q}_1,\mathfrak{q}_2,\mathfrak{r}_1,\mathfrak{r}_2\} and V=OB[1/30]×/OB[1/30]×2V=\mathcal{O}_B[1/30]^\times/\mathcal{O}_B[1/30]^{\times2}. The classes of α0,…,α7\alpha_0,\ldots,\alpha_7 form a basis of VV, and VV is the subgroup of B×/B×2B^\times/B^{\times2} of classes with even valuation at every prime outside SS. Moreover Pic⁡(OB[1/30])=0\operatorname{Pic}(\mathcal{O}_B[1/30])=0.

(e) The residue field of t0\mathfrak{t}_0 is F49\mathbb{F}_{49}, and αi\alpha_i is a square modulo t0\mathfrak{t}_0 exactly for i=0,4,5,6,7i=0,4,5,6,7.

Proof. (a) Since 241≡1(mod4)241\equiv1\pmod{4}, the ring of integers and the discriminant are as stated. The Minkowski bound is 241/2<8\sqrt{241}/2<8, so every ideal class contains an integral ideal of norm at most 77, which is a product of primes of norm at most 77. By (c), these are the six primes above 2,3,52,3,5, and they are principal.

(b) A direct computation gives 710110682−241⋅45742252=−171011068^2-241\cdot4574225^2=-1. By Dirichlet’s theorem OB×={±1}×ηZ\mathcal{O}_B^\times=\{\pm1\}\times\eta^{\mathbb{Z}} for a fundamental unit η\eta, and ε=±ηk\varepsilon=\pm\eta^k. Since NB/Q(ε)=−1N_{B/\mathbb{Q}}(\varepsilon)=-1, the exponent kk is odd, so −1-1 and ε\varepsilon generate OB×\mathcal{O}_B^\times modulo squares. Neither −1-1 nor ±ε\pm\varepsilon is a square, because BB is real and NB/Q(±ε)=−1N_{B/\mathbb{Q}}(\pm\varepsilon)=-1.

(c) We have 241≡1(mod8)241\equiv1\pmod{8}, 241≡1(mod3)241\equiv1\pmod{3}, 241≡1(mod5)241\equiv1\pmod{5}, 241≡9(mod29)241\equiv9\pmod{29} and 241≡3(mod7)241\equiv3\pmod{7}, and 33 is not a square modulo 77. Hence 2,3,5,292,3,5,29 split, 77 is inert and 241241 ramifies. The listed generators have norms ±2,±3,±5,29\pm2,\pm3,\pm5,29, so they generate primes of degree one, and the displayed products show that the two generators above each pp generate the two distinct primes above pp; for 2929 the product of the two generators is 2929. A prime of degree one above pp is the preimage of pZpp\mathbb{Z}_p under an embedding B→QpB\to\mathbb{Q}_p, which sends 241\sqrt{241} to one of the two square roots of 241241 in Zp\mathbb{Z}_p; the completion there is Qp\mathbb{Q}_p, and the prime contains the stated generator exactly for the square root in Table 3.

(d) Every SS-unit uu satisfies uOB=∏i≥2(αiOB)aiu\mathcal{O}_B=\prod_{i\geq2}(\alpha_i\mathcal{O}_B)^{a_i}, so u∏i≥2αi−aiu\prod_{i\geq2}\alpha_i^{-a_i} is a unit, and by (b) the classes of α0,…,α7\alpha_0,\ldots,\alpha_7 generate VV. If ∏iαiai\prod_i\alpha_i^{a_i} with ai∈{0,1}a_i\in\{0,1\} is a square, the valuations at SS give ai=0a_i=0 for i≥2i\geq2, and then (b) gives a0=a1=0a_0=a_1=0. If b∈B×b\in B^\times has even valuation outside SS, then bOB=a2∏p∈Spbpb\mathcal{O}_B=\mathfrak{a}^2\prod_{\mathfrak{p}\in S}\mathfrak{p}^{b_{\mathfrak{p}}} with a\mathfrak{a} principal by (a), so bb is an SS-unit times a square. Finally Pic⁡(OB[1/30])\operatorname{Pic}(\mathcal{O}_B[1/30]) is a quotient of Pic⁡(OB)=0\operatorname{Pic}(\mathcal{O}_B)=0.

(e) By (c), Nt0=49N\mathfrak{t}_0=49. An element a∈OBa\in\mathcal{O}_B prime to t0\mathfrak{t}_0 is a square modulo t0\mathfrak{t}_0 exactly when a24≡1a^{24}\equiv1, that is, when the reduction of NB/Q(a)≡a8N_{B/\mathbb{Q}}(a)\equiv a^8 is a square in F7\mathbb{F}_7. By the norms listed after (4), this holds for αi\alpha_i exactly when i=0,4,5,6,7i=0,4,5,6,7. □\square

The classes in Table 3 follow from the residues of 241\sqrt{241} given there; at p=2p=2 they need its image modulo 3232. For example, at p1\mathfrak{p}_1 we have 4574225≡14574225\equiv1 and −71011068≡4-71011068\equiv4 modulo 88, so ε≡4+7≡3≡−5(mod8)\varepsilon\equiv4+7\equiv3\equiv-5\pmod{8}. The classes modulo the inert prime t0\mathfrak{t}_0 are given by Lemma 2.4(e).

Local Galois Groups

For a prime pp let GQp\mathcal{G}_{\mathbb{Q}_p} be the Galois group of the maximal pro-22 extension of Qp\mathbb{Q}_p, and for a place vv of BB let Gv\mathcal{G}_v be the Galois group of the maximal pro-22 extension of the completion BvB_v; for a real place, Gv=Gal⁡(C/R)\mathcal{G}_v=\operatorname{Gal}(\mathbb{C}/\mathbb{R}). We write (⋅,⋅)(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot}) for the Hilbert symbol of order two of a local field [19], Chapter III, Section 4. For odd pp and pp-adic units u,wu,w, and for 22-adic units

u,w,u,w,

(pau,pbw)p=(−1)ab(p−1)/2(up)b(wp)a,(2au,2bw)2=(−1)u−12w−12+aw2−18+bu2−18(5)(p^{a}u,p^{b}w)_{p}=(-1)^{ab(p-1)/2}\left(\frac{u}{p}\right)^{b}\left(\frac{w}{p}\right)^{a},\qquad (2^{a}u,2^{b}w)_{2}=(-1)^{\frac{u-1}{2}\frac{w-1}{2}+a\frac{w^{2}-1}{8}+b\frac{u^{2}-1}{8}} \tag*{(5)}

[33], Chapter III, Theorem 1, [19], Chapter VIII, Section 5.

Definition 2.6. Let g1,…,gkg_{1},\ldots,g_{k} generate a pro-2 group GG, and let FkF_{k} be the free pro-2 group on kk letters, mapped onto GG by sending the letters to g1,…,gkg_{1},\ldots,g_{k}. A defining relator of GG with respect to g1,…,gkg_{1},\ldots,g_{k} is an element of FkF_{k} whose normal closure is the kernel of Fk→GF_{k}\to G. If a defining relator rr lies in D2FkD_{2}F_{k}, its quadratic initial is its class in gr⁡2Fk\operatorname{gr}_{2}F_{k}.

Lemma 2.7. (a) If ν\nu is real, then Gν=⟨ι⟩≅C2\mathcal{G}_{\nu}=\langle\iota\rangle\cong C_{2} with the single defining relator ι2\iota^{2}, and ι(b)=−b\iota(\sqrt{b})=-\sqrt{b} exactly when b<0b<0.

(b) Let pp be an odd prime and ϖ\varpi a uniformizer of Qp\mathbb{Q}_{p}. Then GQp\mathcal{G}_{\mathbb{Q}_{p}} is generated by a generator τ\tau of its inertia group and a Frobenius lift φ\varphi with φ(ϖ)=ϖ\varphi(\sqrt{\varpi})=\sqrt{\varpi}, with the single defining relator φτφ−1τ−p\varphi\tau\varphi^{-1}\tau^{-p}. For b∈Qp×b\in\mathbb{Q}_{p}^{\times}, τ(b)=−b\tau(\sqrt{b})=-\sqrt{b} exactly when ord⁡p(b)\operatorname{ord}_{p}(b) is odd; for a unit bb, φ(b)=−b\varphi(\sqrt{b})=-\sqrt{b} exactly when bb is not a square modulo pp. The relator has quadratic initial [τ,φ]+p−12τ[2][\tau,\varphi]+\frac{p-1}{2}\tau^{[2]}.

(c) Let E2=Q2(−1,2,5)E_{2}=\mathbb{Q}_{2}(\sqrt{-1},\sqrt{2},\sqrt{5}), and let x,y,z∈GQ2x,y,z\in\mathcal{G}_{\mathbb{Q}_{2}} multiply the triple (2,−1,5)(\sqrt{2},\sqrt{-1},\sqrt{5}) by the signs (−,+,+)(-,+,+), by (+,−,+)(+,-,+) and by (+,−,−)(+,-,-). Then x,y,zx,y,z generate GQ2\mathcal{G}_{\mathbb{Q}_{2}}. If b≡(−1)a12a25a3b\equiv(-1)^{a_{1}}2^{a_{2}}5^{a_{3}} modulo squares, they multiply b\sqrt{b} by (−1)a2(-1)^{a_{2}}, (−1)a1(-1)^{a_{1}} and (−1)a1+a3(-1)^{a_{1}+a_{3}}, that is, by the Hilbert symbols (5,b)2(5,b)_{2}, (−1,b)2(-1,b)_{2} and (−2,b)2(-2,b)_{2}. The group GQ2\mathcal{G}_{\mathbb{Q}_{2}} has a single defining relator rr with respect to x,y,zx,y,z, and every such rr has quadratic initial y[2]+[x,y]+[x,z]y^{[2]}+[x,y]+[x,z].

Proof. (a) is clear.

(b) By Iwasawa’s theorem [26], Theorem 7.5.3, the Galois group of the maximal tamely ramified extension of Qp\mathbb{Q}_{p} is generated by a Frobenius lift φ′\varphi' and a generator τ\tau of tame inertia, with the single relation φ′τφ′−1=τp\varphi'\tau\varphi'^{-1}=\tau^{p}. Since pp is odd, every 2-extension of Qp\mathbb{Q}_{p} is tamely ramified, so GQp\mathcal{G}_{\mathbb{Q}_{p}} is the pro-2 group with the same presentation. The extension Qp(ϖ)\mathbb{Q}_{p}(\sqrt{\varpi}) is ramified, so τ\tau moves ϖ\sqrt{\varpi}; replacing φ′\varphi' by φ′τ\varphi'\tau if necessary gives φ\varphi. This substitution does not change the relator, since (φ′τ)τ(φ′τ)−1=φ′τφ′−1(\varphi'\tau)\tau(\varphi'\tau)^{-1}=\varphi'\tau\varphi'^{-1}. The actions on square roots hold because Qp(b)\mathbb{Q}_{p}(\sqrt{b}) is ramified exactly when ord⁡p(b)\operatorname{ord}_{p}(b) is odd, and because φ\varphi acts on unramified extensions as the Frobenius. Modulo D3D_{3}, the element φτφ−1τ−1\varphi\tau\varphi^{-1}\tau^{-1} has class [φ,τ]=[τ,φ][\varphi,\tau]=[\tau,\varphi], and τ1−p\tau^{1-p} has class p−12τ[2]\frac{p-1}{2}\tau^{[2]}.

(c) We first show that x,y,zx,y,z generate GQ2G_{\mathbb{Q}_2}, and then read off the quadratic initial of rr from the cup-product pairing on H1(GQ2,F2)H^1(G_{\mathbb{Q}_2},\mathbb{F}_2), which is given by the Hilbert symbol. By Kummer theory the maximal elementary abelian quotient of GQ2G_{\mathbb{Q}_2} is Gal⁡(E2/Q2)\operatorname{Gal}(E_2/\mathbb{Q}_2), since Q2×/Q2×2\mathbb{Q}_2^\times/\mathbb{Q}_2^{\times2} has basis −1,2,5-1,2,5. The images of x,y,zx,y,z form a basis of it, so x,y,zx,y,z generate [26]. The action on b\sqrt{b} is read off from the actions on −1,2,5\sqrt{-1},\sqrt{2},\sqrt{5}, and it agrees with the stated Hilbert symbols by (5). By [26], GQ2G_{\mathbb{Q}_2} is a Demuškin group of rank 3: it has a single defining relator rr, and H2(GQ2,F2)≅F2H^2(G_{\mathbb{Q}_2},\mathbb{F}_2)\cong\mathbb{F}_2. For b∈Q2×b\in\mathbb{Q}_2^\times let χb\chi_b be the character with g(b)=(−1)χb(g)bg(\sqrt{b})=(-1)^{\chi_b(g)}\sqrt{b}. The characters dual to x,y,zx,y,z are χ2,χ−5,χ5\chi_2,\chi_{-5},\chi_5. Inflation identifies H2(GQ2,F2)H^2(G_{\mathbb{Q}_2},\mathbb{F}_2) with H2H^2 of the absolute Galois group of Q2\mathbb{Q}_2 [26], and there the invariant of χa∪χb\chi_a\cup\chi_b is given by the Hilbert symbol (a,b)2(a,b)_2 [19]. By (5), the matrix of the indicator of (a,b)2=−1(a,b)_2=-1 on 2,−5,52,-5,5 is

(011110100).\begin{pmatrix} 0 & 1 & 1 \\ 1 & 1 & 0 \\ 1 & 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix}.

The evaluation tr⁡r\operatorname{tr}_r of the transgression at rr is an isomorphism H2(GQ2,F2)→F2H^2(G_{\mathbb{Q}_2},\mathbb{F}_2)\to\mathbb{F}_2 [26], and so is the invariant, so the two coincide. We now apply the relation–cup identity [26], see also [30]. Write g1,g2,g3g_1,g_2,g_3 for x,y,zx,y,z. The identity writes the relator as r=∏jgjqaj∏k<l[gk,gl]aklr′r=\prod_j g_j^{q a_j}\prod_{k<l}[g_k,g_l]^{a_{kl}}r', with r′r' in the third term of the descending qq-central series, and states that tr⁡r\operatorname{tr}_r of the cup product of the characters dual to gkg_k and glg_l is −akl-a_{kl} for k<lk<l and −(q2)ak-\binom{q}{2}a_k for k=lk=l. Here qq, the smallest elementary divisor of the abelianization of GQ2G_{\mathbb{Q}_2}, is 2: by local class field theory this abelianization is the pro-2 completion of Q2×\mathbb{Q}_2^\times, which is Z22×Z/2\mathbb{Z}_2^2\times\mathbb{Z}/2. The third term of the 2-central series is (D2)2[D2,D1]=D3(D_2)^2[D_2,D_1]=D_3 by Lazard’s formula, the class of gj2g_j^2 in gr⁡2\operatorname{gr}_2 is gj[2]g_j^{[2]}, and the signs disappear modulo 2, with (22)=1\binom{2}{2}=1. Hence the off-diagonal entries of the matrix are the coefficients of [x,y],[x,z],[y,z][x,y],[x,z],[y,z] in the quadratic initial of rr, and the diagonal entries, which are the values of the cup squares χ∪χ\chi\cup\chi, are the coefficients of x[2],y[2],z[2]x^{[2]},y^{[2]},z^{[2]}. For p=2p=2 the cup square of a character is its Bockstein, so the diagonal coefficients are also given by [26]. □\square

We now construct the dyadic local field. Let U4U_4 be the unramified extension of Q2\mathbb{Q}_2 of degree four, with Frobenius Fr⁡\operatorname{Fr}; let i=−1i=\sqrt{-1}, k=Q2(i)k=\mathbb{Q}_2(i), α=1+2i\alpha=1+2i, and

M8=Q2(i,5,α),M16=M8(2),L2=M16U4.M_8=\mathbb{Q}_2(i,\sqrt{5},\sqrt{\alpha}),\qquad M_{16}=M_8(\sqrt{2}),\qquad L_2=M_{16}U_4.

Since ααˉ=5\alpha\bar{\alpha}=5 with αˉ=1−2i\bar{\alpha}=1-2i, the field M8M_8 contains αˉ=5/α\sqrt{\bar{\alpha}}=\sqrt{5}/\sqrt{\alpha}. Let σy\sigma_y and σz\sigma_z be the automorphisms of M8M_8 given by

σy: i↦−i, 5↦5, α↦5/α;σz: i↦−i, 5↦−5, α↦5/α.\sigma_y:\ i\mapsto-i,\ \sqrt{5}\mapsto\sqrt{5},\ \sqrt{\alpha}\mapsto\sqrt{5}/\sqrt{\alpha};\qquad \sigma_z:\ i\mapsto-i,\ \sqrt{5}\mapsto-\sqrt{5},\ \sqrt{\alpha}\mapsto\sqrt{5}/\sqrt{\alpha}.

Lemma 2.8. (a) The extension M8/Q2M_8/\mathbb{Q}_2 is Galois of degree 8, and its Galois group ⟨σy,σz⟩\langle\sigma_y,\sigma_z\rangle is dihedral.

(b) The extension L2/Q2L_2/\mathbb{Q}_2 is Galois of degree 32, with ramification index 8 and residue degree 4. There are unique x,y,z∈Gal⁡(L2/Q2)x,y,z\in\operatorname{Gal}(L_2/\mathbb{Q}_2) such that xx is trivial on M8M_8 and U4U_4 and negates 2\sqrt{2}; yy restricts to σy\sigma_y on M8M_8, fixes 2\sqrt{2} and is trivial on U4U_4; and zz restricts to σz\sigma_z on M8M_8, fixes 2\sqrt{2} and restricts to Fr⁡\operatorname{Fr} on U4U_4. They act on E2⊂L2E_2\subset L_2 as in Lemma 2.7(c), and the map sending the generators of

D=⟨x,y,z∣x2, y2, z4, [y,z]2, [x,y], [x,z], [[y,z],z]⟩D=\langle x,y,z\mid x^2,\ y^2,\ z^4,\ [y,z]^2,\ [x,y],\ [x,z],\ [[y,z],z]\rangle

to x,y,zx,y,z is an isomorphism D≅Gal⁡(L2/Q2)D\cong\operatorname{Gal}(L_2/\mathbb{Q}_2). The inertia group is ⟨x,y,[y,z]⟩≅C23\langle x,y,[y,z]\rangle\cong C_2^3.

(c) The graded pieces of the Zassenhaus filtration of DD are gr⁡1D=⟨xˉ,yˉ,zˉ⟩≅F23\operatorname{gr}_1D=\langle\bar{x},\bar{y},\bar{z}\rangle\cong\mathbb{F}_2^3 and gr⁡2D=⟨zˉ2,[yˉ,zˉ]⟩≅F22\operatorname{gr}_2D=\langle\bar{z}^2,[\bar{y},\bar{z}]\rangle\cong\mathbb{F}_2^2, and D3(D)=1D_3(D)=1, so the Hilbert polynomial of F2[D]\mathbb{F}_2[D] (Definition 2.1) is hF2[D](t)=(1+t)3(1+t2)2h_{\mathbb{F}_2[D]}(t)=(1+t)^3(1+t^2)^2.

(d) The different DL2/Q2\mathfrak{D}_{L_2/\mathbb{Q}_2} has valuation 18 in L2L_2; equivalently, ord⁡2(DL2/Q2)=18/8=9/4\operatorname{ord}_2(\mathfrak{D}_{L_2/\mathbb{Q}_2})=18/8=9/4, where ord⁡2\operatorname{ord}_2 is the valuation of L2L_2 normalized by ord⁡2(2)=1\operatorname{ord}_2(2)=1.

Proof. Quadratic extensions of kk. Let ord⁡k\operatorname{ord}_k be the normalized valuation of kk. Put ϖ=1+i\varpi=1+i, a uniformizer of kk, so that ord⁡k(2)=2\operatorname{ord}_k(2)=2, and for b∈k×b\in k^\times let c(b)c(b) be the exponent of the conductor of k(b)/kk(\sqrt{b})/k, which for a quadratic extension equals the exponent of its discriminant. Then c(5)=0c(5)=0, since Q2(5)/Q2\mathbb{Q}_2(\sqrt{5})/\mathbb{Q}_2 is unramified. Since α=1+ϖ2\alpha=1+\varpi^2, the element ϖα=(α−1−ϖ)/ϖ\varpi_\alpha=(\sqrt{\alpha}-1-\varpi)/\varpi is a root of the Eisenstein polynomial X2+2(1+ϖ)ϖX+2ϖX^2+\frac{2(1+\varpi)}{\varpi}X+\frac{2}{\varpi}; its derivative at ϖα\varpi_\alpha is the sum of terms of valuations 5 and 2 in k(α)k(\sqrt{\alpha}), so c(α)=2c(\alpha)=2. Next 2α=ϖ2α′2\alpha=\varpi^2\alpha' with α′=2−i\alpha'=2-i, and α′−1\sqrt{\alpha'}-1 is a root of X2+2X+1−α′X^2+2X+1-\alpha', which is Eisenstein since ord⁡k(1−α′)=1\operatorname{ord}_k(1-\alpha')=1; its derivative 2α′2\sqrt{\alpha'} has valuation 4, so c(2α)=4c(2\alpha)=4. Similarly 2=−iϖ22=-i\varpi^2, −i≡i-i\equiv i modulo squares, and i−1\sqrt{i}-1 is a root of X2+2X+1−iX^2+2X+1-i, so c(2)=4c(2)=4. Finally c(5b)=c(b)c(5b)=c(b) when b∉k×2∪5k×2b\notin k^{\times2}\cup5k^{\times2}: the field k(5,b)k(\sqrt{5},\sqrt{b}) is unramified over both k(b)k(\sqrt{b}) and k(5b)k(\sqrt{5b}), so the two ways of computing its discriminant over kk give 2c(b)=2c(5b)2c(b)=2c(5b).

(a) Since k(5)/kk(\sqrt{5})/k is unramified and k(α)/kk(\sqrt{\alpha})/k is ramified, α\alpha is not a square in k(5)k(\sqrt{5}), so [M8:Q2]=8[M_8:\mathbb{Q}_2]=8. The field M8M_8 contains the conjugate αˉ\sqrt{\bar{\alpha}} of α\sqrt{\alpha}, so it is Galois over Q2\mathbb{Q}_2, and an automorphism is determined by the images ±i\pm i, ±5\pm\sqrt{5} and a square root of the image of α\alpha; in particular σy\sigma_y and σz\sigma_z exist. Now σy2=1\sigma_y^2=1, σz2\sigma_z^2 fixes i,5i,\sqrt{5} and negates α\sqrt{\alpha}, σz\sigma_z has order four, and σyσzσy=σz−1\sigma_y\sigma_z\sigma_y=\sigma_z^{-1}. So Gal⁡(M8/Q2)=⟨σy,σz⟩\operatorname{Gal}(M_8/\mathbb{Q}_2)=\langle\sigma_y,\sigma_z\rangle is dihedral of order eight, with center ⟨σz2⟩\langle\sigma_z^2\rangle and maximal abelian subextension Q2(i,5)\mathbb{Q}_2(i,\sqrt{5}).

(b) The quadratic subfields of M8M_8 are Q2(b)\mathbb{Q}_2(\sqrt{b}) for b=−1,5,−5b=-1,5,-5, so 2∉M8\sqrt{2}\notin M_8, and M16M_{16} has degree 16 and group Gal⁡(M8/Q2)×C2\operatorname{Gal}(M_8/\mathbb{Q}_2)\times C_2. This group has elementary abelian abelianization, so the maximal unramified subextension of M16M_{16}, which is cyclic over Q2\mathbb{Q}_2 and contains Q2(5)\mathbb{Q}_2(\sqrt{5}), is Q2(5)\mathbb{Q}_2(\sqrt{5}). Hence M16M_{16} has ramification index 8, M16∩U4=Q2(5)M_{16}\cap U_4=\mathbb{Q}_2(\sqrt{5}), and [L2:Q2]=16⋅4/2=32[L_2:\mathbb{Q}_2]=16\cdot4/2=32. Since L2L_2 contains U4U_4 and has ramification index at least 8, its residue degree is 4 and its ramification index is 8. Restriction identifies Gal⁡(L2/Q2)\operatorname{Gal}(L_2/\mathbb{Q}_2) with the set of triples (σ,ϵ,μ)(\sigma,\epsilon,\mu), where σ∈Gal⁡(M8/Q2)\sigma\in\operatorname{Gal}(M_8/\mathbb{Q}_2), ϵ=±1\epsilon=\pm1 is the sign by which the element multiplies 2\sqrt{2}, and μ∈Gal⁡(U4/Q2)\mu\in\operatorname{Gal}(U_4/\mathbb{Q}_2) agrees with σ\sigma on 5\sqrt{5}; both sets have 32 elements. Since Fr⁡\operatorname{Fr} negates 5\sqrt{5}, the triples

x=(1,−1,1),y=(σy,1,1),z=(σz,1,Fr⁡),w=[y,z]=(σz2,1,1)x=(1,-1,1),\qquad y=(\sigma_y,1,1),\qquad z=(\sigma_z,1,\operatorname{Fr}),\qquad w=[y,z]=(\sigma_z^2,1,1)

exist and are the unique elements described in the statement. They act on E2E_2 as required. The elements xx and ww are central involutions, yy is an involution, and zz has order four. Hence the relations of DD hold. Conversely, in DD these relations make w=[y,z]w=[y,z] central: wy=w−1=ww^y=w^{-1}=w, and [w,z]=1[w,z]=1 is imposed. Since zy=yzwzy=yzw, every element of DD is xa1ya2za3wa4x^{a_1}y^{a_2}z^{a_3}w^{a_4} with a1,a2,a4∈F2a_1,a_2,a_4\in\mathbb{F}_2 and a3∈Z/4a_3\in\mathbb{Z}/4, and

(a1,a2,a3,a4)(a1′,a2′,a3′,a4′)=(a1+a1′,a2+a2′,a3+a3′,a4+a4′+a3a2′).(a_1,a_2,a_3,a_4)(a_1',a_2',a_3',a_4')=(a_1+a_1',a_2+a_2',a_3+a_3',a_4+a_4'+a_3a_2').

These 32 normal forms have distinct images in Gal⁡(L2/Q2)\operatorname{Gal}(L_2/\mathbb{Q}_2): the third component determines a3a_3, the second a1a_1, and σya2σza3+2a4\sigma_y^{a_2}\sigma_z^{a_3+2a_4} determines a2a_2 and a4a_4. So D≅Gal⁡(L2/Q2)D\cong\operatorname{Gal}(L_2/\mathbb{Q}_2). The inertia group consists of the elements trivial on U4U_4, namely ⟨x,y,w⟩\langle x,y,w\rangle.

(c) The Frattini subgroup of DD is ⟨z2,w⟩\langle z^2,w\rangle, which is central of exponent two, and DD has exponent four. So Lazard’s formula gives D3(D)=[[D,D],D][D,D]2D4=1D_3(D)=[[D,D],D][D,D]^2D^4=1, and the Hilbert polynomial follows from Theorem 2.2.

(d) The extension M16/kM_{16}/k is abelian with group C23C_2^3, generated by 5,α,2\sqrt{5},\sqrt{\alpha},\sqrt{2}. We apply the conductor–discriminant formula for abelian extensions [19], Chapter V, Theorem 3.27 to the extension Q(i)(5,1+2i,2)\mathbb{Q}(i)(\sqrt{5},\sqrt{1+2i},\sqrt{2}) of Q(i)\mathbb{Q}(i), whose completion at the unique prime above 1+i1+i is M16/kM_{16}/k. Taking (1+i)(1+i)-adic valuations gives

ord⁡k(dM16/k)=∑bc(b)=0+0+2+2+4+4+4+4=20,\operatorname{ord}_k(\mathfrak{d}_{M_{16}/k})=\sum_b c(b)=0+0+2+2+4+4+4+4=20,

the sum over the classes b=1,5,α,5α,2,10,2α,10αb = 1, 5, \alpha, 5\alpha, 2, 10, 2\alpha, 10\alpha. Hence

ord⁡2(dM16/Q2)=[M16:k]ord⁡2(dk/Q2)+20=8⋅2+20=36.\operatorname{ord}_{2}(\mathfrak{d}_{M_{16}/\mathbb{Q}_{2}}) = [M_{16} : k]\operatorname{ord}_{2}(\mathfrak{d}_{k/\mathbb{Q}_{2}}) + 20 = 8 \cdot2 + 20 = 36.

Since M16M_{16} has residue degree two over Q2\mathbb{Q}_{2}, its different has valuation 36/2=1836/2 = 18. The extension L2/M16L_{2}/M_{16} is unramified, so the different of L2/Q2L_{2}/\mathbb{Q}_{2} also has valuation 18, and 18/8=9/418/8 = 9/4. □\square

Remark 2.9. The field E2E_{2} is the maximal elementary abelian subextension of L2L_{2}, so Gal⁡(L2/E2)\operatorname{Gal}(L_{2}/E_{2}) is the Frattini subgroup ⟨z2,[y,z]⟩\langle z^{2}, [y,z]\rangle, which is central of exponent two. Hence any triple in Gal⁡(L2/Q2)\operatorname{Gal}(L_{2}/\mathbb{Q}_{2}) that acts on E2E_{2} as x,y,zx,y,z do differs from x,y,zx,y,z by central elements of order at most two; it satisfies the relations of DD and generates, so it also defines an isomorphism D≅Gal⁡(L2/Q2)D \cong\operatorname{Gal}(L_{2}/\mathbb{Q}_{2}). The description of the inertia group, however, refers to the triple of Lemma 2.8(b).

The Global Group and Its Complete Presentation

Let BSB_{S} be the maximal pro-2 extension of BB, in a fixed algebraic closure, that is unramified at every finite prime outside SS; no condition is imposed at v1,v2v_{1},v_{2}. Let GS=Gal⁡(BS/B)G_{S} = \operatorname{Gal}(B_{S}/B), and let E=B(α0,…,α7)=B(V)E = B(\sqrt{\alpha_{0}},\ldots,\sqrt{\alpha_{7}}) = B(\sqrt{V}) be the Kummer field.

Lemma 2.10. The field EE is the maximal elementary abelian extension of BB contained in BSB_{S}, and [E:B]=256[E:B] = 256. Hence GS/D2GS=Gal⁡(E/B)G_{S}/D_{2}G_{S} = \operatorname{Gal}(E/B).

Proof. Every prime above 2 lies in SS, so a quadratic extension B(b)B(\sqrt{b}) lies in BSB_{S} exactly when bb has even valuation outside SS. By Lemma 2.4(d), EE is the maximal elementary abelian extension of BB in BSB_{S}, and [E:B]=256[E:B] = 256. Since D2GSD_{2}G_{S} is the Frattini subgroup of GSG_{S}, its fixed field is this maximal elementary abelian extension. □\square

Definition 2.11. Let M⊂BSM \subset B_{S} be a Galois extension of BB containing EE, for example M=BSM = B_{S}. The elementary image of g∈Gal⁡(M/B)g \in\operatorname{Gal}(M/B) is the vector gˉ∈F28\bar{g} \in\mathbb{F}_{2}^{8} with g(αi)=(−1)gˉiαig(\sqrt{\alpha_{i}}) = (-1)^{\bar{g}_{i}}\sqrt{\alpha_{i}} for 0≤i≤70 \le i \le7. For a∈Va \in V, the Kummer character χa\chi_{a} is defined by g(a)=(−1)χa(g)ag(\sqrt{a}) = (-1)^{\chi_{a}(g)}\sqrt{a}; its values lie in F2\mathbb{F}_{2}.

By Lemmas 2.4(d) and 2.10, g↦gˉg \mapsto\bar{g} identifies GS/D2GS=Gal⁡(E/B)G_{S}/D_{2}G_{S} = \operatorname{Gal}(E/B) with F28\mathbb{F}_{2}^{8}, and a↦χaa \mapsto\chi_{a} identifies VV with the dual of F28\mathbb{F}_{2}^{8}, with χαi(g)=gˉi\chi_{\alpha_{i}}(g) = \bar{g}_{i}. We write vectors in F28\mathbb{F}_{2}^{8} as strings c0c1⋯c7c_{0}c_{1}\cdots c_{7} of their coordinates.

For a place ν\nu of BB, a choice of a place of BSB_{S} above ν\nu gives a homomorphism Gν→GSG_{\nu} \to G_{S}, the local map at ν\nu; another choice changes it by an inner automorphism of GSG_{S}. For a finite place ν∉S\nu\notin S, the local map kills inertia, and its image is generated by a Frobenius element Frob⁡ν\operatorname{Frob}_{\nu}. Let Σ=S∪{v1,v2}\Sigma= S \cup\{v_{1},v_{2}\}.

Definition 2.12. Fix a place of BSB_{S} above each place of BB, and use it to define the local maps. For ν∈Σ\nu\in\Sigma we fix generators of GνG_{\nu} as follows, and use the same names for their images in GSG_{S}: ιj\iota_{j} at vjv_{j} (Lemma 2.7(a)), so that ι1,ι2\iota_{1},\iota_{2} are complex conjugations; τν,φν\tau_{\nu},\varphi_{\nu} at ν∈{q1,q2,r1,r2}\nu\in\{\mathfrak{q}_{1},\mathfrak{q}_{2},\mathfrak{r}_{1},\mathfrak{r}_{2}\}, with the generator αi\alpha_{i} of ν\nu as uniformizer ϖ\varpi in Lemma 2.7(b); and xj,yj,zjx_{j},y_{j},z_{j} at pj\mathfrak{p}_{j}, the images of one fixed triple x,y,z∈GQ2=Gpjx,y,z \in G_{\mathbb{Q}_{2}} = G_{\mathfrak{p}_{j}} lifting the elements x,y,zx,y,z of Lemma 2.8(b). We also write Frob⁡tk\operatorname{Frob}_{t_{k}} for k=0,1,2k = 0,1,2. These elements are the local generators: those at ν∈Σ\nu\in\Sigma are the generators just fixed, and the local generator at tkt_{k} is Frob⁡tk\operatorname{Frob}_{t_{k}}.

The triple x,y,zx,y,z satisfies the hypothesis of Lemma 2.7(c).

Table 4 lists the elementary images. They follow from Lemma 2.7, Table 3 and Lemma 2.4(e). For example, at the places above 3 and 5 the vector of τν\tau_{\nu} marks the odd valuations, and that of φν\varphi_{\nu} marks the units that are not squares modulo ν\nu, with a zero at the generator of ν\nu. The columns headed “action” express the same actions as Hilbert symbols, that is, as local Artin symbols [19], Chapter III, Remark 4.5]. The supplementary program kummer241.gp checks the norms of the αi\alpha_{i}, the generators of the primes in Lemma 2.4(c) and the residues of 241\sqrt{241} in Table 3, and recomputes Table 4 from these Hilbert symbols.

elementimageactionelementimageaction
ι1\iota_{1}1011101010111010sign at v1v_{1}ι2\iota_{2}1100010111000101sign at v2v_{2}
x1x_{1}0010000000100000(5,b)p1(5,b)_{\mathfrak{p}_{1}}x2x_{2}0001000000010000(5,b)p2(5,b)_{\mathfrak{p}_{2}}
y1y_{1}1111001011110010(−1,b)p1(-1,b)_{\mathfrak{p}_{1}}y2y_{2}1000000110000001(−1,b)p2(-1,b)_{\mathfrak{p}_{2}}
z1z_{1}1000010010000100(−2,b)p1(-2,b)_{\mathfrak{p}_{1}}z2z_{2}1111100011111000(−2,b)p2(-2,b)_{\mathfrak{p}_{2}}
τq1\tau_{\mathfrak{q}_{1}}0000100000001000(−1,b)q1(-1,b)_{\mathfrak{q}_{1}}φq1\varphi_{\mathfrak{q}_{1}}1010011110100111(−α4,b)q1(-\alpha_{4},b)_{\mathfrak{q}_{1}}
τq2\tau_{\mathfrak{q}_{2}}0000010000000100(−1,b)q2(-1,b)_{\mathfrak{q}_{2}}φq2\varphi_{\mathfrak{q}_{2}}1110101111101011(−α5,b)q2(-\alpha_{5},b)_{\mathfrak{q}_{2}}
τr1\tau_{\mathfrak{r}_{1}}0000001000000010(2,b)r1(2,b)_{\mathfrak{r}_{1}}φr1\varphi_{\mathfrak{r}_{1}}0110010101100101(−α6,b)r1(-\alpha_{6},b)_{\mathfrak{r}_{1}}
τr2\tau_{\mathfrak{r}_{2}}0000000100000001(2,b)r2(2,b)_{\mathfrak{r}_{2}}φr2\varphi_{\mathfrak{r}_{2}}0101101001011010(−α7,b)r2(-\alpha_{7},b)_{\mathfrak{r}_{2}}
Frob⁡t1\operatorname{Frob}_{\mathfrak{t}_{1}}0010011100100111(29,b)t1(29,b)_{\mathfrak{t}_{1}}Frob⁡t2\operatorname{Frob}_{\mathfrak{t}_{2}}0001101100011011(29,b)t2(29,b)_{\mathfrak{t}_{2}}
Frob⁡t0\operatorname{Frob}_{\mathfrak{t}_{0}}0111000001110000(7,b)t0(7,b)_{\mathfrak{t}_{0}}

Table 4. Elementary images in F28\mathbb{F}_{2}^{8} of the local generators. Entry ii is 1 exactly when the element negates αi\sqrt{\alpha_{i}}. The third and sixth columns give the action on b\sqrt{b} for bb in the completion.

Fix a minimal presentation 1→R→F→GS→11 \to R \to\mathcal{F} \to G_{S} \to1, where F\mathcal{F} is a free pro-2 group of rank 8. Minimality means R⊂D2FR \subset D_{2}\mathcal{F}, so F/D2F=F28\mathcal{F}/D_{2}\mathcal{F} = \mathbb{F}_{2}^{8} with the coordinates above. Put L=gr⁡F\mathfrak{L} = \operatorname{gr}\mathcal{F}, so that

dim⁡L1=8\dim\mathcal{L}_{1}=8, dim⁡L2=36\dim\mathcal{L}_{2}=36 and dim⁡L3=168\dim\mathcal{L}_{3}=168. For v,w∈L1v,w\in\mathcal{L}_{1} we have (v+w)[2]=v[2]+w[2]+[v,w](v+w)^{[2]}=v^{[2]}+w^{[2]}+[v,w], and the square of an element of F\mathcal{F} with image vv has class v[2]v^{[2]}. For each local generator gg above choose a lift g^∈F\hat{g}\in\mathcal{F}, and define the local relators

ρνj=ι^j2,ρν=φ^ντ^νφ^ν−1τ^ν−p(ν∈{q1,q2,r1,r2}),ρpj=r(x^j,y^j,z^j),(6)\rho_{\nu_{j}}=\hat{\iota}_{j}^{2},\qquad \rho_{\nu}=\hat{\varphi}_{\nu}\hat{\tau}_{\nu}\hat{\varphi}_{\nu}^{-1}\hat{\tau}_{\nu}^{-p} \quad(\nu\in\{\mathfrak{q}_{1},\mathfrak{q}_{2},\mathfrak{r}_{1},\mathfrak{r}_{2}\}),\qquad \rho_{\mathfrak{p}_{j}}=r(\hat{x}_{j},\hat{y}_{j},\hat{z}_{j}), \tag*{(6)}

where p∈{3,5}p\in\{3,5\} is the rational prime below ν\nu, and rr is a defining relator of GQp\mathcal{G}_{\mathbb{Q}_{p}} with respect to the fixed triple x,y,zx,y,z, the same for j=1,2j=1,2. They lie in RR, because each local relation holds in Gν\mathcal{G}_{\nu}. Their classes in L2\mathcal{L}_{2} are obtained by substituting elementary images into the quadratic initials of Lemma 2.7:

ιˉj[2],[τˉν,φˉν]+p−12τˉν[2],yˉj[2]+[xˉj,yˉj]+[xˉj,zˉj].(7)\bar{\iota}_{j}^{[2]},\qquad [\bar{\tau}_{\nu},\bar{\varphi}_{\nu}]+\frac{p-1}{2}\bar{\tau}_{\nu}^{[2]},\qquad \bar{y}_{j}^{[2]}+[\bar{x}_{j},\bar{y}_{j}]+[\bar{x}_{j},\bar{z}_{j}]. \tag*{(7)}

The results below hold for every minimal presentation and every choice of lifts.

The classes (7) have an arithmetic meaning. As in the conventions, we realize L\mathcal{L} inside the free associative algebra F2⟨X0,…,X7⟩\mathbb{F}_{2}\langle X_{0},\ldots,X_{7}\rangle, where X0,…,X7X_{0},\ldots,X_{7} is the standard basis of L1=F28\mathcal{L}_{1}=\mathbb{F}_{2}^{8}. The elements Xi[2]=Xi2X_{i}^{[2]}=X_{i}^{2} and [Xi,Xj]=XiXj+XjXi[X_{i},X_{j}]=X_{i}X_{j}+X_{j}X_{i} (i<j)(i<j) form a basis of L2\mathcal{L}_{2}, so there is a linear isomorphism β\beta from L2\mathcal{L}_{2} onto the space of symmetric bilinear forms on VV with

β(v[2])(a,b)=χa(v)χb(v),β([v,w])(a,b)=χa(v)χb(w)+χa(w)χb(v)(v,w∈L1).\beta(v^{[2]})(a,b)=\chi_{a}(v)\chi_{b}(v),\qquad \beta([v,w])(a,b)=\chi_{a}(v)\chi_{b}(w)+\chi_{a}(w)\chi_{b}(v) \qquad(v,w\in\mathcal{L}_{1}).

It is defined by these formulas for basis vectors v,wv,w, which send the basis of L2\mathcal{L}_{2} to a basis of the symmetric bilinear forms. The formulas then hold for all v,wv,w, because the bracket is bilinear, (v+w)[2]=v[2]+w[2]+[v,w](v+w)^{[2]}=v^{[2]}+w^{[2]}+[v,w], and squaring is the identity on F2\mathbb{F}_{2}. Equivalently, if ξ∈L2\xi\in\mathcal{L}_{2} is written in the free algebra as ∑i,jnijXiXj\sum_{i,j}n_{ij}X_{i}X_{j}, then β(ξ)(αi,αj)=nij\beta(\xi)(\alpha_{i},\alpha_{j})=n_{ij}.

Definition 2.15. For ν∈Σ\nu\in\Sigma, the local Hilbert form HνH_{\nu} is the symmetric bilinear form on VV with Hν(a,b)=1H_{\nu}(a,b)=1 if (a,b)ν=−1(a,b)_{\nu}=-1 and Hν(a,b)=0H_{\nu}(a,b)=0 otherwise.

Lemma 2.16. For every ν∈Σ\nu\in\Sigma, β\beta maps the class of ρν\rho_{\nu} to HνH_{\nu}. The eight classes (7), one for each ν∈Σ\nu\in\Sigma, sum to zero, and the seven classes with ν≠p1\nu\ne\mathfrak{p}_{1} are linearly independent.

Proof. For a local generator gg at ν\nu, χa(gˉ)\chi_{a}(\bar{g}) is the value at gg of the local Kummer character of the image of aa in BνB_{\nu}. Hence β\beta of the class of ρν\rho_{\nu} is the pullback to VV of a symmetric bilinear form on Bν×/Bν×2B_{\nu}^{\times}/B_{\nu}^{\times2}, as is HνH_{\nu}, and it suffices to compare the two on a basis of Bν×/Bν×2B_{\nu}^{\times}/B_{\nu}^{\times2}. At a real place the only class is −1-1, and both forms take the value 1 on (−1,−1)(-1,-1). At ν\nu above p∈{3,5}p\in\{3,5\}, take the basis ϖ,u\varpi,u with ϖ\varpi the generator of ν\nu and uu a nonsquare unit. By Lemma 2.7(b), χϖ(τ)=χu(φ)=1\chi_{\varpi}(\tau)=\chi_{u}(\varphi)=1 and χϖ(φ)=χu(τ)=0\chi_{\varpi}(\varphi)=\chi_{u}(\tau)=0, so the form of [τ,φ]+p−12τ[2][\tau,\varphi]+\frac{p-1}{2}\tau^{[2]} takes the values p−12,1,0\frac{p-1}{2},1,0 on (ϖ,ϖ)(\varpi,\varpi), (ϖ,u)(\varpi,u), (u,u)(u,u); by (5) these are the indicators of (ϖ,ϖ)p=(−1)(p−1)/2(\varpi,\varpi)_{\mathfrak p}=(-1)^{(p-1)/2}, (ϖ,u)p=−1(\varpi,u)_{\mathfrak p}=-1 and (u,u)p=1(u,u)_{\mathfrak p}=1. At pj\mathfrak p_j the characters χ2,χ−5,χ5\chi_2,\chi_{-5},\chi_5 are dual to x,y,zx,y,z, as in the proof of Lemma 2.7(c). So y[2]y^{[2]} contributes the entry at (−5,−5)(-5,-5), [x,y][x,y] the entries at (2,−5)(2,-5) and (−5,2)(-5,2), and [x,z][x,z] those at (2,5)(2,5) and (5,2)(5,2): the form of y[2]+[x,y]+[x,z]y^{[2]}+[x,y]+[x,z] on the basis 2,−5,52,-5,5 is the matrix of the Hilbert symbol displayed in that proof, from which this initial was obtained.

For a,b∈Va,b\in V and a place ν′∉Σ\nu'\notin\Sigma, the place ν′\nu' is finite and not above 2, and a,ba,b are units at ν′\nu', so (a,b)ν′=1(a,b)_{\nu'}=1 [19]. By the product formula for the Hilbert symbol [19], ∑ν∈ΣHν=0\sum_{\nu\in\Sigma}H_\nu=0, so the eight classes sum to zero.

Finally, by Table 3 and (5), the seven pairs

(−1,α2),(−1,ε),(−1,α7),(−1,α4),(−1,α5),(α2,α6),(ε,α7)(-1,\alpha_2),\quad(-1,\varepsilon),\quad(-1,\alpha_7),\quad(-1,\alpha_4),\quad(-1,\alpha_5),\quad(\alpha_2,\alpha_6),\quad(\varepsilon,\alpha_7)

have Hilbert symbol −1-1 exactly at {p1,v1}\{\mathfrak p_1,v_1\}, {p1,v2}\{\mathfrak p_1,v_2\}, {p2,v2}\{\mathfrak p_2,v_2\}, {q1,v1}\{\mathfrak q_1,v_1\}, {q2,v2}\{\mathfrak q_2,v_2\}, {r1,v1}\{\mathfrak r_1,v_1\} and {r2,v2}\{\mathfrak r_2,v_2\}; the supplementary program cup241.gp recomputes these symbols. Evaluating a relation ∑ν≠p1nνHν=0\sum_{\nu\ne\mathfrak p_1}n_\nu H_\nu=0, with nν∈F2n_\nu\in\mathbb F_2, at the first two pairs gives nv1=nv2=0n_{v_1}=n_{v_2}=0, and then at the other five pairs gives np2=nq1=nq2=nr1=nr2=0n_{\mathfrak p_2}=n_{\mathfrak q_1}=n_{\mathfrak q_2}=n_{\mathfrak r_1}=n_{\mathfrak r_2}=0. □\square

Lemma 2.17. The group GSG_S has generator rank 8 and relation rank 7. The seven relators ρν\rho_\nu with ν∈Σ∖{p1}\nu\in\Sigma\setminus\{\mathfrak p_1\} form a minimal system of defining relations: their normal closure in FF is RR. In particular the dyadic local relator ρp1\rho_{\mathfrak p_1} lies in the normal closure of the other seven.

Proof. The generator rank is dim⁡H1(GS,F2)=8\dim H^1(G_S,\mathbb F_2)=8, by Lemma 2.10 and [26].

Next we bound H2H^2. Let X=Spec⁡OB[1/30]X=\operatorname{Spec}\mathcal O_B[1/30]. Since 2 is invertible on XX, the sheaf μ2\mu_2 is the constant sheaf F2\mathbb F_2. The finite subextensions of BS/BB_S/B correspond to the connected finite étale Galois 2-covers Y→XY\to X, and the Hochschild–Serre spectral sequence of this system of covers [17] gives an exact sequence

0→H1(GS,F2)→H1(X,F2)→(lim⁡YH1(Y,F2))GS→H2(GS,F2)→H2(X,F2).0\to H^1(G_S,\mathbb F_2)\to H^1(X,\mathbb F_2)\to\left(\lim_Y H^1(Y,\mathbb F_2)\right)^{G_S}\to H^2(G_S,\mathbb F_2)\to H^2(X,\mathbb F_2).

A class in H1(Y,F2)H^1(Y,\mathbb F_2) is an étale double cover of YY. Its Galois closure over XX is a finite étale Galois cover whose group embeds in the wreath product of Gal⁡(Y/X)\operatorname{Gal}(Y/X) with C2C_2, hence a 2-cover in this system, over which the class vanishes. So the direct limit is zero, and H2(GS,F2)H^2(G_S,\mathbb F_2) injects into H2(X,μ2)H^2(X,\mu_2). The Kummer sequence and Pic⁡(X)=0\operatorname{Pic}(X)=0 identify H2(X,μ2)H^2(X,\mu_2) with Br⁡(X)[2]\operatorname{Br}(X)[2], where Br⁡(X)=H2(X,Gm)\operatorname{Br}(X)=H^2(X,\mathbb G_m). By [29], Br⁡(X)\operatorname{Br}(X) is the kernel of the sum of the local invariants ⨁ν∈ΣBr⁡(Bν)→Q/Z\bigoplus_{\nu\in\Sigma}\operatorname{Br}(B_\nu)\to\mathbb Q/\mathbb Z. Each of the eight groups Br⁡(Bν)[2]\operatorname{Br}(B_\nu)[2] has order two, and the sum of the invariants maps their direct sum onto 12Z/Z\frac{1}{2}\mathbb Z/\mathbb Z, so dim⁡Br⁡(X)[2]=7\dim\operatorname{Br}(X)[2]=7. We use only the resulting bound dim⁡H2(GS,F2)≤dim⁡Br⁡(X)[2]≤7\dim H^2(G_S,\mathbb F_2)\le\dim\operatorname{Br}(X)[2]\le7.

By Lemma 2.16, the classes in L2\mathcal L_2 of the seven relators ρν\rho_\nu, ν≠p1\nu\ne\mathfrak p_1, are linearly independent. Since R⊂D2FR\subset D_2F, we have R2[R,F]⊂D3FR^2[R,F]\subset D_3F, so the classes of these seven relators in R/R2[R,F]R/R^2[R,F] are independent. On the other hand dim⁡R/R2[R,F]=dim⁡H2(GS,F2)≤7\dim R/R^2[R,F]=\dim H^2(G_S,\mathbb F_2)\le7 by the five-term exact sequence of the presentation [26, 30]. Hence the seven classes form a basis, the relation rank is 7, and by the pro-2 Nakayama lemma [26] the seven relators generate RR as a normal subgroup. Finally ρp1∈R\rho_{\mathfrak p_1}\in R. □\square

Corollary 2.18. Any seven of the eight local relators ρν\rho_\nu, ν∈Σ\nu\in\Sigma, generate RR as a normal subgroup.

Proof. By Lemma 2.16, the only linear relation among the eight classes (7) is that their sum vanishes, and this relation is Hilbert reciprocity. Hence any seven of the eight classes are linearly independent, and the proof of Lemma 2.17 applies to any seven of the eight local relators. □\square

We omit the dyadic relator at p1\mathfrak p_1.

Remark 2.19. By Lemma 2.17, the bound dim⁡H2(GS,F2)≤dim⁡Br⁡(X)[2]=7\dim H^2(G_S,\mathbb F_2)\le\dim\operatorname{Br}(X)[2]=7 is attained, so H2(GS,F2)→Br⁡(X)[2]H^2(G_S,\mathbb F_2)\to\operatorname{Br}(X)[2] is an isomorphism. This can also be seen directly: the cup product χa∪χb\chi_a\cup\chi_b maps to the class of the quaternion algebra (a,b)(a,b), whose invariant at ν\nu is given by (a,b)ν(a,b)_{\nu} [19], Chapter III, Remark 4.7, and the seven pairs in the proof of Lemma 2.16 give seven classes with independent invariant vectors. The supplementary program cup241.gp computes the invariant vectors at the eight places of Σ\Sigma of all 36 algebras (αi,αj)(\alpha_i,\alpha_j).

The Prescribed Local Groups

We now cut GSG_S down to prescribed local groups. At the dyadic places we use the restriction Gpj=GQ2→Gal⁡(L2/Q2)=D\mathcal{G}_{\mathfrak{p}_j}=\mathcal{G}_{\mathbb{Q}_2}\to\operatorname{Gal}(L_2/\mathbb{Q}_2)=D of Lemma 2.8. At a place ν\nu above p∈{3,5}p\in\{3,5\}, the maximal elementary abelian quotient of Gν\mathcal{G}_{\nu} is Gal⁡(Qp(u,p)/Qp)≅C2×C2\operatorname{Gal}(\mathbb{Q}_p(\sqrt{u},\sqrt{p})/\mathbb{Q}_p)\cong C_2\times C_2 for a nonsquare unit uu; this quotient has ramification index and residue degree two. At t1,t2\mathfrak{t}_1,\mathfrak{t}_2, whose completions are Q29\mathbb{Q}_{29}, and at t0\mathfrak{t}_0, whose residue field is F49\mathbb{F}_{49}, we bound the order of the Frobenius by four.

Definition 2.20. Let NN be the normal closure in GSG_S of the images of ker⁡(Gpj→D)\ker(\mathcal{G}_{\mathfrak{p}_j}\to D) for j=1,2j=1,2, of the Frattini subgroups D2GνD_2\mathcal{G}_{\nu} for ν∈{q1,q2,r1,r2}\nu\in\{\mathfrak{q}_1,\mathfrak{q}_2,\mathfrak{r}_1,\mathfrak{r}_2\}, and of Frob⁡tk4\operatorname{Frob}_{\mathfrak{t}_k}^{4} for k=0,1,2k=0,1,2. Put GB=GS/NG_B=G_S/N and G‾B=GB/D4GB\overline{G}_B=G_B/D_4G_B, and let BG⊂BSB_G\subset B_S be the fixed field of NN, so that Gal⁡(BG/B)=GB\operatorname{Gal}(B_G/B)=G_B. We call the extension BG/BB_G/B the tower.

This does not depend on the choice of places of BSB_S above each ν\nu: another choice changes each local map by an inner automorphism of GSG_S, which replaces the images above by conjugates and does not change their normal closure NN.

Lemma 2.21. (a) The image of Gpj\mathcal{G}_{\mathfrak{p}_j} in GBG_B is a quotient of DD, the image of Gν\mathcal{G}_{\nu} for ν\nu above 3 or 5 is a quotient of C2×C2C_2\times C_2 in which inertia maps to the image of τν\tau_{\nu}, and Frob⁡tk\operatorname{Frob}_{\mathfrak{t}_k} has order dividing four in GBG_B.

(b) N⊆D2GSN\subseteq D_2G_S. Hence GB/D2GB=Gal⁡(E/B)G_B/D_2G_B=\operatorname{Gal}(E/B), and E⊆BGE\subseteq B_G is the fixed field of D2GBD_2G_B.

Proof. (a) By Definition 2.20, the maps Gpj→GB\mathcal{G}_{\mathfrak{p}_j}\to G_B and Gν→GB\mathcal{G}_{\nu}\to G_B kill ker⁡(Gpj→D)\ker(\mathcal{G}_{\mathfrak{p}_j}\to D) and D2GνD_2\mathcal{G}_{\nu}, and Frob⁡tk4∈N\operatorname{Frob}_{\mathfrak{t}_k}^{4}\in N. For ν\nu above 3 or 5, Gν/D2Gν≅C2×C2\mathcal{G}_{\nu}/D_2\mathcal{G}_{\nu}\cong C_2\times C_2, and the inertia group of Gν\mathcal{G}_{\nu} is generated by τν\tau_{\nu} (Lemma 2.7(b)).

(b) Since DD and GQ2\mathcal{G}_{\mathbb{Q}_2} both have generator rank three, ker⁡(Gpj→D)\ker(\mathcal{G}_{\mathfrak{p}_j}\to D) lies in the Frattini subgroup of Gpj\mathcal{G}_{\mathfrak{p}_j}. The images of the Frattini subgroups of the local groups, and the fourth powers Frob⁡tk4\operatorname{Frob}_{\mathfrak{t}_k}^{4}, lie in D2GSD_2G_S. Hence N⊆D2GSN\subseteq D_2G_S, and GB/D2GB=GS/D2GS=Gal⁡(E/B)G_B/D_2G_B=G_S/D_2G_S=\operatorname{Gal}(E/B) by Lemma 2.10. □\square

By Lemma 2.26(b) below, the quotients in Lemma 2.21(a) are DD and C2×C2C_2\times C_2, and Frob⁡tk\operatorname{Frob}_{\mathfrak{t}_k} has order exactly four in GBG_B.

Lemma 2.22. The kernel NBN_B of F→GS→GBF\to G_S\to G_B is the normal closure of the following thirty elements:

(i) the seven relators ρν\rho_{\nu}, ν∈Σ∖{p1}\nu\in\Sigma\setminus\{\mathfrak{p}_1\};

(ii) for j=1,2j=1,2: x^j 2\hat{x}_j^{\,2}, [x^j,y^j][\hat{x}_j,\hat{y}_j], [x^j,z^j][\hat{x}_j,\hat{z}_j], [[y^j,z^j],z^j][[\hat{y}_j,\hat{z}_j],\hat{z}_j], z^j 4\hat{z}_j^{\,4}, [y^j,z^j]2[\hat{y}_j,\hat{z}_j]^2;

(iii) for ν∈{q1,q2,r1,r2}\nu\in\{\mathfrak{q}_1,\mathfrak{q}_2,\mathfrak{r}_1,\mathfrak{r}_2\}: τ^ν 2\hat{\tau}_{\nu}^{\,2} and ϕ^ν 2\hat{\phi}_{\nu}^{\,2};

(iv) for k=0,1,2k=0,1,2: F^k 4\hat{F}_k^{\,4}, where F^k\hat{F}_k is the chosen lift of Frob⁡tk\operatorname{Frob}_{\mathfrak{t}_k}.

Moreover NB⊂D2FN_B\subset D_2F, and ρp1∈NB\rho_{\mathfrak{p}_1}\in N_B.

Proof. By Lemma 2.17, it suffices to show that the images in GSG_S of the elements (ii)–(iv) generate NN as a normal subgroup. Let F3\mathcal{F}_3 be free on x,y,zx,y,z, and let NDN_D be the normal closure of the seven relators of DD in Lemma 2.8, so that F3/ND=D\mathcal{F}_3/N_D=D. The relator rr maps to 1 in DD, so r∈NDr\in N_D, and ker⁡(GQ2→D)\ker(\mathcal{G}_{\mathbb{Q}_2}\to D) is the image of NDN_D. Since ND⊂D2F3N_D\subset D_2\mathcal{F}_3, we have ND2[ND,F3]⊂D3F3N_D^2[N_D,\mathcal{F}_3]\subset D_3\mathcal{F}_3. The seven relators of DD span ND/ND2[ND,F3]N_D/N_D^2[N_D,\mathcal{F}_3] [26], Corollary 3.9.3; write the class of rr as a combination of them. The classes in gr⁡2F3\operatorname{gr}_2\mathcal{F}_3 of x2,y2,[x,y],[x,z]x^2,y^2,[x,y],[x,z] are independent, the relators z4,[y,z]2z^4,[y,z]^2 and [[y,z],z][[y,z],z] lie in D3F3D_3\mathcal{F}_3, and rr has class y[2]+[x,y]+[x,z]y^{[2]}+[x,y]+[x,z]; so y2y^2 has coefficient one. Replacing y2y^2 by rr therefore still gives a spanning set, and by [26], Corollary 3.9.3 the elements r,x2,[x,y],[x,z],[[y,z],z],z4,[y,z]2r,x^2,[x,y],[x,z],[[y,z],z],z^4,[y,z]^2 generate NDN_D as a normal subgroup. Since r=1r=1 in GQ2\mathcal{G}_{\mathbb{Q}_2}, the other six generate ker⁡(GQ2→D)\ker(\mathcal{G}_{\mathbb{Q}_2}\to D).

For ν\nu above p∈{3,5}p \in\{3,5\}, the quotient of GνG_\nu by the normal closure of τ2,ϕ2\tau^2,\phi^2 is generated by two involutions which commute, because ϕτϕ−1=τp=τ\phi\tau\phi^{-1}=\tau^p=\tau there; so that normal closure is D2GνD_2G_\nu. Finally N⊆D2GSN\subseteq D_2G_S (Lemma 2.21(b)) and R⊂D2FR\subset D_2F give NB⊂D2FN_B\subset D_2F, and ρp1∈R⊂NB\rho_{\mathfrak p_1}\in R\subset N_B. □\square

The Quotient GB/D4GBG_B/D_4G_B.

Definition 2.23. For n≥1n\geq1, the relation space Rn⊆LnR_n\subseteq\mathcal L_n of GBG_B in degree nn is the image of NB∩DnFN_B\cap D_nF.

Since NB⊂D2FN_B\subset D_2F and DnGBD_nG_B is the image of DnFD_nF,

gr⁡1GB=F28,gr⁡nGB≅Ln/Rn.\operatorname{gr}_1G_B=\mathbb F_2^8,\qquad\operatorname{gr}_nG_B\cong\mathcal L_n/R_n.

Consider the following 22 elements of L2\mathcal L_2, written with the vectors of Table 4:

ιˉ1[2], ιˉ2[2];[τˉν,ϕˉν]+τˉν[2](ν=q1,q2),[τˉν,ϕˉν](ν=r1,r2);yˉj[2]+[xˉj,yˉj]+[xˉj,zˉj],xˉj[2],[xˉj,yˉj],[xˉj,zˉj](j=1,2);τˉν[2],ϕˉν[2](ν=q1,q2,r1,r2).(8)\begin{aligned} \bar\iota_1^{[2]},\ \bar\iota_2^{[2]};\qquad &[\bar\tau_\nu,\bar\phi_\nu]+\bar\tau_\nu^{[2]}\quad(\nu=\mathfrak q_1,\mathfrak q_2),\qquad [\bar\tau_\nu,\bar\phi_\nu]\quad(\nu=\mathfrak r_1,\mathfrak r_2);\\ \bar y_j^{[2]}+[\bar x_j,\bar y_j]+[\bar x_j,\bar z_j],\quad &\bar x_j^{[2]},\quad[\bar x_j,\bar y_j],\quad[\bar x_j,\bar z_j]\quad(j=1,2);\\ &\bar\tau_\nu^{[2]},\quad\bar\phi_\nu^{[2]}\quad(\nu=\mathfrak q_1,\mathfrak q_2,\mathfrak r_1,\mathfrak r_2). \tag*{(8)} \end{aligned}

They are the classes of the eight local relators (7) and of the fourteen quadratic elements x^j2\hat x_j^2, [x^j,y^j][\hat x_j,\hat y_j], [x^j,z^j][\hat x_j,\hat z_j], τ^ν2\hat\tau_\nu^2, ϕ^ν2\hat\phi_\nu^2 of Lemma 2.22.

Lemma 2.25. The space R2R_2 is spanned by the 22 elements (8), and dim⁡R2=21\dim R_2=21; their only linear relation is that the eight classes of local relators sum to zero. Hence dim⁡gr⁡2GB=15\dim\operatorname{gr}_2G_B=15. Consequently, if g∈GBg\in G_B has nonzero elementary image vv, then gg has order at least four in GB/D3GBG_B/D_3G_B exactly when v[2]∉R2v^{[2]}\notin R_2; otherwise gg has order two there.

Proof. Conjugates of an element of D2FD_2F have the same class modulo D3FD_3F, classes of products add, and L2\mathcal L_2 is finite. Hence, by Lemma 2.22, R2R_2 is spanned by the classes of the thirty generators of NBN_B. Those in (i) have the classes (7), and the quadratic elements of (ii) and (iii) have the classes xˉj[2]\bar x_j^{[2]}, [xˉj,yˉj][\bar x_j,\bar y_j], [xˉj,zˉj][\bar x_j,\bar z_j], τˉν[2]\bar\tau_\nu^{[2]}, ϕˉν[2]\bar\phi_\nu^{[2]}. The remaining generators, [[y^j,z^j],z^j][[\hat y_j,\hat z_j],\hat z_j], z^j4\hat z_j^4, [y^j,z^j]2[\hat y_j,\hat z_j]^2 and the fourth powers in (iv), lie in D3FD_3F. The class of ρp1\rho_{\mathfrak p_1} also lies in R2R_2, since ρp1∈NB\rho_{\mathfrak p_1}\in N_B. The supplementary program lie241.py computes the rank of the 22 elements in the 36-dimensional space L2\mathcal L_2: it is 21. The sum of the eight local classes vanishes by Lemma 2.16, that is, by Hilbert reciprocity, so this is the only relation; none of the fourteen quadratic elements of (ii) and (iii) is involved in it. For the last statement, g2∈D2GBg^2\in D_2G_B has class v[2]v^{[2]} in gr⁡2GB=L2/R2\operatorname{gr}_2G_B=\mathcal L_2/R_2, so g2∈D3GBg^2\in D_3G_B exactly when v[2]∈R2v^{[2]}\in R_2. □\square

Lemma 2.26. (a) dim⁡gr⁡3GB=26\dim\operatorname{gr}_3G_B=26, so ∣GB‾∣=28+15+26=249|\overline{G_B}|=2^{8+15+26}=2^{49}.

(b) For j=1,2j=1,2, the local map induces an injection D→GB/D3GBD\to G_B/D_3G_B, and gr⁡nD→gr⁡nGB\operatorname{gr}_nD\to\operatorname{gr}_nG_B is injective for n=1,2n=1,2. For ν\nu above 3 or 5, the image of GνG_\nu in GBG_B is ⟨τν⟩×⟨ϕν⟩≅C2×C2\langle\tau_\nu\rangle\times\langle\phi_\nu\rangle\cong C_2\times C_2, and it injects into GB/D2GBG_B/D_2G_B. For k=0,1,2k=0,1,2, Frob⁡tk\operatorname{Frob}_{t_k} has order exactly four in GBG_B and in GB/D3GBG_B/D_3G_B. For j=1,2j=1,2, ιj\iota_j has order two in GB/D2GBG_B/D_2G_B.

(c) The conjugacy class of ι1\iota_1 in GBG_B has 2152^{15} elements.

(d) We have ιˉ1≠ιˉ2\bar\iota_1\neq\bar\iota_2. For each ν∈{p1,p2,q1,q2,r1,r2,t0,t1,t2}\nu\in\{\mathfrak p_1,\mathfrak p_2,\mathfrak q_1,\mathfrak q_2,\mathfrak r_1,\mathfrak r_2,\mathfrak t_0,\mathfrak t_1,\mathfrak t_2\}, neither ιˉ1\bar\iota_1 nor ιˉ2\bar\iota_2 lies in the span of the elementary images of the local generators at ν\nu.

Proof. (a) Work in F/D4FF/D_4F, in which D2F/D4FD_2F/D_4F is elementary abelian and D3F/D4FD_3F/D_4F is central. Let ρ1,…,ρ21\rho_1,\ldots,\rho_{21} be the generators of NBN_B listed in (i), the first three elements of (ii) for each jj, and (iii) of Lemma 2.22. They lie in D2FD_2F, and their classes in L2\mathcal L_2 are the elements of (8) other than the class of ρp1\rho_{\mathfrak p_1}, which are independent by Lemma 2.25. The generators ωj=[[y^j,z^j],z^j]\omega_j=[[\hat y_j,\hat z_j],\hat z_j] lie in D3FD_3F, and the remaining generators of NBN_B lie in D4FD_4F. For ρ∈D2F\rho\in D_2F and g∈Fg\in F we have g−1ρg=ρ[ρ,g]g^{-1}\rho g=\rho[\rho,g], and modulo D4FD_4F the commutator [ρ,g][\rho,g] is central and depends only, and linearly, on the classes of ρ\rho in L2\mathcal L_2 and of gg in L1\mathcal L_1. Hence the image of NBN_B in F/D4FF/D_4F is the subgroup generated by the ρi\rho_i, the [ρi,f][\rho_i,f] for ff in a basis of FF, and the ωj\omega_j. An element ∏iρiai\prod_i\rho_i^{a_i} times an element of D3FD_3F lies in D3FD_3F only if all ai=0a_i=0. Therefore R3R_3 is spanned by the brackets [ρˉi,ξ][\bar{\rho}_i,\xi], for ξ\xi in a basis of L1\mathcal{L}_1, and by [[yˉj,zˉj],zˉj][[\bar{y}_j,\bar{z}_j],\bar{z}_j]. The supplementary program lie241c.py computes these elements in the free associative algebra, where [a,ξ]=aξ+ξa[a,\xi]=a\xi+\xi a: they span a space of dimension 142 in the 168-dimensional space L3\mathcal{L}_3. So dim⁡gr⁡3GB=26\dim\operatorname{gr}_3 G_B=26.

(b) The local map Gpj→GB\mathcal{G}_{\mathfrak{p}_j}\to G_B factors through DD by Definition 2.20, and the induced map D→GBD\to G_B preserves the Zassenhaus filtrations. It is injective on gr⁡1\operatorname{gr}_1 because xˉj,yˉj,zˉj\bar{x}_j,\bar{y}_j,\bar{z}_j are independent, and on gr⁡2\operatorname{gr}_2 because zˉj[2]\bar{z}_j^{[2]} and [yˉj,zˉj][\bar{y}_j,\bar{z}_j], the images of z2z^2 and [y,z][y,z], are independent modulo R2R_2; the program lie241.py checks both facts. If 1≠g∈D1\ne g\in D, let n≤2n\le2 be maximal with g∈Dn(D)g\in D_n(D); then the image of gg is nonzero in gr⁡nGB\operatorname{gr}_n G_B, so it is not in D3GBD_3G_B. For ν\nu above 3 or 5, the vectors τˉν\bar{\tau}_\nu and φˉν\bar{\varphi}_\nu are independent, and the image of Gν\mathcal{G}_\nu is a quotient of C2×C2C_2\times C_2. For the Frobenius elements, lie241.py checks that Frob⁡‾tk[2]∉R2\overline{\operatorname{Frob}}_{t_k}^{[2]}\notin R_2, so Lemma 2.25 gives order at least four in GB/D3GBG_B/D_3G_B, while Definition 2.20 gives order at most four in GBG_B. Finally ιˉj≠0\bar{\iota}_j\ne0.

(c) Write Gˉ=GB\bar{G}=G_B and ι=ι1\iota=\iota_1. The map L1→gr⁡2Gˉ\mathcal{L}_1\to\operatorname{gr}_2\bar{G}, v↦[ιˉ,v]v\mapsto[\bar{\iota},v], has rank 7 by lie241.py, so its kernel is the line through ιˉ\bar{\iota}. The map gr⁡2Gˉ→gr⁡3Gˉ\operatorname{gr}_2\bar{G}\to\operatorname{gr}_3\bar{G}, u↦[u,ιˉ]u\mapsto[u,\bar{\iota}], has rank 8 by lie241c.py. Since D2GˉD_2\bar{G} is abelian and D3GˉD_3\bar{G} is central in Gˉ\bar{G}, the map h↦[h,ι]h\mapsto[h,\iota] is a homomorphism D2Gˉ→D3GˉD_2\bar{G}\to D_3\bar{G}; it factors through gr⁡2Gˉ\operatorname{gr}_2\bar{G} and equals the second map. Its kernel CGˉ(ι)∩D2GˉC_{\bar{G}}(\iota)\cap D_2\bar{G} therefore has order 215+26−8=2332^{15+26-8}=2^{33}. If g∈CGˉ(ι)g\in C_{\bar{G}}(\iota), then [ιˉ,gˉ]=0[\bar{\iota},\bar{g}]=0 in gr⁡2Gˉ\operatorname{gr}_2\bar{G}, so gˉ∈{0,ιˉ}\bar{g}\in\{0,\bar{\iota}\}; conversely ι∈CGˉ(ι)\iota\in C_{\bar{G}}(\iota). Hence ∣CGˉ(ι)∣=234|C_{\bar{G}}(\iota)|=2^{34}, and the class of ι\iota has 249−34=2152^{49-34}=2^{15} elements.

(d) This is a finite check on Table 4, carried out by lie241.py. □\square

Filtered Fox Calculus

This subsection and the next prove that GBG_B is infinite (Proposition 2.39) by the Golod–Shafarevich method. Suppose that GBG_B is finite, and let Λ=F2[GB]\Lambda=\mathbb{F}_2[G_B]. The rows (Definition 2.30) of the relators of GBG_B in a presentation with eight generators (Lemma 2.22) span a Λ\Lambda-module M\mathcal{M} whose Hilbert polynomial is 1−(1−8t)hΛ1-(1-8t)h_\Lambda (Lemma 2.32). The module M\mathcal{M} is also the sum of the modules spanned by the rows of the relations of the eleven local groups Γ\Gamma, each isomorphic to C2C_2, C2×C2C_2\times C_2, C4C_4 or DD; for 0<t<10<t<1 the Hilbert polynomial of each of these modules is at most ψΓ(t)hΛ(t)\psi_\Gamma(t)h_\Lambda(t), with ψΓ\psi_\Gamma as in Definition 2.33 (Lemma 2.34). The row of the dyadic relator ρp1\rho_{\mathfrak{p}_1} of (6) lies both in the module of p1\mathfrak{p}_1 and in the sum of the other ten, and the module it generates has Hilbert polynomial sDhΛs_Dh_\Lambda, with sDs_D as in Lemma 2.35. Comparing these bounds gives 1≤hΛ(t)PB(t)1\le h_\Lambda(t)P_B(t) for 0<t<10<t<1, with PBP_B as in (12); this fails at t=34/117t=34/117 (Lemma 2.38).

Let Δ\Delta be a finite 2-group, Λ=F2[Δ]\Lambda=\mathbb{F}_2[\Delta], and J\mathcal{J} its augmentation ideal. We use the filtered spaces and Hilbert polynomials of Definition 2.1; in particular FnΛ=JnF^n\Lambda=\mathcal{J}^n. For m≥1m\ge1, Λm(−1)\Lambda^m(-1) denotes Λm\Lambda^m with Fn=(Jn−1)mF^n=(\mathcal{J}^{n-1})^m for n≥1n\ge1, so that hΛm(−1)=mthΛh_{\Lambda^m(-1)}=mt h_\Lambda. Subspaces carry the induced filtration unless stated otherwise. For 0<t<10<t<1,

hM(t)=(1−t)∑n≥1dim⁡(M/FnM)tn−1.(9)h_M(t)=(1-t)\sum_{n\ge1}\dim(M/F^nM)t^{n-1}. \tag*{(9)}

Lemma 2.28. Let 0<t<10<t<1.

(h1) If f:M→M′f:M\to M' is surjective with f(FnM)⊆FnM′f(F^nM)\subseteq F^nM', then hM′(t)≤hM(t)h_{M'}(t)\le h_M(t).

(h2) If U1⊆U2U_1\subseteq U_2 are subspaces of the same filtered space, then hU1(t)≤hU2(t)h_{U_1}(t)\le h_{U_2}(t).

(h3) If ff is surjective and strict, f(FnM)=FnM′f(F^nM)=F^nM', then hM=hker⁡f+hM′h_M=h_{\ker f}+h_{M'}.

(h4) For subspaces U1,U2U_1,U_2 of a filtered space,

hU1+U2(t)≤hU1(t)+hU2(t)−hU1∩U2(t).(10)h_{U_1+U_2}(t)\le h_{U_1}(t)+h_{U_2}(t)-h_{U_1\cap U_2}(t). \tag*{(10)}

Proof. Statements (h1)–(h3) follow from the definitions and (9). For (h4), apply (h3) to U1⊕U2→U1+U2U_1\oplus U_2\to U_1+U_2, (u1,u2)↦u1+u2(u_1,u_2)\mapsto u_1+u_2, whose kernel is U1∩U2U_1\cap U_2, with the image filtration FnU1+FnU2F^nU_1+F^nU_2 on U1+U2U_1+U_2; this filtration is contained in the induced one, and (h1) applies to the identity map. □\square

Definition 2.30. Let F\mathcal{F} be a free pro-2 group with basis f1,…,fnf_1,\ldots,f_n and π:F→Δ\pi:\mathcal{F}\to\Delta a surjection. Since Λn⋊Δ\Lambda^n\rtimes\Delta, with Δ\Delta acting by left multiplication, is a finite 2-group, there is a unique homomorphism F→Λn⋊Δ\mathcal{F} \to\Lambda^{n} \rtimes\Delta sending fif_i to (ei,π(fi))(e_i,\pi(f_i)), where e1,…,ene_1,\ldots,e_n is the standard basis of Λn\Lambda^n. We write it as w↦(∂w,π(w))w \mapsto(\partial w,\pi(w)) and call ∂w=(∂1w,…,∂nw)∈Λn\partial w=(\partial_1w,\ldots,\partial_nw)\in\Lambda^n the row of ww.

For ww in the discrete free group on the fif_i, the row ∂w∈Λn\partial w\in\Lambda^n is the image of the vector of free derivatives of ww [9].

Lemma 2.31. (F1) ∂(ww′)=∂w+π(w)∂w′\partial(ww')=\partial w+\pi(w)\partial w'. (F2) ∑i∂iw(π(fi)−1)=π(w)−1\sum_i\partial_iw\left(\pi(f_i)-1\right)=\pi(w)-1. (F3) If π(ρ)=1\pi(\rho)=1, then ∂(uρu−1)=π(u)∂ρ\partial(u\rho u^{-1})=\pi(u)\partial\rho; and ∂\partial restricts to a continuous homomorphism on ker⁡π\ker\pi. (F4) If F′\mathcal{F}' is free on f1′,…,fm′f'_1,\ldots,f'_m, u1,…,um∈Fu_1,\ldots,u_m\in\mathcal{F}, and ∂′\partial' denotes the rows for the map F′→Δ\mathcal{F}'\to\Delta, fl′↦π(ul)f'_l\mapsto\pi(u_l), then ∂(W(u1,…,um))=∑l∂l′W⋅∂ul\partial(W(u_1,\ldots,u_m))=\sum_l\partial'_lW\cdot\partial u_l for W∈F′W\in\mathcal{F}'.

Proof. (F1) is the multiplication of the semidirect product. For (F2), the pairs (a,g)(a,g) with ∑ai(π(fi)−1)=g−1\sum a_i(\pi(f_i)-1)=g-1 form a subgroup containing the images of the fif_i. (F3) follows from (F1). For (F4), both sides are the first components of homomorphisms F′→Λn⋊Δ\mathcal{F}'\to\Lambda^n\rtimes\Delta that agree on the basis. □\square

Lemma 2.32. Let M={a∈Λn:∑iai(π(fi)−1)=0}\mathcal{M}=\{a\in\Lambda^n:\sum_i a_i(\pi(f_i)-1)=0\}, with the filtration induced from Λn(−1)\Lambda^n(-1). Then hM=1−(1−nt)hΛh_{\mathcal{M}}=1-(1-nt)h_\Lambda and M=∂(ker⁡π)\mathcal{M}=\partial(\ker\pi). If ρ\rho lies in the normal closure of a set Y⊂ker⁡πY\subset\ker\pi, then ∂ρ\partial\rho lies in the Λ\Lambda-span of ∂Y\partial Y. In particular, M\mathcal{M} is the Λ\Lambda-span of the rows of any set of normal generators of ker⁡π\ker\pi.

Proof. Since the π(fi)\pi(f_i) generate Δ\Delta, we have I=∑iΛ(π(fi)−1)⊂∑iF2(π(fi)−1)+I2\mathfrak{I}=\sum_i\Lambda(\pi(f_i)-1)\subset\sum_i\mathbb{F}_2(\pi(f_i)-1)+\mathfrak{I}^2, hence Im=∑iIm−1(π(fi)−1)\mathfrak{I}^m=\sum_i\mathfrak{I}^{m-1}(\pi(f_i)-1) for all m≥1m\geq1, by induction and because I\mathfrak{I} is nilpotent. So Λn(−1)→I\Lambda^n(-1)\to\mathfrak{I}, a↦∑ai(π(fi)−1)a\mapsto\sum a_i(\pi(f_i)-1), is strict and surjective with kernel M\mathcal{M}, and (h3) gives hM=nt hΛ−(hΛ−1)h_{\mathcal{M}}=nt\,h_\Lambda-(h_\Lambda-1).

By (F2), ∂(ker⁡π)⊂M\partial(\ker\pi)\subset\mathcal{M}. Conversely, let F∘⊂F\mathcal{F}^{\circ}\subset\mathcal{F} be the dense subgroup generated by the fif_i, which is a free group on them. Then π(F∘)=Δ\pi(\mathcal{F}^{\circ})=\Delta, and the kernel of F2[F∘]→Λ\mathbb{F}_2[\mathcal{F}^{\circ}]\to\Lambda is F2[F∘](F∘∩ker⁡π−1)\mathbb{F}_2[\mathcal{F}^{\circ}](\mathcal{F}^{\circ}\cap\ker\pi-1). Lift a∈Ma\in\mathcal{M} to a~∈F2[F∘]n\widetilde{a}\in\mathbb{F}_2[\mathcal{F}^{\circ}]^n. Then ∑ia~i(fi−1)=∑lζl(nl−1)\sum_i\widetilde{a}_i(f_i-1)=\sum_l\zeta_l(n_l-1) with nl∈F∘∩ker⁡πn_l\in\mathcal{F}^{\circ}\cap\ker\pi and ζl∈F2[F∘]\zeta_l\in\mathbb{F}_2[\mathcal{F}^{\circ}]. By Fox’s fundamental formula nl−1=∑i(∂nl/∂fi)(fi−1)n_l-1=\sum_i(\partial n_l/\partial f_i)(f_i-1), where the ∂/∂fi\partial/\partial f_i are the free derivatives [9], and the coefficients of the fi−1f_i-1 are unique, because ∂/∂fj\partial/\partial f_j maps ∑iζi(fi−1)\sum_i\zeta_i(f_i-1) to ζj′\zeta'_j. So a~i=∑lζl ∂nl/∂fi\widetilde{a}_i=\sum_l\zeta_l\,\partial n_l/\partial f_i. On F∘\mathcal{F}^{\circ} the rows are the images of the vectors of free derivatives, so a=∑lζˉl ∂nla=\sum_l\bar{\zeta}_l\,\partial n_l lies in Λ∂(ker⁡π)\Lambda\partial(\ker\pi), which equals ∂(ker⁡π)\partial(\ker\pi) by (F3). For the remaining statements, let MY\mathcal{M}_Y be the Λ\Lambda-span of ∂Y\partial Y. By (F3), the elements n∈ker⁡πn\in\ker\pi with ∂n∈MY\partial n\in\mathcal{M}_Y form a closed normal subgroup of F\mathcal{F} containing YY. □\square

The next lemma bounds, in terms of the function ψΓ\psi_\Gamma below, the Hilbert polynomial of the Λ\Lambda-module spanned by the rows of all relations of one local group Γ\Gamma. The groups Γ\Gamma below are C2C_2, C2×C2C_2\times C_2, C4C_4 and DD, with standard generators ii; τ,φ\tau,\varphi; a generator; and x,y,zx,y,z. Let kk be the number of standard generators, so k=1,2,1,3k=1,2,1,3. The Hilbert polynomials hF2[Γ]h_{\mathbb{F}_2[\Gamma]} are 1+t1+t, (1+t)2(1+t)^2, (1+t)(1+t2)(1+t)(1+t^2) and hF2[D]h_{\mathbb{F}_2[D]} (Theorem 2.2), and D3(Γ)=1D_3(\Gamma)=1 in each case.

Definition 2.33. For each of these groups Γ\Gamma, put

ψΓ(t)=kt−1+hF2[Γ](t)−1.\psi_\Gamma(t)=kt-1+h_{\mathbb{F}_2[\Gamma]}(t)^{-1}.

Lemma 2.34. Let Γ≤Δ\Gamma\leq\Delta be a subgroup isomorphic to one of these groups, with g1,…,gk∈Γg_1,\ldots,g_k\in\Gamma corresponding to its standard generators, and suppose that gr⁡nΓ→gr⁡nΔ\operatorname{gr}_n\Gamma\to\operatorname{gr}_n\Delta is injective for n=1,2n=1,2. Let ΛΓ=F2[Γ]⊂Λ\Lambda_\Gamma=\mathbb{F}_2[\Gamma]\subset\Lambda, with augmentation ideal IΓ\mathfrak{I}_\Gamma, and let MΓ⊂ΛΓk(−1)\mathcal{M}_\Gamma\subset\Lambda_\Gamma^k(-1) be the kernel of b↦∑lbl(gl−1)b\mapsto\sum_l b_l(g_l-1).

(a) There are elements ηj∈Λ\eta_j\in\Lambda and integers wj≥0w_j\geq0 such that Λ=⨁jηjΛΓ\Lambda=\bigoplus_j\eta_j\Lambda_\Gamma and Im=⨁jηjIΓm−wj\mathfrak{I}^m=\bigoplus_j\eta_j\mathfrak{I}_\Gamma^{m-w_j} for every mm, where IΓm′=ΛΓ\mathfrak{I}_\Gamma^{m'}=\Lambda_\Gamma for m′≤0m'\leq0; moreover ∑jtwj=hΛ/hF2[Γ]\sum_jt^{w_j}=h_\Lambda/h_{\mathbb{F}_2[\Gamma]}.

(b) The Λ\Lambda-module ΛMΓ⊂Λk(−1)\Lambda\mathcal{M}_\Gamma\subset\Lambda^k(-1) has hΛMΓ=ψΓhΛh_{\Lambda\mathcal{M}_\Gamma}=\psi_\Gamma h_\Lambda.

(c) Let F\mathcal{F} and π\pi be as above, let u1,…,uk∈Fu_1,\ldots,u_k\in\mathcal{F} with π(ul)=gl\pi(u_l)=g_l, and let Fk\mathcal{F}_k be free on kk letters, mapping to Γ\Gamma by the standard generators. Let U⊂Λn(−1)U\subset\Lambda^n(-1) be the Λ\Lambda-span of the rows ∂W(u1,…,uk)\partial W(u_1,\ldots,u_k) for all WW in the kernel of Fk→Γ\mathcal{F}_k\to\Gamma. Then hU(t)≤ψΓ(t)hΛ(t)h_U(t)\leq\psi_\Gamma(t)h_\Lambda(t) for 0<t<10<t<1.

Proof. (a) Since D3(Γ)=1D_{3}(\Gamma)=1 and gr⁡Γ→gr⁡Δ\operatorname{gr}\Gamma\to\operatorname{gr}\Delta is injective, Γ∩DmΔ=Dm(Γ)\Gamma\cap D_{m}\Delta=D_{m}(\Gamma) for all mm. Choose elements of Γ\Gamma whose classes form a homogeneous basis of gr⁡Γ\operatorname{gr}\Gamma, and extend them by elements of Δ\Delta to a family whose classes form a homogeneous basis of gr⁡Δ\operatorname{gr}\Delta. By Theorem 2.2, the ordered products of the elements g−1g-1 of this family, each used at most once and with the elements of Γ\Gamma last, form a basis of Λ\Lambda, and those of weight at least mm form a basis of Im\mathcal{I}^{m}; here the weight of a product is the sum of the degrees of the classes of its factors. The same holds for ΛΓ\Lambda_{\Gamma} and the elements of Γ\Gamma alone. Let the ηj\eta_{j} be the ordered products of the other elements, and wjw_{j} the weight of ηj\eta_{j}. The empty product ηj=1\eta_{j}=1 has weight 00, so Im∩ΛΓ=IΓm\mathcal{I}^{m}\cap\Lambda_{\Gamma}=\mathcal{I}_{\Gamma}^{m}: the filtration of ΛΓ\Lambda_{\Gamma} induced from Λ\Lambda is its augmentation filtration, with Hilbert polynomial hF2[Γ]h_{\mathbb{F}_{2}[\Gamma]}. Comparing Hilbert polynomials gives the last assertion.

(b) As in the proof of Lemma 2.32, the map ΛΓk(−1)→IΓ\Lambda_{\Gamma}^{k}(-1)\to\mathcal{I}_{\Gamma} is strict and surjective, so hMΓ=kt hF2[Γ]−(hF2[Γ]−1)h_{M_{\Gamma}}=kt\,h_{\mathbb{F}_{2}[\Gamma]}-(h_{\mathbb{F}_{2}[\Gamma]}-1). By (a), Λk(−1)=⨁jηjΛΓk(−1)\Lambda^{k}(-1)=\bigoplus_{j}\eta_{j}\Lambda_{\Gamma}^{k}(-1) with Fm=⨁jηjFm−wjF^{m}=\bigoplus_{j}\eta_{j}F^{m-w_{j}}, and ΛMΓ=⨁jηjΛMΓ\Lambda M_{\Gamma}=\bigoplus_{j}\eta_{j}\Lambda M_{\Gamma}. Hence hΛMΓ=(hΛ/hF2[Γ])hMΓ=ψΓhΛh_{\Lambda M_{\Gamma}}=(h_{\Lambda}/h_{\mathbb{F}_{2}[\Gamma]})h_{M_{\Gamma}}=\psi_{\Gamma}h_{\Lambda}.

(c) For WW in the kernel, the local row ∂′W∈ΛΓk\partial'W\in\Lambda_{\Gamma}^{k} lies in MΓM_{\Gamma} by (F2), and by (F4) ∂W(u)=∑l∂l′W ∂ul\partial W(u)=\sum_{l}\partial'_{l}W\,\partial u_{l}. Thus UU is contained in the image of ΛMΓ\Lambda M_{\Gamma} under the map Tu ⁣:Λk(−1)→Λn(−1)T_{u}\colon\Lambda^{k}(-1)\to\Lambda^{n}(-1), a↦∑lal∂ula\mapsto\sum_{l}a_{l}\partial u_{l}, which preserves filtrations because ∂ul∈Λn=F0\partial u_{l}\in\Lambda^{n}=F^{0}. By (h2), (h1) and (b), hU≤hTu(ΛMΓ)≤hΛMΓ=ψΓhΛh_{U}\le h_{T_{u}(\Lambda M_{\Gamma})}\le h_{\Lambda M_{\Gamma}}=\psi_{\Gamma}h_{\Lambda}. □\square

In the proof of Proposition 2.39, the row of the dyadic relator ρp1\rho_{p_{1}} lies both in the module spanned by the rows of the relations at p1p_{1} and in the module spanned by the rows of the relations at the other ten places. The next lemma computes the Hilbert polynomial of the module generated by this row.

Lemma 2.35. In the situation of Lemma 2.34 with Γ=D\Gamma=D, suppose that u1,u2,u3u_{1},u_{2},u_{3} are the basis elements f1,f2,f3f_{1},f_{2},f_{3} of F\mathcal{F}. Let r∈F3r\in F_{3} map to 11 in DD, with class y[2]+[x,y]+[x,z]y^{[2]}+[x,y]+[x,z] in gr⁡2F3\operatorname{gr}_{2}F_{3}, and let ρ=r(f1,f2,f3)\rho=r(f_{1},f_{2},f_{3}). Then

hΛ∂ρ=sDhΛ,sD(t)=t2(1−t7hF2[D](t)).h_{\Lambda\partial\rho}=s_{D}h_{\Lambda},\qquad s_{D}(t)=t^{2}\left(1-\frac{t^{7}}{h_{\mathbb{F}_{2}[D]}(t)}\right).

Proof. By (F4), ∂ρ=(∂′r,0,…,0)\partial\rho=(\partial'r,0,\ldots,0), where ∂′r∈ΛD3\partial'r\in\Lambda_{D}^{3} is the local row, so Λ∂ρ\Lambda\partial\rho is the module Λ∂′r⊂Λ3(−1)\Lambda\partial'r\subset\Lambda^{3}(-1) placed in the first three coordinates. By Lemma 2.34(a), Λ3=⨁jηjΛD3\Lambda^{3}=\bigoplus_{j}\eta_{j}\Lambda_{D}^{3} with Fn(Λ3(−1))=⨁jηjFn−wj(ΛD3(−1))F^{n}(\Lambda^{3}(-1))=\bigoplus_{j}\eta_{j}F^{n-w_{j}}(\Lambda_{D}^{3}(-1)), and b↦ηjbb\mapsto\eta_{j}b is injective on ΛD3\Lambda_{D}^{3}. The submodule Λ∂′r=⨁jηjΛD∂′r\Lambda\partial'r=\bigoplus_{j}\eta_{j}\Lambda_{D}\partial'r decomposes in the same way, so Fn(Λ∂′r)=⨁jηjFn−wj(ΛD∂′r)F^{n}(\Lambda\partial'r)=\bigoplus_{j}\eta_{j}F^{n-w_{j}}(\Lambda_{D}\partial'r) for the induced filtrations, and hΛ∂ρ=(hΛ/hF2[D])hΛD∂′rh_{\Lambda\partial\rho}=(h_{\Lambda}/h_{\mathbb{F}_{2}[D]})h_{\Lambda_{D}\partial'r}. It therefore suffices to show that hΛD∂′r=t2(hF2[D]−t7)h_{\Lambda_{D}\partial'r}=t^{2}(h_{\mathbb{F}_{2}[D]}-t^{7}), for the filtration induced from ΛD3(−1)\Lambda_{D}^{3}(-1). Write ID\mathcal{I}_{D} for the augmentation ideal of ΛD=F2[D]\Lambda_{D}=\mathbb{F}_{2}[D], and X1,X2,X3,X4X_{1},X_{2},X_{3},X_{4} for x−1,y−1,z−1,w−1x-1,y-1,z-1,w-1, where w=[y,z]w=[y,z].

The linear part of ∂′r\partial'r. Here π\pi also denotes the map F3→DF_{3}\to D. For g,h∈F3g,h\in F_{3}, (F1) gives ∂′(g2)=(1+π(g))∂′g\partial'(g^{2})=(1+\pi(g))\partial'g and ∂′[g,h]=π(g)−1(π(h)−1−1)∂′g+π(g)−1π(h)−1(π(g)−1)∂′h\partial'[g,h]=\pi(g)^{-1}(\pi(h)^{-1}-1)\partial'g+\pi(g)^{-1}\pi(h)^{-1}(\pi(g)-1)\partial'h. Moreover ∂′q\partial'q is congruent modulo ID2\mathcal{I}_{D}^{2} to the image qˉ∈F23\bar q\in\mathbb{F}_{2}^{3} of qq in F3/D2F3F_{3}/D_{2}F_{3}, and π(q)−1≡∑lqˉlXl\pi(q)-1\equiv\sum_{l}\bar q_{l}X_{l} modulo ID2\mathcal{I}_{D}^{2} by (F2). Hence, for q∈D2F3q\in D_{2}F_{3}, the row ∂′q\partial'q has entries in ID\mathcal{I}_{D}, and modulo ID2\mathcal{I}_{D}^{2} it is additive in qq, because π(q)−1∈ID2\pi(q)-1\in\mathcal{I}_{D}^{2}. It vanishes modulo ID2\mathcal{I}_{D}^{2} on D3F3=(D2F3)2[D2F3,F3]D_{3}F_{3}=(D_{2}F_{3})^{2}[D_{2}F_{3},F_{3}] (Lazard’s formula): for q∈D2F3q\in D_{2}F_{3} the formulas above give ∂′(q2),∂′[q,h]∈ID2\partial'(q^{2}),\partial'[q,h]\in\mathcal{I}_{D}^{2}, since qˉ=0\bar q=0 and π(q)−1∈ID2\pi(q)-1\in\mathcal{I}_{D}^{2}. So the row modulo ID2\mathcal{I}_{D}^{2} depends only on the class of qq in gr⁡2F3\operatorname{gr}_{2}F_{3}, the classes v[2]v^{[2]} and [v,v′][v,v'] giving the rows with ll-th entries vl∑mvmXmv_{l}\sum_{m}v_{m}X_{m} and vl∑mvm′Xm+vl′∑mvmXmv_{l}\sum_{m}v'_{m}X_{m}+v'_{l}\sum_{m}v_{m}X_{m}. For the class y[2]+[x,y]+[x,z]y^{[2]}+[x,y]+[x,z] this gives

∂′r=(X2+X3, X2+X1, X1)(modID2).\partial'r=(X_{2}+X_{3},\,X_{2}+X_{1},\,X_{1})\pmod{\mathcal{I}_{D}^{2}}.

Three facts about ΛD\Lambda_{D}. Let A=⨁mIDm/IDm+1A=\bigoplus_{m}\mathcal{I}_{D}^{m}/\mathcal{I}_{D}^{m+1}, and write X,Y,ZX,Y,Z and WW for the classes of X1,X2,X3X_{1},X_{2},X_{3} in degree one and of X4X_{4} in degree two. By Theorem 2.2 and Lemma 2.8(c), the products X1a1X2a2X3a3X4a4X_{1}^{a_{1}}X_{2}^{a_{2}}X_{3}^{a_{3}}X_{4}^{a_{4}} with a1,a2,a4∈{0,1}a_{1},a_{2},a_{4}\in\{0,1\} and 0≤a3≤30\le a_{3}\le3, of weight a1+a2+a3+2a4≥ma_{1}+a_{2}+a_{3}+2a_{4}\ge m, form a basis of IDm\mathcal{I}_{D}^{m}; here X32=z2−1X_{3}^{2}=z^{2}-1. Hence the monomials Xa1Ya2Za3Wa4X^{a_{1}}Y^{a_{2}}Z^{a_{3}}W^{a_{4}} form a basis of AA, and, since the coefficients of hF2[D]h_{\mathbb{F}_{2}[D]} are 1,3,5,7,7,5,3,11,3,5,7,7,5,3,1,

dim⁡JDm=32,31,28,23,16,9,4,1,0(m=0,…,8).\dim\mathcal{J}_{D}^{m}=32,31,28,23,16,9,4,1,0 \qquad(m=0,\ldots,8).

Because xx and ww are central and x2=y2=w2=z4=1x^{2}=y^{2}=w^{2}=z^{4}=1, the elements XX and WW are central in AA and X2=Y2=W2=Z4=0X^{2}=Y^{2}=W^{2}=Z^{4}=0. Moreover ZY=YZ+WZY=YZ+W, because X3X2+X2X3=zy+yz=zy(w−1)≡X4(modJD3)X_{3}X_{2}+X_{2}X_{3}=zy+yz=zy(w-1)\equiv X_{4}\pmod{\mathcal{J}_{D}^{3}}; by induction ZjY=YZj+jZj−1WZ^{j}Y=YZ^{j}+jZ^{j-1}W for j≥1j\geq1.

First, JD7=F2ΩD\mathcal{J}_{D}^{7}=\mathbb{F}_{2}\Omega_{D}, where ΩD=∑g∈Dg\Omega_{D}=\sum_{g\in D}g: JD7\mathcal{J}_{D}^{7} is one-dimensional and (g−1)JD7⊂JD8=0(g-1)\mathcal{J}_{D}^{7}\subset\mathcal{J}_{D}^{8}=0, so its nonzero element is invariant under left multiplication by DD, and hence equal to ΩD\Omega_{D}.

Second, for m<7m<7 the map Am→Am+13A_{m}\to A_{m+1}^{3}, ξ↦(ξX,ξY,ξZ)\xi\mapsto(\xi X,\xi Y,\xi Z), is injective. Let ξ=∑μbμμ\xi=\sum_{\mu}b_{\mu}\mu over the basis monomials μ=Xa1Ya2Za3Wa4\mu=X^{a_{1}}Y^{a_{2}}Z^{a_{3}}W^{a_{4}} of degree mm. Right multiplication by XX maps the monomials with a1=0a_{1}=0 to distinct basis monomials and kills the others, and right multiplication by ZZ maps those with a3≤2a_{3}\leq2 to distinct basis monomials and kills those with a3=3a_{3}=3. So ξX=ξZ=0\xi X=\xi Z=0 forces ξ=∑a2,a4ba2a4XYa2Z3Wa4\xi=\sum_{a_{2},a_{4}}b_{a_{2}a_{4}}XY^{a_{2}}Z^{3}W^{a_{4}}. Then

ξY=b00(XYZ3+XZ2W)+b01XYZ3W+b10XYZ2W,\xi Y=b_{00}(XYZ^{3}+XZ^{2}W)+b_{01}XYZ^{3}W+b_{10}XYZ^{2}W,

a combination of distinct basis monomials, so ξY=0\xi Y=0 forces ξ=b11XYZ3W\xi=b_{11}XYZ^{3}W, which has degree 77. Hence ξ=0\xi=0 when m<7m<7.

Third, the same holds for ξ↦(ξ(Y+Z),ξ(Y+X),ξX)\xi\mapsto(\xi(Y+Z),\xi(Y+X),\xi X), because this triple is obtained from (X,Y,Z)(X,Y,Z) by the invertible matrix

(011110100).\begin{pmatrix} 0 & 1 & 1 \\ 1 & 1 & 0 \\ 1 & 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix}.

This is the coefficient matrix of y[2]+[x,y]+[x,z]y^{[2]}+[x,y]+[x,z], that is, the matrix of the 2-adic Hilbert symbol on 2,−5,52,-5,5 in the proof of Lemma 2.7(c). So the injectivity used here, and with it the correction term sDs_{D}, comes from the nondegeneracy of the local Hilbert pairing, that is, from local duality. The supplementary program dyadic241.py confirms these three facts by direct computation in ΛD\Lambda_{D}.

The filtration. If ξ∈JDm∖JDm+1\xi\in\mathcal{J}_{D}^{m}\setminus\mathcal{J}_{D}^{m+1} with m<7m<7, then by the third fact ξ ∂′r\xi\,\partial'r lies in Fm+2F^{m+2} but not in Fm+3F^{m+3}, whereas ΩD∂′r=0\Omega_{D}\partial'r=0 because ΩDJD=0\Omega_{D}\mathcal{J}_{D}=0. Now let ξ∈ΛD\xi\in\Lambda_{D} with ξ ∂′r∈Fm+2\xi\,\partial'r\in F^{m+2}, and suppose that ξ∉JDm+F2ΩD\xi\notin\mathcal{J}_{D}^{m}+\mathbb{F}_{2}\Omega_{D}. Let m′<mm'<m be maximal with ξ∈JDm′+F2ΩD\xi\in\mathcal{J}_{D}^{m'}+\mathbb{F}_{2}\Omega_{D}, and write ξ=ξ′+aΩD\xi=\xi'+a\Omega_{D} with ξ′∈JDm′\xi'\in\mathcal{J}_{D}^{m'} and a∈F2a\in\mathbb{F}_{2}. Then ξ′∉JDm′+1\xi'\notin\mathcal{J}_{D}^{m'+1}, and m′<7m'<7 because JD7=F2ΩD\mathcal{J}_{D}^{7}=\mathbb{F}_{2}\Omega_{D}; so ξ ∂′r=ξ′∂′r\xi\,\partial'r=\xi'\partial'r is not in Fm′+3⊃Fm+2F^{m'+3}\supset F^{m+2}, a contradiction. Therefore Fm+2(ΛD∂′r)=JDm∂′rF^{m+2}(\Lambda_{D}\partial'r)=\mathcal{J}_{D}^{m}\partial'r for every m≥0m\geq0, the map ξ↦ξ ∂′r\xi\mapsto\xi\,\partial'r has kernel F2ΩD\mathbb{F}_{2}\Omega_{D}, and hΛD∂′r=∑m<7dim⁡(JDm/JDm+1)tm+2=t2(hF2[D]−t7)h_{\Lambda_{D}\partial'r}=\sum_{m<7}\dim(\mathcal{J}_{D}^{m}/\mathcal{J}_{D}^{m+1})t^{m+2}=t^{2}(h_{\mathbb{F}_{2}[D]}-t^{7}). □\square

Infinitude

By Definition 2.33 and the Hilbert polynomials listed before it,

ψC2(t)=t21+t,ψC2×C2(t)=2t−1+1(1+t)2,ψC4(t)=t4(1+t)(1+t2),ψD(t)=3t−1+1hF2[D](t).(11)\begin{aligned} \psi_{C_{2}}(t)&=\frac{t^{2}}{1+t}, & \psi_{C_{2}\times C_{2}}(t)&=2t-1+\frac{1}{(1+t)^{2}}, \\ \psi_{C_{4}}(t)&=\frac{t^{4}}{(1+t)(1+t^{2})}, & \psi_{D}(t)&=3t-1+\frac{1}{h_{\mathbb{F}_{2}[D]}(t)}. \tag*{(11)} \end{aligned}

With sDs_{D} as in Lemma 2.35, the Golod–Shafarevich function of GBG_{B} is

PB(t)=1−8t+2ψC2(t)+4ψC2×C2(t)+2ψD(t)−sD(t)+3ψC4(t).(12)P_{B}(t)=1-8t+2\psi_{C_{2}}(t)+4\psi_{C_{2}\times C_{2}}(t)+2\psi_{D}(t)-s_{D}(t)+3\psi_{C_{4}}(t). \tag*{(12)}

In the proof of Proposition 2.39, the term −8t-8t comes from the eight generators of a free group mapping onto GBG_{B}; the terms in ψC2,ψC2×C2,ψD\psi_{C_{2}},\psi_{C_{2}\times C_{2}},\psi_{D} and ψC4\psi_{C_{4}} come from the local relations at the two real places, the four places above 33 and 55, the two dyadic places and the three places t0,t1,t2\mathfrak{t}_{0},\mathfrak{t}_{1},\mathfrak{t}_{2}; and −sD-s_{D} comes from the row of the dyadic relator ρp1\rho_{\mathfrak{p}_{1}}, which lies both in the module of p1\mathfrak{p}_{1} and in the sum of the modules of the other places.

Lemma 2.38.

PB(34117)=−18743394853524188772225460489675<0.P_{B}\left(\frac{34}{117}\right)=-\frac{187433948535241}{88772225460489675}<0.

Proof. By (11), (12), the formula for sDs_D in Lemma 2.35 and hF2[D](t)=(1+t)3(1+t2)2h_{\mathbb{F}_2[D]}(t)=(1+t)^3(1+t^2)^2 (Lemma 2.8(c)), PBP_B is a rational function with rational coefficients. Exact rational arithmetic, carried out by the supplementary program gs241.py, gives the stated value. □\square

Proposition 2.39. The group GBG_B is infinite.

Proof. Suppose that GBG_B is finite, and put Δ=GB\Delta=G_B and Λ=F2[Δ]\Lambda=\mathbb{F}_2[\Delta]. By Table 4, x‾1,y‾1,z‾1\overline{x}_1,\overline{y}_1,\overline{z}_1 are independent; choose g4,…,g8∈GSg_4,\ldots,g_8\in G_S such that x‾1,y‾1,z‾1,g‾4,…,g‾8\overline{x}_1,\overline{y}_1,\overline{z}_1,\overline{g}_4,\ldots,\overline{g}_8 is a basis of F28\mathbb{F}_2^8. Let FF be free on f1,…,f8f_1,\ldots,f_8, and send f1,f2,f3f_1,f_2,f_3 to x1,y1,z1x_1,y_1,z_1 and flf_l to glg_l for 4≤l≤84\leq l\leq8. This is a minimal presentation of GSG_S; we take the lifts x^1=f1\widehat{x}_1=f_1, y^1=f2\widehat{y}_1=f_2, z^1=f3\widehat{z}_1=f_3, and arbitrary lifts of the other local generators. Let π:F→Δ\pi:F\to\Delta be the composite and M\mathcal{M} as in Lemma 2.32, so that hM=1−(1−8t)hΛh_{\mathcal{M}}=1-(1-8t)h_\Lambda.

By Lemma 2.26(b), the image in Δ\Delta of each local group is the prescribed group Γ\Gamma, and gr⁡nΓ→gr⁡nΔ\operatorname{gr}_n\Gamma\to\operatorname{gr}_n\Delta is injective for n=1,2n=1,2; this is the hypothesis of Lemma 2.34. Indeed, for Γ=D\Gamma=D this is stated in Lemma 2.26(b). For Γ=C2\Gamma=C_2 and Γ=C2×C2\Gamma=C_2\times C_2 we have gr⁡2Γ=0\operatorname{gr}_2\Gamma=0, and gr⁡1Γ=Γ\operatorname{gr}_1\Gamma=\Gamma injects into GB/D2GBG_B/D_2G_B because ι‾j≠0\overline{\iota}_j\neq0, respectively because the image of GνG_\nu injects into GB/D2GBG_B/D_2G_B. For Γ=C4\Gamma=C_4 generated by Frob⁡tk\operatorname{Frob}_{t_k}, which has order four in GB/D3GBG_B/D_3G_B, we have Frob⁡tk∉D2GB\operatorname{Frob}_{t_k}\notin D_2G_B, since otherwise its square would lie in D4GB⊆D3GBD_4G_B\subseteq D_3G_B, and Frob⁡tk2∉D3GB\operatorname{Frob}_{t_k}^2\notin D_3G_B; this is the injectivity on gr⁡1Γ\operatorname{gr}_1\Gamma and on gr⁡2Γ=⟨Frob⁡tk2⟩\operatorname{gr}_2\Gamma=\langle\operatorname{Frob}_{t_k}^2\rangle. We use eleven places: the real places v1,v2v_1,v_2, with Γ=C2\Gamma=C_2; the four places above 3 and 5, with Γ=C2×C2\Gamma=C_2\times C_2; the dyadic places p1,p2\mathfrak{p}_1,\mathfrak{p}_2, with Γ=D\Gamma=D; and t0,t1,t2t_0,t_1,t_2, with Γ=C4\Gamma=C_4 generated by the Frobenius. For each of these places ν\nu, let UνU_\nu be the module UU of Lemma 2.34(c) for this Γ\Gamma, formed with the lifts of the local generators at ν\nu. Every generator of NBN_B in Lemma 2.22 is of the form W(u1,…,uk)W(u_1,\ldots,u_k) for one of these places and some WW in the kernel of Fk→ΓF_k\to\Gamma, and conversely every such element lies in NBN_B. By Lemma 2.32, M=∑νUν\mathcal{M}=\sum_\nu U_\nu. Let U′U' be the sum of the UνU_\nu over the ten places ν≠p1\nu\neq\mathfrak{p}_1. The row of ρp1\rho_{\mathfrak{p}_1} lies in Up1U_{\mathfrak{p}_1}. Since ρp1\rho_{\mathfrak{p}_1} lies in the normal closure of the relators (i) of Lemma 2.22, its row also lies in the Λ\Lambda-span of their rows (Lemma 2.32), which is contained in U′U'. Hence Λ∂ρp1⊂Up1∩U′\Lambda\partial\rho_{\mathfrak{p}_1}\subset U_{\mathfrak{p}_1}\cap U'. By Lemma 2.28(h4) and (h2), Lemma 2.34(c) and Lemma 2.35, for 0<t<10<t<1,

1−(1−8t)hΛ(t)=hM(t)≤hUp1(t)+∑ν≠p1hUν(t)−hΛ∂ρp1(t)≤(2ψC2+4ψC2×C2+2ψD+3ψC4−sD)(t)hΛ(t),\begin{aligned} 1-(1-8t)h_\Lambda(t)=h_{\mathcal{M}}(t) &\leq h_{U_{\mathfrak{p}_1}}(t)+\sum_{\nu\neq\mathfrak{p}_1}h_{U_\nu}(t)-h_{\Lambda\partial\rho_{\mathfrak{p}_1}}(t) \\ &\leq\left(2\psi_{C_2}+4\psi_{C_2\times C_2}+2\psi_D+3\psi_{C_4}-s_D\right)(t)h_\Lambda(t), \end{aligned}

that is, 1≤hΛ(t)PB(t)1\leq h_\Lambda(t)P_B(t). Since hΛ(t)>0h_\Lambda(t)>0, this contradicts PB(34/117)<0P_B(34/117)<0 (Lemma 2.38). □\square

The Fields

Definition 2.40. The root discriminant of a number field MM with discriminant ΔM\Delta_M is rd⁡(M)=∣ΔM∣1/[M:Q]\operatorname{rd}(M)=|\Delta_M|^{1/[M:\mathbb{Q}]}.

Definition 2.41. For a number field MM and a prime P\mathfrak{P} of MM above a rational prime pp, the absolute type of P\mathfrak{P} is the pair (e,f)(e,f) of its ramification index and residue degree over pp. For a Galois extension M/AM/A of number fields, all primes of MM above a prime p\mathfrak{p} of AA have the same ramification index ee and residue degree ff in M/AM/A; the pair (e,f)(e,f) is the type of p\mathfrak{p} in M/AM/A.

As in the introduction, let λ=29/43615\lambda=2^{9/4}\sqrt{3615}, where 3615=3⋅5⋅2413615=3\cdot5\cdot241.

Theorem 2.42. For every power of two m≥249m\geq2^{49} there is a finite Galois extension K/BK/B of degree mm, contained in BGB_G, such that GB→G‾BG_B\to\overline{G}_B factors through Gal⁡(K/B)\operatorname{Gal}(K/B). In particular KK contains the fixed field of D4GBD_4G_B, hence the fixed field of D3GBD_3G_B and the Kummer field EE. Every such KK is totally imaginary. Let ι1\iota_1 also denote complex conjugation at any place of KK above v1v_1; these complex conjugations are conjugate in Gal⁡(K/B)\operatorname{Gal}(K/B), one of them is the image of the element ι1\iota_1 of Definition 2.12, and the statements below do not depend on the choice. Let F=K⟨ι1⟩F=K^{\langle\iota_1\rangle} and d=[F:Q]=md=[F:\mathbb{Q}]=m, let (b,c)(b,c) be the signature of FF and θ=c/d\theta=c/d, and put θ∗=65535/131072=1/2−2−17\theta_*=65535/131072=1/2-2^{-17}. Then FF has a real place,

rd⁡(K)=rd⁡(F)=λ,θ∗≤θ<12,\operatorname{rd}(K)=\operatorname{rd}(F)=\lambda,\qquad\theta_{*}\leq\theta<\frac{1}{2},

and b/d=1/(2Nι)b/d=1/(2N_{\iota}), where Nι≥215N_{\iota}\geq2^{15} is the number of conjugates of ι1\iota_{1} in Gal⁡(K/B)\operatorname{Gal}(K/B). The extension K/FK/F is quadratic and unramified at every finite place. For r∈{2,3,5,7,29}r\in\{2,3,5,7,29\}, every prime of FF above rr splits in KK, and the primes of KK and of FF above rr have the absolute type (er,fr)(e_{r},f_{r}) of Table 5; that is, K/FK/F has uniform local types (er,fr)r∈{2,3,5,7,29}(e_{r},f_{r})_{r\in\{2,3,5,7,29\}} in the sense of Definition 5.4. The completions of KK at the primes above 2, 3, 5, 7 and 29 are the local extensions listed in Table 5.

rr(er,fr)(e_{r},f_{r})local extension over BBfactor of rd⁡(K)\operatorname{rd}(K)
2(8,4)(8,4)L2/Q2L_{2}/\mathbb{Q}_{2}, group DD29/42^{9/4}
3(2,2)(2,2)Q3(−1,3)/Q3\mathbb{Q}_{3}(\sqrt{-1},\sqrt{3})/\mathbb{Q}_{3}, group C2×C2C_{2}\times C_{2}31/23^{1/2}
5(2,2)(2,2)Q5(2,5)/Q5\mathbb{Q}_{5}(\sqrt{2},\sqrt{5})/\mathbb{Q}_{5}, group C2×C2C_{2}\times C_{2}51/25^{1/2}
7(1,8)(1,8)unramified of degree 4 over Bt0B_{t_{0}}1
29(1,4)(1,4)unramified of degree 4 over Q29\mathbb{Q}_{29}1
241e=2e=2unramified2411/2241^{1/2}

Table 5. Absolute types of the places of KK and FF above 2, 3, 5, 7 and 29, the corresponding local extensions of the completions of BB, and the contributions of these primes to rd⁡(K)\operatorname{rd}(K). The last row is the prime 241, which ramifies in BB; K/BK/B is unramified above it.

Proof. Existence. By Proposition 2.39, GBG_{B} has open normal subgroups of arbitrarily large index, and D4GBD_{4}G_{B} is open because GBG_{B} is finitely generated. Given mm, choose an open normal subgroup U′⊂D4GB\mathcal{U}'\subset D_{4}G_{B} of GBG_{B} of index at least mm, and put N′=D4GB/U′N'=D_{4}G_{B}/\mathcal{U}'. A nontrivial normal subgroup of a finite 2-group meets its center, so N′N' contains normal subgroups of GB/U′G_{B}/\mathcal{U}' of every order dividing ∣N′∣|N'|. Take one of order [GB:U′]/m[G_{B}:\mathcal{U}']/m, which divides ∣N′∣=[GB:U′]/249|N'|=[G_{B}:\mathcal{U}']/2^{49}. Its preimage U\mathcal{U} is open and normal in GBG_{B}, contained in D4GBD_{4}G_{B}, and of index mm. Let KK be its fixed field in BGB_{G}. Conversely, every KK as in the statement is the fixed field of an open normal subgroup U⊂D4GB\mathcal{U}\subset D_{4}G_{B}. We fix such a KK and put H=Gal⁡(K/B)=GB/UH=\operatorname{Gal}(K/B)=G_{B}/\mathcal{U}.

Complex places. Since −1=α0∈E⊂K\sqrt{-1}=\sqrt{\alpha_{0}}\in E\subset K, the field KK is totally imaginary, and [K:F]=2[K:F]=2. Let j∈{1,2}j\in\{1,2\}. The group HH permutes the places of KK above vjv_{j} transitively. If an embedding σ:K→C\sigma:K\to\mathbb{C} induces such a place and ισ∈H\iota_{\sigma}\in H is its complex conjugation, so that σˉ=σ∘ισ\bar{\sigma}=\sigma\circ\iota_{\sigma}, then for h∈Hh\in H we have σˉ∘h=(σ∘h)∘(h−1ισh)\bar{\sigma}\circ h=(\sigma\circ h)\circ(h^{-1}\iota_{\sigma}h), so the complex conjugation at the place of σ∘h\sigma\circ h is h−1ισhh^{-1}\iota_{\sigma}h. By the definition of the local map at vjv_{j}, the image of ιj\iota_{j} in HH is the complex conjugation at the place of KK below the place of BSB_{S} fixed in Definition 2.12. Hence every complex conjugation at a place of KK above vjv_{j} is conjugate in HH to the image of ιj\iota_{j}, and has elementary image ιˉj\bar{\iota}_{j}, since conjugation preserves elementary images. In particular, two choices of ι1\iota_{1} in the statement are conjugate in HH, so an element of HH maps the field FF of one choice onto that of the other, and the statements of the theorem hold for both choices or for neither.

Let σ1:K→C\sigma_{1}:K\to\mathbb{C} induce the chosen place, so that σˉ1=σ1∘ι1\bar{\sigma}_{1}=\sigma_{1}\circ\iota_{1} and σ1(F)⊂R\sigma_{1}(F)\subset\mathbb{R}. The embeddings above v1v_{1} are σ1∘h\sigma_{1}\circ h with h∈Hh\in H, and two of them agree on FF exactly when they differ by right multiplication by an element of ⟨ι1⟩\langle\iota_{1}\rangle. The restriction of σ1∘h\sigma_{1}\circ h to FF is real exactly when σ1∘ι1h\sigma_{1}\circ\iota_{1}h and σ1∘h\sigma_{1}\circ h agree on FF, that is, when h−1ι1h∈⟨ι1⟩h^{-1}\iota_{1}h\in\langle\iota_{1}\rangle, that is, when h∈CH(ι1)h\in C_{H}(\iota_{1}). Similarly, if ι′\iota' is complex conjugation for an embedding σ2\sigma_{2} above v2v_{2}, the restriction of σ2∘h\sigma_{2}\circ h to FF is real exactly when h−1ι′h=ι1h^{-1}\iota'h=\iota_{1}. This never happens, because conjugation preserves elementary images and ιˉ′=ιˉ2≠ιˉ1\bar{\iota}'=\bar{\iota}_{2}\neq\bar{\iota}_{1} (Lemma 2.26(d)). Hence b=∣CH(ι1)∣/2≥1b=|C_{H}(\iota_{1})|/2\geq1, so FF has a real place and θ=(1−b/d)/2<1/2\theta=(1-b/d)/2<1/2. Moreover d=∣H∣d=|H|, so b/d=∣CH(ι1)∣/(2∣H∣)b/d=|C_{H}(\iota_{1})|/(2|H|) is half the reciprocal of the size NιN_{\iota} of the conjugacy class of ι1\iota_{1} in HH, that is, b/d=1/(2Nι)b/d = 1/(2N_{\iota}). This class maps onto the class in G‾B\overline{G}_{B} of the element u1u_{1} of Definition 2.12, which has 2152^{15} elements by Lemma 2.26(c). Hence Nι≥215N_{\iota} \ge2^{15}, b/d≤2−16b/d \le2^{-16} and θ≥(1−2−16)/2=θ∗\theta\ge(1 - 2^{-16})/2 = \theta_{*}.

Local structure and splitting. Let P\mathfrak{P} be a prime of KK above p∈S∪{t0,t1,t2}\mathfrak{p} \in S \cup\{t_{0},t_{1},t_{2}\}. Its decomposition group in HH is conjugate to the image of the local map at p\mathfrak{p}. Since U⊂D3GB\mathcal{U} \subset D_{3}G_{B}, Lemma 2.26(b) shows that this image is DD, C2×C2C_{2} \times C_{2} or C4C_{4}, the last one cyclic on the Frobenius, and that the prescribed local group injects into HH. Therefore the completion KPK_{\mathfrak{P}} is L2L_{2} over Bpj=Q2B_{\mathfrak{p}_{j}} = \mathbb{Q}_{2}, the field Qp(u,p)\mathbb{Q}_{p}(\sqrt{u},\sqrt{p}) over Bp=QpB_{\mathfrak{p}} = \mathbb{Q}_{p} for p=3,5p = 3,5, and the unramified extension of degree four of BtkB_{t_{k}}. Since Bt0B_{t_{0}} is unramified of degree two over Q7\mathbb{Q}_{7} and Bt1=Bt2=Q29B_{t_{1}} = B_{t_{2}} = \mathbb{Q}_{29}, the places of KK above 2,3,5,72,3,5,7 and 2929 have the absolute types of Table 5. Every element of the decomposition group has elementary image in the span of the images of the local generators at p\mathfrak{p}, whereas every conjugate of ι1\iota_{1} has elementary image ι‾1\overline{\iota}_{1}. By Lemma 2.26(d), ι1\iota_{1} lies in no decomposition group of a prime above S∪{t0,t1,t2}S \cup\{t_{0},t_{1},t_{2}\}, so the decomposition group of P\mathfrak{P} in Gal⁡(K/F)=⟨ι1⟩\operatorname{Gal}(K/F) = \langle\iota_{1}\rangle is trivial. Hence the places of FF above 2,3,5,7,292,3,5,7,29 split in KK, and they have the same absolute types.

Ramification and root discriminant. The extension K/BK/B, and hence K/FK/F, is unramified at every prime outside SS, in particular at (241)(\sqrt{241}). At primes above SS the inertia group of K/FK/F is trivial, because it lies in the decomposition group. So K/FK/F is unramified at every finite place, its relative discriminant is trivial, ∣ΔK∣=∣ΔF∣2|\Delta_{K}| = |\Delta_{F}|^{2}, and rd⁡(K)=rd⁡(F)\operatorname{rd}(K) = \operatorname{rd}(F). To compute rd⁡(K)\operatorname{rd}(K) we use ∣ΔK∣=241[K:B]NdK/B|\Delta_{K}| = 241^{[K:B]}N\mathfrak{d}_{K/B}. Since K/BK/B is Galois, for p∈S\mathfrak{p} \in S all primes P\mathfrak{P} above p\mathfrak{p} have the same ramification index ee, residue degree and different exponent ord⁡P(DK/B)\operatorname{ord}_{\mathfrak{P}}(\mathfrak{D}_{K/B}), where ord⁡P\operatorname{ord}_{\mathfrak{P}} and ord⁡p\operatorname{ord}_{\mathfrak{p}} are the normalized valuations at P\mathfrak{P} and p\mathfrak{p}, and ord⁡p(dK/B)=[K:B]ord⁡P(DK/B)/e\operatorname{ord}_{\mathfrak{p}}(\mathfrak{d}_{K/B}) = [K:B]\operatorname{ord}_{\mathfrak{P}}(\mathfrak{D}_{K/B})/e. For p\mathfrak{p} above 33 or 55 we have e=2e = 2 and ord⁡P(DK/B)=1\operatorname{ord}_{\mathfrak{P}}(\mathfrak{D}_{K/B}) = 1, since over the unramified extension Qp(u)\mathbb{Q}_{p}(\sqrt{u}) the different of Qp(u,p)\mathbb{Q}_{p}(\sqrt{u},\sqrt{p}) is generated by 2p2\sqrt{p}. For p1,p2\mathfrak{p}_{1},\mathfrak{p}_{2}, Lemma 2.8(d) gives ord⁡P(DK/B)/e=9/4\operatorname{ord}_{\mathfrak{P}}(\mathfrak{D}_{K/B})/e = 9/4. Since [K:Q]=2[K:B][K:\mathbb{Q}] = 2[K:B], the base contributes 2411/2241^{1/2}, each of the two primes above 33 contributes 31/43^{1/4}, each of the two above 55 contributes 51/45^{1/4}, and each dyadic prime contributes 29/82^{9/8}. Hence rd⁡(K)=29/431/251/22411/2=λ\operatorname{rd}(K) = 2^{9/4}3^{1/2}5^{1/2}241^{1/2} = \lambda. □\square

Remark 2.43. The Lean development [22] formalizes a version of this construction; Remark 4.40 states what it proves and the numerical hypothesis it assumes.

The Kummer Field and Its Quadratic L-Functions

The analytic estimate of Section 4 compares every field of Theorem 2.42 with one fixed subfield, the Kummer field

E=B(α0,…,α7)=B(V)E = B(\sqrt{\alpha_{0}},\ldots,\sqrt{\alpha_{7}}) = B(\sqrt{V})

of Subsection 2.3, with α0,…,α7\alpha_{0},\ldots,\alpha_{7} as in (4) and VV as in Lemma 2.4(d). It is the maximal elementary abelian 22-extension of BB unramified at the finite primes outside SS, that is, the fixed field of the Frattini subgroup of GBG_{B} (Lemma 3.2). The Lean formalization calls EE the genus field; we do not use that name here. This section shows that EE lies in every field of Theorem 2.42. It then writes ζE\zeta_{E} as the product of ζB\zeta_{B} and 255 quadratic Hecke LL-functions of BB, and determines their conductors, gamma factors, root numbers and Euler factors.

For v,e∈F28v,e \in\mathbb{F}_{2}^{8} put ⟨v,e⟩=∑i=07viei∈F2\langle v,e\rangle= \sum_{i=0}^{7}v_{i}e_{i} \in\mathbb{F}_{2}; as in Section 2, vectors are written as strings of their coordinates. For a nonzero ideal a\mathfrak{a} of a number field, NaN\mathfrak{a} denotes its absolute norm. The number of positive divisors of an integer n≥1n \ge1 is τ(n)\tau(n).

The Characters of the Kummer Field

By Lemma 2.10, [E:B]=256[E:B] = 256, and the elementary image g‾∈F28\overline{g} \in\mathbb{F}_{2}^{8} of Definition 2.11, given by g(αi)=(−1)giαig(\sqrt{\alpha_{i}}) = (-1)^{g_{i}}\sqrt{\alpha_{i}}, identifies Gal⁡(E/B)\operatorname{Gal}(E/B) with F28\mathbb{F}_{2}^{8}.

Definition 3.1. For e∈F28e \in\mathbb{F}_{2}^{8} put

αe=∏i=07αiei,Be=B(αe),\alpha_{e} = \prod_{i=0}^{7}\alpha_{i}^{e_{i}}, \qquad B_{e} = B(\sqrt{\alpha_{e}}),

and let χe\chi_e be the character g↦(−1)⟨gˉ,e⟩g \mapsto(-1)^{\langle\bar g,e\rangle} of Gal⁡(E/B)\operatorname{Gal}(E/B).

The character χe\chi_e takes the values ±1\pm1; in the additive notation of Definition 2.11, χe(g)=(−1)χαe(g)\chi_e(g)=(-1)^{\chi_{\alpha_e}(g)}. Since g(αe)=χe(g)αeg(\sqrt{\alpha_e})=\chi_e(g)\sqrt{\alpha_e}, the character χe\chi_e cuts out BeB_e, and the 256 characters χe\chi_e are all the characters of Gal⁡(E/B)\operatorname{Gal}(E/B). For e≠0e\ne0 the extension Be/BB_e/B is quadratic, because the classes of α0,…,α7\alpha_0,\ldots,\alpha_7 are independent in B×/B×2B^\times/B^{\times2} (Lemma 2.4(d)).

Lemma 3.2. The fixed field of the Frattini subgroup D2GBD_2G_B of GBG_B is EE. Consequently EE is contained in every field KK of Theorem 2.42.

Proof. Let GSG_S be the group of Subsection 2.3, so that GS/D2GS=Gal⁡(E/B)G_S/D_2G_S=\operatorname{Gal}(E/B) (Lemma 2.10), and let GB=GS/NG_B=G_S/N as in Definition 2.20. By Lemma 2.21(b), N⊆D2GSN\subseteq D_2G_S, so GB/D2GB=GS/D2GS=Gal⁡(E/B)G_B/D_2G_B=G_S/D_2G_S=\operatorname{Gal}(E/B). A field KK of Theorem 2.42 contains the fixed field of D4GB⊆D2GBD_4G_B\subseteq D_2G_B, and hence contains EE. □\square

Local Data

Definition 3.3. For a prime p∉S\mathfrak p\notin S of BB, the Frobenius vector Frob⁡‾p∈F28\overline{\operatorname{Frob}}_{\mathfrak p}\in\mathbb F_2^8 is the elementary image of the Frobenius of p\mathfrak p in Gal⁡(E/B)\operatorname{Gal}(E/B), that is, of the Frobenius element Frob⁡p\operatorname{Frob}_{\mathfrak p} of Subsection 2.3.

For p=tk\mathfrak p=\mathfrak t_k it is the vector of Frob⁡tk\operatorname{Frob}_{\mathfrak t_k} in Table 4. By Euler’s criterion, (Frob⁡‾p)i=1(\overline{\operatorname{Frob}}_{\mathfrak p})_i=1 exactly when αi\alpha_i is not a square in OB/p\mathcal O_B/\mathfrak p. For a place p\mathfrak p of BB we write (⋅,⋅)p(\mathord\cdot,\mathord\cdot)_{\mathfrak p} for the quadratic Hilbert symbol of BpB_{\mathfrak p}.

Proposition 3.4. Let e∈F28∖{0}e\in\mathbb F_2^8\setminus\{0\}. For a prime p\mathfrak p of BB let cp(e)c_{\mathfrak p}(e) be the exponent of p\mathfrak p in the conductor of χe\chi_e, and if cp(e)=0c_{\mathfrak p}(e)=0, let χe(p)∈{±1}\chi_e(\mathfrak p)\in\{\pm1\} be the value of χe\chi_e at the Frobenius of p\mathfrak p.

  1. If p∉S\mathfrak p\notin S, then cp(e)=0c_{\mathfrak p}(e)=0 and χe(p)=(−1)⟨Frob⁡‾p,e⟩\chi_e(\mathfrak p)=(-1)^{\langle\overline{\operatorname{Frob}}_{\mathfrak p},e\rangle}. Let pp be the rational prime below p\mathfrak p. If pp splits in BB, then p=(p,241−r)\mathfrak p=(p,\sqrt{241}-r) with r2≡241(modp)r^2\equiv241\pmod p, and (Frob⁡‾p)i=1(\overline{\operatorname{Frob}}_{\mathfrak p})_i=1 exactly when the image of αi\alpha_i under 241↦r\sqrt{241}\mapsto r is a quadratic nonresidue modulo pp. If pp is inert, then (Frob⁡‾p)i=1(\overline{\operatorname{Frob}}_{\mathfrak p})_i=1 exactly when NB/Q(αi)N_{B/\mathbb Q}(\alpha_i) is a quadratic nonresidue modulo pp. If p=241p=241, the same holds with 241↦0\sqrt{241}\mapsto0.

  2. Let p\mathfrak p lie above p∈{3,5}p\in\{3,5\}, let u=−1u=-1 if p=3p=3 and u=2u=2 if p=5p=5, and let αi\alpha_i be the generator of p\mathfrak p. If (u,αe)p=−1(u,\alpha_e)_{\mathfrak p}=-1, then cp(e)=1c_{\mathfrak p}(e)=1. Otherwise cp(e)=0c_{\mathfrak p}(e)=0 and χe(p)=(−αi,αe)p\chi_e(\mathfrak p)=(-\alpha_i,\alpha_e)_{\mathfrak p}. The Frobenius generator φp\varphi_{\mathfrak p} of Definition 2.12, which fixes αi\sqrt{\alpha_i}, acts on square roots by (−αi,⋅)p(-\alpha_i,\mathord\cdot)_{\mathfrak p} (Table 4).

  3. Let p=pj\mathfrak p=\mathfrak p_j. If (5,αe)p=−1(5,\alpha_e)_{\mathfrak p}=-1, then cp(e)=3c_{\mathfrak p}(e)=3. If (5,αe)p=1(5,\alpha_e)_{\mathfrak p}=1 and (−1,αe)p=−1(-1,\alpha_e)_{\mathfrak p}=-1, then cp(e)=2c_{\mathfrak p}(e)=2. Otherwise cp(e)=0c_{\mathfrak p}(e)=0 and χe(p)=(−2,αe)p\chi_e(\mathfrak p)=(-2,\alpha_e)_{\mathfrak p}.

  4. The real place vkv_k becomes complex in BeB_e, that is, χe\chi_e is nontrivial at vkv_k, exactly when αe<0\alpha_e<0 at vkv_k.

Proof. For (1), p\mathfrak p is odd and αe\alpha_e is a unit at p\mathfrak p, so p\mathfrak p is unramified in BeB_e. By Euler’s criterion the Frobenius multiplies αe\sqrt{\alpha_e} by the quadratic residue symbol of αe\alpha_e modulo p\mathfrak p, which is ∏i(αi/p)ei\prod_i(\alpha_i/\mathfrak p)^{e_i}. For a split prime, OB/p≅Fp\mathcal O_B/\mathfrak p\cong\mathbb F_p via 241↦r\sqrt{241}\mapsto r. For an inert prime, OB/p≅Fp2\mathcal O_B/\mathfrak p\cong\mathbb F_{p^2} and the conjugation of BB induces the Frobenius x↦xpx\mapsto x^p of the residue field, so the residue of NB/Q(α)N_{B/\mathbb Q}(\alpha) is αˉp+1\bar\alpha^{p+1}. An element of Fp2×\mathbb F_{p^2}^{\times} is a square exactly when αˉ(p2−1)/2=(αˉp+1)(p−1)/2\bar\alpha^{(p^2-1)/2}=(\bar\alpha^{p+1})^{(p-1)/2} equals 1, that is, when its norm is a square in Fp\mathbb F_p. The prime above 241 has residue field F241\mathbb F_{241} and 241↦0\sqrt{241}\mapsto0.

For (2) and (3) we use local class field theory for Bp=QpB_{\mathfrak p}=\mathbb Q_p. The local Artin map sends b∈Qp×b\in\mathbb Q_p^\times to the automorphism multiplying αe\sqrt{\alpha_e} by (b,αe)p(b,\alpha_e)_{\mathfrak p}. Units map onto inertia, a uniformizer maps to a Frobenius, and the conductor exponent is the least n≥0n\geq0 such that b↦(b,αe)pb\mapsto(b,\alpha_e)_{\mathfrak p} is trivial on U(n)U^{(n)}, where U(0)=Zp×U^{(0)}=\mathbb Z_p^\times and U(n)=1+pnZpU^{(n)}=1+p^n\mathbb Z_p [19].

For p=3,5p=3,5, the unit group modulo squares is {1,u}\{1,u\}, and U(1)U^{(1)} consists of squares by Hensel’s lemma. Hence cp(e)≤1c_{\mathfrak p}(e)\leq1, with equality exactly when (u,αe)p=−1(u,\alpha_e)_{\mathfrak p}=-1. In the unramified case the Frobenius is the image of any uniformizer, such as −αi-\alpha_i.

For p=2p=2, the squares of Z2×\mathbb{Z}_{2}^{\times} form U(3)U^{(3)}. Moreover U(2)=U(3)∪5U(3)U^{(2)}=U^{(3)}\cup5U^{(3)} and U(0)=U(1)={±1,±5}U(3)U^{(0)}=U^{(1)}=\{\pm1,\pm5\}U^{(3)}. The character is thus trivial on U(3)U^{(3)}. It is trivial on U(2)U^{(2)} exactly when (5,αe)=1(5,\alpha_e)=1, and on U(0)U^{(0)} exactly when also (−1,αe)=1(-1,\alpha_e)=1. This gives the stated exponents; the exponent 1 cannot occur since U(0)=U(1)U^{(0)}=U^{(1)}. In the unramified case the Frobenius is the image of the uniformizer −2-2.

For (4), the real place vkv_k splits in BeB_e exactly when αe>0\alpha_e>0 at vkv_k. □

Each condition in the proposition is linear in ee:

Lemma 3.5. Let e∈F28e\in\mathbb{F}_{2}^{8}. Then (5,αe)pj=(−1)⟨xˉj,e⟩(5,\alpha_e)_{\mathfrak{p}_j}=(-1)^{\langle\bar{x}_j,e\rangle}, (−1,αe)pj=(−1)⟨yˉj,e⟩(-1,\alpha_e)_{\mathfrak{p}_j}=(-1)^{\langle\bar{y}_j,e\rangle} and (−2,αe)pj=(−1)⟨zˉj,e⟩(-2,\alpha_e)_{\mathfrak{p}_j}=(-1)^{\langle\bar{z}_j,e\rangle}. For a prime p\mathfrak{p} above 3 or 5, with uu as in Proposition 3.4(2) and αi\alpha_i the generator of p\mathfrak{p}, (u,αe)p=(−1)⟨τˉp,e⟩(u,\alpha_e)_{\mathfrak{p}}=(-1)^{\langle\bar{\tau}_{\mathfrak{p}},e\rangle} and (−αi,αe)p=(−1)⟨φˉp,e⟩(-\alpha_i,\alpha_e)_{\mathfrak{p}}=(-1)^{\langle\bar{\varphi}_{\mathfrak{p}},e\rangle}. Finally, αe<0\alpha_e<0 at vkv_k exactly when ⟨ιˉk,e⟩=1\langle\bar{\iota}_k,e\rangle=1.

Proof. In each case (b,αe)p=(−1)⟨w,e⟩(b,\alpha_e)_{\mathfrak{p}}=(-1)^{\langle w,e\rangle}, where ww is the elementary image of the local generator that acts on square roots by (b,⋅)p(b,\mathord{\cdot})_{\mathfrak{p}} in Table 4: at pj\mathfrak{p}_j the vectors xˉj,yˉj,zˉj\bar{x}_j,\bar{y}_j,\bar{z}_j belong to b=5,−1,−2b=5,-1,-2, and above 3 and 5 the images of the inertia and Frobenius generators belong to b=ub=u and b=−αib=-\alpha_i. Likewise the complex conjugation ιk\iota_k negates αe\sqrt{\alpha_e} exactly when αe<0\alpha_e<0 at vkv_k (Lemma 2.7(a)), and it multiplies αe\sqrt{\alpha_e} by (−1)⟨ιˉk,e⟩(-1)^{\langle\bar{\iota}_k,e\rangle}. □

We put νk(e)=⟨ιˉk,e⟩∈{0,1}\nu_k(e)=\langle\bar{\iota}_k,e\rangle\in\{0,1\} for k=1,2k=1,2. By Proposition 3.4, the conductor of χe\chi_e is

fe=∏p∈Spcp(e).\mathfrak{f}_e=\prod_{\mathfrak{p}\in S}\mathfrak{p}^{c_{\mathfrak{p}}(e)}.

Corollary 3.6. The type (Definition 2.41) of a prime p\mathfrak{p} of BB in E/BE/B is (4,2)(4,2) at p1,p2\mathfrak{p}_1,\mathfrak{p}_2; (2,2)(2,2) at q1,q2,r1,r2\mathfrak{q}_1,\mathfrak{q}_2,\mathfrak{r}_1,\mathfrak{r}_2; and (1,1)(1,1) or (1,2)(1,2) at p∉S\mathfrak{p}\notin S, according as Frob⁡p=0\operatorname{Frob}_{\mathfrak{p}}=0 or not. In particular t0,t1,t2\mathfrak{t}_0,\mathfrak{t}_1,\mathfrak{t}_2 have type (1,2)(1,2) in E/BE/B.

Proof. For p∈S\mathfrak{p}\in S, local class field theory identifies the decomposition group of p\mathfrak{p} in Gal⁡(E/B)=F28\operatorname{Gal}(E/B)=\mathbb{F}_{2}^{8} with the image of Qp×\mathbb{Q}_{p}^{\times} under the local Artin map, and the inertia group with the image of the units. By Lemma 3.5, at pj\mathfrak{p}_j these are spanned by xˉj,yˉj,zˉj\bar{x}_j,\bar{y}_j,\bar{z}_j and by xˉj,yˉj\bar{x}_j,\bar{y}_j; the three vectors are independent (Table 4), so the decomposition group has order 8 and inertia has order 4. Above 3 and 5 the two elementary images are independent, which gives (2,2)(2,2). For p∉S\mathfrak{p}\notin S the decomposition group is generated by Frob⁡‾p\overline{\operatorname{Frob}}_{\mathfrak{p}}. The Frobenius vectors of t0,t1,t2\mathfrak{t}_0,\mathfrak{t}_1,\mathfrak{t}_2 are nonzero (Table 4). □

The Zeta Function of the Kummer Field

Let χB\chi_B be the Dirichlet character n↦(n/241)n\mapsto(n/241).

Proposition 3.7. For Re⁡s>1\operatorname{Re}s>1,

ζE(s)=ζB(s)∏e∈F28∖{0}L(s,χe),ζB(s)=ζ(s)L(s,χB),\zeta_E(s)=\zeta_B(s)\prod_{e\in\mathbb{F}_{2}^{8}\setminus\{0\}}L(s,\chi_e), \qquad \zeta_B(s)=\zeta(s)L(s,\chi_B),

where L(s,χe)=ζBe(s)/ζB(s)L(s,\chi_e)=\zeta_{B_e}(s)/\zeta_B(s) is the Hecke LL-function of χe\chi_e.

Proof. Compare Euler factors at a prime p\mathfrak{p} of BB. Let Tp⊆Zp⊆G=Gal⁡(E/B)T_{\mathfrak{p}}\subseteq Z_{\mathfrak{p}}\subseteq G=\operatorname{Gal}(E/B) be its inertia and decomposition groups, and put fp=∣Zp/Tp∣f_{\mathfrak{p}}=|Z_{\mathfrak{p}}/T_{\mathfrak{p}}| and gp=∣G/Zp∣g_{\mathfrak{p}}=|G/Z_{\mathfrak{p}}|. The Euler factor of ζE\zeta_E at p\mathfrak{p} is (1−Xfp)−gp(1-X^{f_{\mathfrak{p}}})^{-g_{\mathfrak{p}}} with X=Np⁡−sX=\operatorname{Np}^{-s}. A character nontrivial on TpT_{\mathfrak{p}} contributes the factor 1. The characters trivial on TpT_{\mathfrak{p}} are those of G/TpG/T_{\mathfrak{p}}; they restrict onto the fpf_{\mathfrak{p}} characters of the cyclic group Zp/TpZ_{\mathfrak{p}}/T_{\mathfrak{p}}, each with gpg_{\mathfrak{p}} extensions. Hence their factors multiply to ∏ζfp=1(1−ζX)−gp=(1−Xfp)−gp\prod_{\zeta^{f_{\mathfrak{p}}}=1}(1-\zeta X)^{-g_{\mathfrak{p}}}=(1-X^{f_{\mathfrak{p}}})^{-g_{\mathfrak{p}}}. The same identity for Be/BB_e/B identifies L(s,χe)L(s,\chi_e) with ζBe/ζB\zeta_{B_e}/\zeta_B. The second identity is the case of B/QB/\mathbb{Q}. Since 241≡1(mod8)241\equiv1\pmod{8}, the prime 2 splits in BB, and quadratic reciprocity shows that the character of B/QB/\mathbb{Q} is χB\chi_B. □

Put ΓR(s)=π−s/2Γ(s/2)\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(s)=\pi^{-s/2}\Gamma(s/2) and ΓC(s)=2(2π)−sΓ(s)\Gamma_{\mathbb{C}}(s)=2(2\pi)^{-s}\Gamma(s), so that ΓC(s)=ΓR(s)ΓR(s+1)\Gamma_{\mathbb{C}}(s)=\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(s)\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(s+1) by the duplication formula. For a number field MM with discriminant ΔM\Delta_M and signature (r1(M),r2(M))(r_1(M),r_2(M)), the completed Dedekind zeta function is

ΛM(s)=∣ΔM∣s/2ΓR(s)r1(M)ΓC(s)r2(M)ζM(s).\Lambda_M(s)=|\Delta_M|^{s/2}\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(s)^{r_1(M)}\Gamma_{\mathbb{C}}(s)^{r_2(M)}\zeta_M(s).

Proposition 3.8. Let e≠0e \ne0, write L(s,χe)=∑n≥1an(e)n−sL(s,\chi_e)=\sum_{n\ge1}a_n(e)n^{-s}, and put

Qe=241 Nfe,Λ(s,χe)=Qes/2ΓR(s+ν1(e))ΓR(s+ν2(e))L(s,χe).Q_e=241\,\mathrm{N}\mathfrak{f}_e,\qquad \Lambda(s,\chi_e)=Q_e^{s/2}\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(s+\nu_1(e))\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(s+\nu_2(e))L(s,\chi_e).
  1. The coefficients an(e)a_n(e) are integers with ∣an(e)∣≤τ(n)|a_n(e)|\le\tau(n). The Euler factor at a rational prime pp is ∏p∣p(1−χe(p)Np−s)−1\prod_{\mathfrak{p}\mid p}(1-\chi_e(\mathfrak{p})\mathrm{N}\mathfrak{p}^{-s})^{-1}, with χe(p)=0\chi_e(\mathfrak{p})=0 when cp(e)>0c_{\mathfrak{p}}(e)>0.

  2. The function Λ(s,χe)\Lambda(s,\chi_e) equals ΛBe(s)/ΛB(s)\Lambda_{B_e}(s)/\Lambda_B(s). It is entire of order at most one and satisfies Λ(s,χe)=Λ(1−s,χe)\Lambda(s,\chi_e)=\Lambda(1-s,\chi_e); that is, the root number of L(s,χe)L(s,\chi_e) is 1.

  3. Exactly 63 of the characters have ν1(e)=ν2(e)=0\nu_1(e)=\nu_2(e)=0, exactly 64 have ν1(e)=ν2(e)=1\nu_1(e)=\nu_2(e)=1, and 128 have ν1(e)≠ν2(e)\nu_1(e)\ne\nu_2(e).

Proof. The Euler factor in (1) is Proposition 3.7 applied prime by prime. Above a rational prime there are at most two primes of BB. So the local factor is either a product of at most two factors (1−cp−s)−1(1-cp^{-s})^{-1}, or a single factor (1−cp−2s)−1(1-cp^{-2s})^{-1}, with c∈{0,±1}c\in\{0,\pm1\}. In both cases the coefficient of p−ksp^{-ks} has modulus at most k+1=τ(pk)k+1=\tau(p^k). Multiplicativity gives (1).

For (2), the completed Dedekind zeta functions satisfy ΛM(1−s)=ΛM(s)\Lambda_M(1-s)=\Lambda_M(s), and L(s,χe)L(s,\chi_e) extends to an entire function because χe\chi_e is nontrivial [12, 37]. The discriminants satisfy ∣ΔBe∣=∣ΔB∣2NdBe/B|\Delta_{B_e}|=|\Delta_B|^2\mathrm{N}\mathfrak{d}_{B_e/B}, where dBe/B\mathfrak{d}_{B_e/B} is the relative discriminant, and the conductor–discriminant formula gives dBe/B=fe\mathfrak{d}_{B_e/B}=\mathfrak{f}_e for the quadratic extension Be/BB_e/B. Hence ∣ΔBe∣/∣ΔB∣=241 Nfe=Qe|\Delta_{B_e}|/|\Delta_B|=241\,\mathrm{N}\mathfrak{f}_e=Q_e. If νk(e)=0\nu_k(e)=0, the place vkv_k splits into two real places of BeB_e and contributes ΓR(s)2/ΓR(s)=ΓR(s)\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(s)^2/\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(s)=\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(s). If νk(e)=1\nu_k(e)=1, it becomes one complex place and contributes ΓC(s)/ΓR(s)=ΓR(s+1)\Gamma_{\mathbb{C}}(s)/\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(s)=\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(s+1). Thus ΛBe/ΛB=Λ(s,χe)\Lambda_{B_e}/\Lambda_B=\Lambda(s,\chi_e). It is the completed Hecke LL-function of χe\chi_e, which is entire of order at most one [12, 37].

For (3), the vectors ιˉ1,ιˉ2\bar{\iota}_1,\bar{\iota}_2 are linearly independent. So e↦(ν1(e),ν2(e))e\mapsto(\nu_1(e),\nu_2(e)) maps F28\mathbb{F}_2^8 onto F22\mathbb{F}_2^2 with fibers of size 64. Removing e=0e=0 from the fiber over (0,0)(0,0) gives the counts. □\square

Definition 3.9. Let e≠0e\ne0. The gamma factor of χe\chi_e is pure if ν1(e)=ν2(e)=ν\nu_1(e)=\nu_2(e)=\nu, and then it equals ΓR(s+ν)2\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(s+\nu)^2; otherwise it is mixed, and then it equals ΓR(s)ΓR(s+1)=ΓC(s)\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(s)\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(s+1)=\Gamma_{\mathbb{C}}(s).

Corollary 3.10. For e≠0e\ne0, Qe=241⋅2i⋅mQ_e=241\cdot2^i\cdot m, where 2i=2cp1(e)+cp2(e)∈{1,4,8,16,32,64}2^i=2^{c_{\mathfrak{p}_1}(e)+c_{\mathfrak{p}_2}(e)}\in\{1,4,8,16,32,64\} and m=3cq1(e)+cq2(e)5cr1(e)+cr2(e)m=3^{c_{\mathfrak{q}_1}(e)+c_{\mathfrak{q}_2}(e)}5^{c_{\mathfrak{r}_1}(e)+c_{\mathfrak{r}_2}(e)} divides 225. The number of characters χe\chi_e with given 2i2^i and mm is given by the table

In particular 723≤Qe≤241⋅14400=3470400723\le Q_e\le241\cdot14400=3470400.

Proof. Only the primes of SS divide the conductors, so Qe=241 NfeQ_e=241\,\mathrm{N}\mathfrak{f}_e with

Nfe=2cp1(e)+cp2(e)3cq1(e)+cq2(e)5cr1(e)+cr2(e).\mathrm{N}\mathfrak{f}_e = 2^{c_{\mathfrak{p}_1}(e)+c_{\mathfrak{p}_2}(e)} 3^{c_{\mathfrak{q}_1}(e)+c_{\mathfrak{q}_2}(e)} 5^{c_{\mathfrak{r}_1}(e)+c_{\mathfrak{r}_2}(e)}.

By Proposition 3.4, cpi(e)∈{0,2,3}c_{\mathfrak{p}_i}(e)\in\{0,2,3\} and cqj(e),crj(e)∈{0,1}c_{\mathfrak{q}_j}(e),c_{\mathfrak{r}_j}(e)\in\{0,1\}, and by Lemma 3.5 these exponents are determined by the vectors of Table 4; counting the 255 vectors e≠0e\ne0 gives the table, which the supplementary program check255.gp also prints (Remark 3.12). No nontrivial character has Nfe=1\mathrm{N}\mathfrak{f}_e=1, since BB has class number one and a unit of norm −1-1 (Lemma 2.4(a),(b)), so that its narrow class number is one. The range of QeQ_e can be read off from the table. □\square

Remark 3.12. The supplementary program lfun241.py computes, for each e≠0e\ne0, the integer QeQ_e, the pair (ν1(e),ν2(e))(\nu_1(e),\nu_2(e)) and the coefficients an(e)a_n(e) for n≤Ne=4⌊Qe⌋+1n\le N_e=4\lfloor\sqrt{Q_e}\rfloor+1, the truncation point used in Subsection 4.6, from Propositions 3.4 and 3.8(1); these are the data used in Section 4.

The supplementary program check255.gp compares all 255 of them with PARI/GP’s own number fields and LL-functions [41]. For each ee it computes the maximal order of BeB_e, checks ∣ΔBe∣=241Qe|\Delta_{B_e}|=241Q_e and the pair (ν1(e),ν2(e))(\nu_1(e),\nu_2(e)) against the signature of BeB_e, and checks every coefficient an(e)a_n(e) with n≤Nen\leq N_e against the Dirichlet series of ζBe/ζB\zeta_{B_e}/\zeta_B. All agree. It also prints the Table 3.11, the counts of Proposition 3.8(3) and the range of QeQ_e. These comparisons check the implementation; the identification of the LL-functions rests on Propositions 3.4 and 3.8.

2i\m2^i\backslash m135915254575225total
102214122115
424428244232
8488416488464
1612214122116
32488416488464
64488416488464
total153232166416323216255

Table 3.11.

The Relative Zeta Value and an Explicit Upper Bound

We bound the relative zeta value LF(1)L_F(1) needed in the geometric construction. Logarithms of Dedekind zeta functions are normalized by the degree: for a number field AA we work with [A:Q]−1log⁡ζA(s)[A:\mathbb{Q}]^{-1}\log\zeta_A(s).

Definition 4.1. Let K\mathcal{K} be the set of all finite Galois extensions K/BK/B contained in BGB_G, of degree a power of two at least 2492^{49}, such that GB→G‾BG_B\to\overline{G}_B factors through Gal⁡(K/B)\operatorname{Gal}(K/B) (notation of Definition 2.20). These are the fields KK of Theorem 2.42.

For K∈KK\in\mathcal{K} we use the notation of Theorem 2.42: ι1\iota_1 is a complex conjugation at a place of KK above v1v_1, F=K⟨ι1⟩F=K^{\langle\iota_1\rangle}, d=[F:Q]d=[F:\mathbb{Q}], so that [K:Q]=2d[K:\mathbb{Q}]=2d, (b,c)(b,c) is the signature of FF, θ=c/d\theta=c/d, and λ=29/43615\lambda=2^{9/4}\sqrt{3615} is the root discriminant of both KK and FF. Put

ℓ=log⁡λ=94log⁡2+12log⁡3615=5.65600472355…\ell=\log\lambda=\frac{9}{4}\log2+\frac{1}{2}\log3615=5.65600472355\ldots

Different choices of ι1\iota_1 are conjugate in Gal⁡(K/B)\operatorname{Gal}(K/B) and give conjugate fields FF; hence b,c,θb,c,\theta and the function LF(s)=ζK(s)/ζF(s)L_F(s)=\zeta_K(s)/\zeta_F(s) depend only on KK. The extension K/FK/F is quadratic and unramified at every finite place, KK is totally imaginary, and b≥1b\geq1. Let γ\gamma be Euler’s constant. For a prime p\mathfrak{p} of BB, let eK(p)e_K(\mathfrak{p}) and fK(p)f_K(\mathfrak{p}) be its ramification index and residue degree in the Galois extension K/BK/B, so that (eK(p),fK(p))(e_K(\mathfrak{p}),f_K(\mathfrak{p})) is the type of p\mathfrak{p} in K/BK/B (Definition 2.41).

Theorem 4.2. There is an m0m_0 such that every K∈KK\in\mathcal{K} with [K:B]≥m0[K:B]\geq m_0 satisfies

1dlog⁡LF(1)<C≔0.04871285.\frac{1}{d}\log L_F(1)<C\coloneqq0.04871285.

The proof assumes neither the generalized Riemann hypothesis nor a Brauer–Siegel type asymptotic formula, and it does not give an effective value of m0m_0. It has three steps. Monotonicity of the completion of LFL_F reduces the value at s=1s=1 to ζK\zeta_K at a real point σ>1\sigma>1 (Subsection 4.1). The Tsfasman–Vlăduţ inequality bounds the error of this shift (Subsection 4.2, Proposition 4.13). Finally, ζK(σ)\zeta_K(\sigma) is bounded prime by prime by ζE(σ)\zeta_E(\sigma), for the Kummer field EE of Section 3, minus corrections at the primes above 2, 7 and 29, whose types in K/BK/B are known, and at the primes of P4\mathcal{P}_4 (Definition 4.15), whose residue degree in K/BK/B is at least 4 (Proposition 4.19); ζE(σ)\zeta_E(\sigma) is evaluated rigorously in Subsections 4.4–4.6 (Proposition 4.29). Subsection 4.7 computes these corrections and the lower bounds for the types in K/BK/B that Proposition 4.13 uses, and the last subsection combines the steps. Throughout, σ\sigma denotes a real number greater than 1 and ε=σ−1\varepsilon=\sigma-1; in this section ε\varepsilon is this positive number, not the unit α1\alpha_1 of (4).

Reduction to s>1s>1.

For a number field AA, write hAh_A, Reg⁡A\operatorname{Reg}_A, wAw_A and ΔA\Delta_A for its class number, regulator, number of roots of unity and discriminant. The residue of ζA\zeta_A at s=1s=1 is 2r1(A)(2π)r2(A)hAReg⁡A/(wA∣ΔA∣1/2)2^{r_1(A)}(2\pi)^{r_2(A)}h_A\operatorname{Reg}_A/(w_A|\Delta_A|^{1/2}). Since K/FK/F is unramified at the finite places, ∣ΔK∣=∣ΔF∣2|\Delta_K|=|\Delta_F|^2. Hence

LF(1)=lim⁡s→1ζK(s)ζF(s)=2cπd−cλ−d/2hKReg⁡KwFhFReg⁡FwK>0.(13)L_F(1)=\lim_{s\to1}\frac{\zeta_K(s)}{\zeta_F(s)} =2^c\pi^{d-c}\lambda^{-d/2}\frac{h_K\operatorname{Reg}_K w_F}{h_F\operatorname{Reg}_F w_K}>0. \tag*{(13)}

Let s>1s>1 be real. At a prime of FF of norm qq, the Euler factor of LFL_F is (1−q−s)−1(1-q^{-s})^{-1} if the prime splits in KK and (1+q−s)−1(1+q^{-s})^{-1} if it is inert. Its square is at most the Euler factor of ζK\zeta_K, which is (1−q−s)−2(1-q^{-s})^{-2}, respectively (1−q−2s)−1(1-q^{-2s})^{-1}. Consequently

log⁡LF(s)d≤log⁡ζK(s)2d=log⁡ζK(s)[K:Q].(14)\frac{\log L_F(s)}{d}\leq\frac{\log\zeta_K(s)}{2d}=\frac{\log\zeta_K(s)}{[K:\mathbb{Q}]}. \tag*{(14)}

The function LFL_F is the Hecke LL-function of the quadratic character of K/FK/F. This character is unramified at every finite place and nontrivial at every real place of FF, since KK is totally imaginary. With ΓR\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}, ΓC\Gamma_{\mathbb{C}} and ΛA\Lambda_A as in Section 3, put

LF(s)=ΛK(s)ΛF(s)=λds/2ΓR(s+1)bΓC(s)cLF(s).(15)\mathcal{L}_F(s)=\frac{\Lambda_K(s)}{\Lambda_F(s)}=\lambda^{ds/2}\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(s+1)^b\Gamma_{\mathbb{C}}(s)^cL_F(s). \tag*{(15)}

By Hecke’s theorem [12, 37], LF\mathcal{L}_F is entire of order at most one, and it satisfies LF(s)=LF(1−s)\mathcal{L}_F(s)=\mathcal{L}_F(1-s) because both completed Dedekind zeta functions do.

Lemma 4.6. The function LF(s)\mathcal{L}_F(s) is positive and nondecreasing on [1,∞)[1,\infty).

Proof. The Euler product shows that LF\mathcal{L}_F has no zeros with Re⁡s>1\operatorname{Re}s>1, and the functional equation excludes Re⁡s<0\operatorname{Re}s<0. So every zero ρ\rho satisfies 0≤Re⁡ρ≤10\leq\operatorname{Re}\rho\leq1. There is no zero on [1,∞)[1,\infty), by the Euler product and by (13). As LF(s)>0\mathcal{L}_F(s)>0 for large real ss, it is positive on [1,∞)[1,\infty).

Put Ξ(z)=LF(12+z)\Xi(z)=\mathcal{L}_F(\frac{1}{2}+z). It is entire of order at most one, even, and real on the real axis. Its zeros z=ρ−12z=\rho-\frac{1}{2} satisfy ∣Re⁡z∣≤12|\operatorname{Re}z|\leq\frac{1}{2}, and ∑z≠0∣z∣−2<∞\sum_{z\neq0}|z|^{-2}<\infty. Group the nonzero zeros into pairs {z0,−z0}\{z_0,-z_0\}, and let m≥0m\geq0 be the order of Ξ\Xi at 00. By Hadamard’s theorem for functions of order at most one,

Ξ′Ξ(z)−mz−∑{z0,−z0}2zz2−z02\frac{\Xi'}{\Xi}(z)-\frac{m}{z}-\sum_{\{z_0,-z_0\}}\frac{2z}{z^2-z_0^2}

is constant, where the series converges absolutely and locally uniformly away from the zeros. Since Ξ\Xi is even, Ξ′/Ξ\Xi'/\Xi is odd, so the constant is zero. For real x≥12x\geq\frac{1}{2} the logarithmic derivative is real, so it equals the sum of the real parts. If z0=a+iyz_0=a+iy, then

Re⁡2xx2−z02=2x(x2−a2+y2)(x2−a2+y2)2+4a2y2≥0,\operatorname{Re}\frac{2x}{x^2-z_0^2} = \frac{2x(x^2-a^2+y^2)}{(x^2-a^2+y^2)^2+4a^2y^2} \geq0,

because ∣a∣≤12≤x|a|\leq\frac{1}{2}\leq x. Since also m/x≥0m/x\geq0, the logarithmic derivative is nonnegative, and log⁡Ξ\log\Xi is nondecreasing on [12,∞)[\frac{1}{2},\infty). □

For 0<ε≤10<\varepsilon\leq1 and 0≤θ≤120\leq\theta\leq\frac{1}{2} put

Υ(ε,θ)=ε2(ℓ−log⁡π)−εθlog⁡2+(1−2θ)log⁡Γ(1+ε2)+θlog⁡Γ(1+ε).(16)\Upsilon(\varepsilon,\theta) = \frac{\varepsilon}{2}(\ell-\log\pi) -\varepsilon\theta\log2 +(1-2\theta)\log\Gamma\left(1+\frac{\varepsilon}{2}\right) +\theta\log\Gamma(1+\varepsilon). \tag*{(16)}

Lemma 4.8. Let K∈KK\in\mathcal{K} and 0<ε≤10<\varepsilon\leq1. Then

log⁡LF(1)d≤log⁡ζK(1+ε)[K:Q]+Υ(ε,θ).(17)\frac{\log L_F(1)}{d} \leq \frac{\log\zeta_K(1+\varepsilon)}{[K:\mathbb{Q}]} +\Upsilon(\varepsilon,\theta). \tag*{(17)}

Moreover Υ(ε,θ)→0\Upsilon(\varepsilon,\theta)\to0 as ε↓0\varepsilon\downarrow0, uniformly for 0≤θ≤120\leq\theta\leq\frac{1}{2}.

Proof. By Lemma 4.6, LF(1)≤LF(1+ε)\mathcal{L}_F(1)\leq\mathcal{L}_F(1+\varepsilon). In (15) the gamma factors change by

ΓR(2+ε)ΓR(2)=π−ε/2Γ(1+ε2),ΓC(1+ε)ΓC(1)=(2π)−εΓ(1+ε).\frac{\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(2+\varepsilon)}{\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(2)} = \pi^{-\varepsilon/2}\Gamma\left(1+\frac{\varepsilon}{2}\right), \qquad \frac{\Gamma_{\mathbb{C}}(1+\varepsilon)}{\Gamma_{\mathbb{C}}(1)} = (2\pi)^{-\varepsilon}\Gamma(1+\varepsilon).

Taking logarithms, dividing by dd, and using b/d=1−2θb/d=1-2\theta, c/d=θc/d=\theta and (14), we obtain (17). Since Υ\Upsilon is affine in θ\theta, Υ(ε,θ)→0\Upsilon(\varepsilon,\theta)\to0 as ε↓0\varepsilon\downarrow0, uniformly for 0≤θ≤120\leq\theta\leq\frac{1}{2}. □

The term Υ\Upsilon does not appear in the final estimate. With the value ε=1/300\varepsilon=1/300 used in the proof of Theorem 4.2, (17) would add Υ(1/300,θ)≈0.0054\Upsilon(1/300,\theta)\approx0.0054 for θ\theta near 12\frac{1}{2}. Instead, the proof of Proposition 4.13 applies (17) with s−1s-1 in place of ε\varepsilon for each fixed s∈(1,2]s\in(1,2], passes to the limit along a sequence of fields, and then lets s↓1s\downarrow1, so that Υ\Upsilon vanishes in the limit; the Tsfasman–Vlăduț inequality then bounds the change from 1+ε1+\varepsilon to 11 by the term ε(κ∞+D)\varepsilon(\kappa_{\infty}+D) of that proposition, which is about 0.00215 in the proof of Theorem 4.2. This limit is also the reason why m0m_{0} is not effective.

The Tsfasman–Vlăduţ Inequality over BB

For q>1q>1 and s≥1s\geq1 put gs(q)=−log⁡(1−q−s)g_{s}(q)=-\log(1-q^{-s}).

Lemma 4.10. Let MM be a finite Galois extension of BB and s>1s>1. For a prime p\mathfrak{p} of BB let eM(p)e_{M}(\mathfrak{p}) and fM(p)f_{M}(\mathfrak{p}) be its ramification index and residue degree in M/BM/B. Then

log⁡ζM(s)[M:Q]=∑pgs ⁣(NpfM(p))2eM(p)fM(p),(18)\frac{\log\zeta_{M}(s)}{[M:\mathbb{Q}]}=\sum_{\mathfrak{p}}\frac{g_{s}\!\left(\mathrm{N}\mathfrak{p}^{f_{M}(\mathfrak{p})}\right)}{2e_{M}(\mathfrak{p})f_{M}(\mathfrak{p})}, \tag*{(18)}
−1[M:Q]ζM′ζM(2)=1[M:Q]∑Plog⁡NPNP2−1=∑plog⁡Np2eM(p)(Np2fM(p)−1),(19)-\frac{1}{[M:\mathbb{Q}]}\frac{\zeta'_{M}}{\zeta_{M}}(2)=\frac{1}{[M:\mathbb{Q}]}\sum_{\mathfrak{P}}\frac{\log\mathrm{N}\mathfrak{P}}{\mathrm{N}\mathfrak{P}^{2}-1}=\sum_{\mathfrak{p}}\frac{\log\mathrm{N}\mathfrak{p}}{2e_{M}(\mathfrak{p})\left(\mathrm{N}\mathfrak{p}^{2f_{M}(\mathfrak{p})}-1\right)}, \tag*{(19)}

where P\mathfrak{P} runs over the primes of MM. Each summand on the right does not increase when eM(p)e_{M}(\mathfrak{p}) or fM(p)f_{M}(\mathfrak{p}) is replaced by a larger real number. If M⊆M′M\subseteq M' are both Galois over BB, then eM(p)∣eM′(p)e_{M}(\mathfrak{p})\mid e_{M'}(\mathfrak{p}) and fM(p)∣fM′(p)f_{M}(\mathfrak{p})\mid f_{M'}(\mathfrak{p}).

Proof. Above p\mathfrak{p} there are [M:B]/(ef)[M:B]/(ef) primes of MM, each of norm Npf\mathrm{N}\mathfrak{p}^{f}, and [M:Q]=2[M:B][M:\mathbb{Q}]=2[M:B]. This gives both formulas. The first equality in (19) follows from −ζM′/ζM(s)=∑Plog⁡NP/(NPs−1)-\zeta'_{M}/\zeta_{M}(s)=\sum_{\mathfrak{P}}\log\mathrm{N}\mathfrak{P}/(\mathrm{N}\mathfrak{P}^{s}-1). For monotonicity in ff, write gs(xf)/f=∑j≥1x−fjs/(fj)g_{s}(x^{f})/f=\sum_{j\geq1}x^{-fjs}/(fj) for x>1x>1; each term decreases in ff. The divisibilities hold because ramification indices and residue degrees are multiplicative in towers. □\square

Put

κ∞=ℓ−γ−log⁡(4π)4,w(q)=2log⁡q∑m≥11qm+1.\kappa_{\infty}=\frac{\ell-\gamma-\log(4\pi)}{4},\qquad w(q)=2\log q\sum_{m\geq1}\frac{1}{q^{m}+1}.

Here 2κ∞2\kappa_{\infty} is the right side, and w(q)w(q) the weight of the prime power qq, in the Tsfasman–Vlăduţ inequality (20) below.

Proposition 4.13. Let σ=1+ε\sigma=1+\varepsilon with 0<ε≤10<\varepsilon\leq1, and let Y∗Y_{*} be a real number with [K:Q]−1log⁡ζK(σ)≤Y∗[K:\mathbb{Q}]^{-1}\log\zeta_{K}(\sigma)\leq Y_{*} for every K∈KK\in\mathcal{K}. For each prime p\mathfrak{p} of BB, let ep0,fp0≥1e_{\mathfrak{p}}^{0},f_{\mathfrak{p}}^{0}\geq1 be integers with eK(p)≥ep0e_{K}(\mathfrak{p})\geq e_{\mathfrak{p}}^{0} and fK(p)≥fp0f_{K}(\mathfrak{p})\geq f_{\mathfrak{p}}^{0} for every K∈KK\in\mathcal{K}, that is, lower bounds for the type of p\mathfrak{p} in K/BK/B, and let

D≥∑plog⁡Np2ep0(Np2fp0−1).D\geq\sum_{\mathfrak{p}}\frac{\log\mathrm{N}\mathfrak{p}}{2e_{\mathfrak{p}}^{0}\left(\mathrm{N}\mathfrak{p}^{2f_{\mathfrak{p}}^{0}}-1\right)}.

Then every C′>Y∗+ε(κ∞+D)C'>Y_{*}+\varepsilon(\kappa_{\infty}+D) has the following property: there is an m0m_{0} such that d−1log⁡LF(1)<C′d^{-1}\log L_{F}(1)<C' for every K∈KK\in\mathcal{K} with [K:B]≥m0[K:B]\geq m_{0}.

Proof. A limiting sequence. Suppose not. Then there are fields K(j)∈KK^{(j)}\in\mathcal{K} of strictly increasing degree, hence pairwise non-isomorphic, with dj−1log⁡LF(j)(1)≥C′d_{j}^{-1}\log L_{F^{(j)}}(1)\geq C', where [K(j):Q]=2dj[K^{(j)}:\mathbb{Q}]=2d_{j}. For a prime power qq let Nq(K)N_{q}(K) be the number of primes of KK of norm qq. If q=pfq=p^{f}, then Nq(K)≤[K:Q]/fN_{q}(K)\leq[K:\mathbb{Q}]/f, since the local degrees above pp add up to [K:Q][K:\mathbb{Q}]. By a diagonal argument we may assume that βq=lim⁡jNq(K(j))/(2dj)\beta_{q}=\lim_{j}N_{q}(K^{(j)})/(2d_{j}) exists for every qq.

The Tsfasman–Vlăduţ inequality. Tsfasman and Vlăduţ call a sequence (Ai)(A_{i}) of pairwise non-isomorphic number fields asymptotically exact if its genus g(Ai)=log⁡∣ΔAi∣1/2g(A_{i})=\log|\Delta_{A_{i}}|^{1/2} tends to infinity and the limits ϕq=lim⁡Nq(Ai)/g(Ai)\phi_{q}=\lim N_{q}(A_{i})/g(A_{i}), ϕR=lim⁡r1(Ai)/g(Ai)\phi_{\mathbb{R}}=\lim r_{1}(A_{i})/g(A_{i}) and ϕC=lim⁡r2(Ai)/g(Ai)\phi_{\mathbb{C}}=\lim r_{2}(A_{i})/g(A_{i}) exist. Their unconditional Basic Inequality [42], Section 3.2, Proposition 3.1 states that every such sequence satisfies

2∑qϕqlog⁡q∑m≥11qm+1+ϕR(γ2+12+log⁡2π)+ϕC(γ+log⁡4π)≤1.2\sum_{q}\phi_{q}\log q\sum_{m\geq1}\frac{1}{q^{m}+1}+\phi_{\mathbb{R}}\left(\frac{\gamma}{2}+\frac{1}{2}+\log2\sqrt{\pi}\right)+\phi_{\mathbb{C}}(\gamma+\log4\pi)\leq1.

For our sequence g(K(j))=djℓg(K^{(j)})=d_j\ell and K(j)K^{(j)} is totally imaginary, so ϕq=2βq/ℓ\phi_q=2\beta_q/\ell, ϕR=0\phi_{\mathbb{R}}=0 and ϕC=1/ℓ\phi_{\mathbb{C}}=1/\ell, and the inequality becomes

∑qβqw(q)≤ℓ−γ−log⁡(4π)2=2κ∞.(20)\sum_q \beta_q w(q) \le\frac{\ell-\gamma-\log(4\pi)}{2}=2\kappa_\infty. \tag*{(20)}

The value at 1. Put Z(s)=∑qβqgs(q)Z(s)=\sum_q\beta_qg_s(q) for s≥1s\ge1. Since g1(q)≤1/(q−1)g_1(q)\le1/(q-1) and w(q)≥2log⁡q/(q+1)w(q)\ge2\log q/(q+1), we have g1(q)≤3w(q)/(2log⁡2)g_1(q)\le3w(q)/(2\log2), so Z(1)Z(1) is finite. For fixed real s>1s>1, (2dj)−1log⁡ζK(j)(s)=∑q(Nq(K(j))/2dj)gs(q)(2d_j)^{-1}\log\zeta_{K^{(j)}}(s)=\sum_q(N_q(K^{(j)})/2d_j)g_s(q) tends to Z(s)Z(s) by dominated convergence: for q=pfq=p^f the terms are at most gs(q)/f≤2q−sg_s(q)/f\le2q^{-s}, and ∑qq−s<∞\sum_q q^{-s}<\infty. By Lemma 4.8 with s−1s-1 in place of ε\varepsilon, for 1<s≤21<s\le2,

C′≤lim sup⁡jlog⁡LF(j)(1)dj≤Z(s)+sup⁡0≤θ≤1/2Υ(s−1,θ).C' \le\limsup_j \frac{\log L_{F^{(j)}}(1)}{d_j} \le Z(s)+\sup_{0\le\theta\le1/2}\Upsilon(s-1,\theta).

As s↓1s\downarrow1, Z(s)Z(s) increases to Z(1)Z(1) and the supremum tends to zero. Hence C′≤Z(1)C'\le Z(1).

From 1+ε1+\varepsilon to 11. For every prime power qq,

g1(q)−g1+ε(q)=∫11+εlog⁡qqu−1 du≤εlog⁡qq−1,g_1(q)-g_{1+\varepsilon}(q) =\int_1^{1+\varepsilon}\frac{\log q}{q^u-1}\,\mathrm{d}u \le\frac{\varepsilon\log q}{q-1},
log⁡qq−1−w(q)2=log⁡q∑m≥11qm(qm+1)≤log⁡qq2−1.\frac{\log q}{q-1}-\frac{w(q)}{2} =\log q\sum_{m\ge1}\frac{1}{q^m(q^m+1)} \le\frac{\log q}{q^2-1}.

With (20) these give

Z(1)≤Z(1+ε)+ε(κ∞+∑qβqlog⁡qq2−1).Z(1)\le Z(1+\varepsilon)+\varepsilon\left(\kappa_\infty+\sum_q\beta_q\frac{\log q}{q^2-1}\right).

By Fatou’s lemma, (19) for M=K(j)M=K^{(j)}, and the monotonicity in Lemma 4.10,

∑qβqlog⁡qq2−1≤lim inf⁡j∑plog⁡Np2eK(j)(p)(Np2fK(j)(p)−1)≤D.\sum_q\beta_q\frac{\log q}{q^2-1} \le\liminf_j\sum_{\mathfrak p} \frac{\log\mathrm{N}\mathfrak p} {2e_{K^{(j)}}(\mathfrak p)(\mathrm{N}\mathfrak p^{2f_{K^{(j)}}(\mathfrak p)}-1)} \le D.

Finally Z(1+ε)=lim⁡j(2dj)−1log⁡ζK(j)(1+ε)≤Y∗Z(1+\varepsilon)=\lim_j(2d_j)^{-1}\log\zeta_{K^{(j)}}(1+\varepsilon)\le Y_*. Thus C′≤Z(1)≤Y∗+ε(κ∞+D)C'\le Z(1)\le Y_*+\varepsilon(\kappa_\infty+D), a contradiction. □\square

Comparison with the Kummer Field

We use the set SS of the six primes of BB above 2, 3 and 5 and the primes t0=7OB\mathfrak t_0=7\mathcal{O}_B and t1,t2\mathfrak t_1,\mathfrak t_2 above 29 (Lemma 2.4), the group GBG_B of Definition 2.20 and its Zassenhaus filtration DnGBD_nG_B, the relation space R2R_2 in degree two (Definition 2.23), which Lemma 2.25 computes, the restricted square v[2]v^{[2]} of a vector v∈F28v\in\mathbb{F}_2^8 as in Section 2, and the Frobenius vectors Frob⁡‾p\overline{\operatorname{Frob}}_{\mathfrak p} of Definition 3.3.

Definition 4.15. Let Σ2={v∈F28:v[2]∈R2}\Sigma_2=\{v\in\mathbb{F}_2^8:v^{[2]}\in R_2\}, and let P4\mathcal{P}_4 be the set of primes p∉S∪{t0,t1,t2}\mathfrak p\notin S\cup\{\mathfrak t_0,\mathfrak t_1,\mathfrak t_2\} of BB with Np≤106\mathrm{N}\mathfrak p\le10^6 and Frob⁡‾p∉Σ2\overline{\operatorname{Frob}}_{\mathfrak p}\notin\Sigma_2.

Lemma 4.16. Let K∈KK\in\mathcal{K}, and let p∉S\mathfrak p\notin S be a prime of BB with Frob⁡‾p∉Σ2\overline{\operatorname{Frob}}_{\mathfrak p}\notin\Sigma_2. Then eK(p)=1e_K(\mathfrak p)=1 and fK(p)≥4f_K(\mathfrak p)\ge4.

Proof. The field KK is unramified over BB outside SS, so eK(p)=1e_K(\mathfrak p)=1, and a prime P\mathfrak P of KK above p\mathfrak p has a Frobenius Frob⁡P∈Gal⁡(K/B)\operatorname{Frob}_{\mathfrak P}\in\operatorname{Gal}(K/B) of order fK(p)f_K(\mathfrak p). Choose g∈GBg\in G_B mapping to Frob⁡P\operatorname{Frob}_{\mathfrak P}. Its image in GB/D2GB=Gal⁡(E/B)G_B/D_2G_B=\operatorname{Gal}(E/B) is the Frobenius of p\mathfrak p in EE (Lemma 3.2), whose elementary image is Frob⁡‾p\overline{\operatorname{Frob}}_{\mathfrak p}; it is nonzero, since 0∈Σ20\in\Sigma_2. By Lemma 2.25, which uses the complete list of generators of NBN_B in Lemma 2.22, and since Frob⁡‾p[2]∉R2\overline{\operatorname{Frob}}_{\mathfrak p}^{[2]}\notin R_2, gg has order at least 4 in GB/D3GBG_B/D_3G_B. The projection GB→GB/D3GBG_B\to G_B/D_3G_B factors through Gal⁡(K/B)\operatorname{Gal}(K/B), because KK contains the fixed field of D4GB⊆D3GBD_4G_B\subseteq D_3G_B. So Frob⁡P\operatorname{Frob}_{\mathfrak P} has order at least 4. □\square

The next proposition compares ζK(σ)\zeta_K(\sigma) with ζE(σ)\zeta_E(\sigma) and subtracts two corrections. The first concerns the primes p1,p2\mathfrak p_1,\mathfrak p_2 above 2 and t0,t1,t2\mathfrak t_0,\mathfrak t_1,\mathfrak t_2 above 7 and 29, whose types in K/BK/B are known; the second concerns the primes of P4\mathcal P_4, which are found in Subsection 4.7. Put

Δ2,7,29(σ)=2(gσ(22)16−gσ(24)64)+2(gσ(292)4−gσ(294)8)+gσ(74)4−gσ(78)8,(21)\Delta_{2,7,29}(\sigma)=2\left(\frac{g_\sigma(2^2)}{16}-\frac{g_\sigma(2^4)}{64}\right)+2\left(\frac{g_\sigma(29^2)}{4}-\frac{g_\sigma(29^4)}{8}\right)+\frac{g_\sigma(7^4)}{4}-\frac{g_\sigma(7^8)}{8}, \tag*{(21)}
ΔP4(σ)=∑p∈P4(gσ(Np2)4−gσ(Np4)8).(22)\Delta_{\mathcal P_4}(\sigma)=\sum_{\mathfrak p\in\mathcal P_4}\left(\frac{g_\sigma(\mathrm N\mathfrak p^2)}{4}-\frac{g_\sigma(\mathrm N\mathfrak p^4)}{8}\right). \tag*{(22)}

Every term of both sums is nonnegative, since gσ(x2)≤gσ(x)g_\sigma(x^2)\le g_\sigma(x).

Proposition 4.19. Every K∈KK\in\mathcal K satisfies

log⁡ζK(σ)[K:Q]≤log⁡ζE(σ)512−Δ2,7,29(σ)−ΔP4(σ).\frac{\log\zeta_K(\sigma)}{[K:\mathbb Q]}\le\frac{\log\zeta_E(\sigma)}{512}-\Delta_{2,7,29}(\sigma)-\Delta_{\mathcal P_4}(\sigma).

Proof. By Lemma 3.2, E⊆KE\subseteq K, and both are Galois over BB. Apply (18) to M=EM=E and M=KM=K. By Lemma 4.10, each term for KK is at most the corresponding term for EE. For the primes listed below we bound the term for KK from above using what is known about the type in K/BK/B, and subtract the difference between the term for EE and this upper bound.

The types in E/BE/B are given by Corollary 3.6: (4,2)(4,2) at p1,p2\mathfrak p_1,\mathfrak p_2, and (1,2)(1,2) at t0,t1,t2\mathfrak t_0,\mathfrak t_1,\mathfrak t_2 and at the primes of P4\mathcal P_4. By Theorem 2.42, the primes of KK above 2, 29 and 7 have absolute types (8,4)(8,4), (1,4)(1,4) and (1,8)(1,8). The primes pj\mathfrak p_j, t1\mathfrak t_1 and t2\mathfrak t_2 have residue degree one over Q\mathbb Q, and t0\mathfrak t_0 has residue degree two. So the types in K/BK/B are (8,4)(8,4) at pj\mathfrak p_j and (1,4)(1,4) at t0,t1,t2\mathfrak t_0,\mathfrak t_1,\mathfrak t_2. By Lemma 4.16, the primes of P4\mathcal P_4 have eK=1e_K=1 and fK≥4f_K\ge4. The differences of the terms of EE and the upper bounds for the terms of KK are exactly the summands of (21) and (22). For example, at pj\mathfrak p_j the term of EE is gσ(22)/(2⋅4⋅2)g_\sigma(2^2)/(2\cdot4\cdot2) and that of KK is gσ(24)/(2⋅8⋅4)g_\sigma(2^4)/(2\cdot8\cdot4). □\square

An Approximate Functional Equation for Two Gamma Factors

We evaluate ζE(σ)\zeta_E(\sigma) through Proposition 3.7. The factors L(σ,χe)L(\sigma,\chi_e) are computed from an approximate functional equation. For real μ\mu and x,y>0x,y>0 define the incomplete gamma and Bessel integrals

Hμ(x)=∫1∞uμ−1e−xu du,Iμ(y)=∫1∞uμK0(yu) du,H_\mu(x)=\int_1^\infty u^{\mu-1}e^{-xu}\,\mathrm du,\qquad I_\mu(y)=\int_1^\infty u^\mu K_0(yu)\,\mathrm du,

where K0K_0 is the modified Bessel function of the second kind of order zero, and their envelopes (upper bounds, by Lemma 4.21(2))

V1(x)=e−xx(1+1x),V2(y)=π2e−yy3/2(1+1y).\mathcal V_1(x)=\frac{e^{-x}}{x}\left(1+\frac{1}{x}\right),\qquad \mathcal V_2(y)=\sqrt{\frac{\pi}{2}}\frac{e^{-y}}{y^{3/2}}\left(1+\frac{1}{y}\right).

Numerical evaluation of LL-functions from their functional equations is developed in [3]. Part (1) of the next lemma treats mixed gamma factors, and part (2), for pure gamma factors, uses the Bessel function K0K_0. We prove both.

Lemma 4.20. Let ana_n be real numbers with ∣an∣≤τ(n)|a_n|\le\tau(n), let Q>0Q>0 and ν1,ν2∈{0,1}\nu_1,\nu_2\in\{0,1\} (integers, not places), and let L(s)=∑n≥1ann−sL(s)=\sum_{n\ge1}a_nn^{-s}. Suppose that Λ(s)=Qs/2ΓR(s+ν1)ΓR(s+ν2)L(s)\Lambda(s)=Q^{s/2}\Gamma_{\mathbb R}(s+\nu_1)\Gamma_{\mathbb R}(s+\nu_2)L(s) extends to an entire function of order at most one with Λ(1−s)=Λ(s)\Lambda(1-s)=\Lambda(s). Put t=2π/Qt=2\pi/\sqrt Q and let σ>1\sigma>1 be real.

  1. If ν1≠ν2\nu_1\ne\nu_2, then

    L(σ)=tσΓ(σ)∑n≥1an(Hσ(tn)+H1−σ(tn)).L(\sigma)=\frac{t^\sigma}{\Gamma(\sigma)}\sum_{n\ge1}a_n\left(H_\sigma(tn)+H_{1-\sigma}(tn)\right).
  1. If ν1=ν2=ν\nu_1=\nu_2=\nu, then

    L(σ)=4(t/2)σ+νΓ((σ+ν)/2)2∑n≥1annν(Iσ+ν−1(tn)+Iν−σ(tn)).L(\sigma)=\frac{4(t/2)^{\sigma+\nu}}{\Gamma((\sigma+\nu)/2)^2}\sum_{n\ge1}a_nn^\nu\left(I_{\sigma+\nu-1}(tn)+I_{\nu-\sigma}(tn)\right).

The series converge absolutely.

Proof. In case (1) put k(x)=e−xk(x)=e^{-x} and ν=0\nu=0, and in case (2) put k(x)=K0(x)k(x)=K_{0}(x). Their Mellin transforms are Γ(w)\Gamma(w) and 2w−2Γ(w/2)22^{w-2}\Gamma(w/2)^{2} for Re⁡w>0\operatorname{Re} w>0 [25], 10.43.19. Let Θ(u)=∑nannνk(tnu)\Theta(u)=\sum_{n}a_{n}n^{\nu}k(tnu) for u>0u>0. For Re⁡w>1+ν\operatorname{Re} w>1+\nu, termwise integration gives

Θ~(w)=∫0∞Θ(u)uw−1 du={t−wΓ(w)L(w)=12Λ(w)in case (1),2w−2t−wΓ(w/2)2L(w−ν)=14Qν/2Λ(w−ν)in case (2).\widetilde{\Theta}(w)=\int_{0}^{\infty}\Theta(u)u^{w-1}\,\mathrm{d}u = \begin{cases} t^{-w}\Gamma(w)L(w)=\frac{1}{2}\Lambda(w) & \text{in case (1)},\\ 2^{w-2}t^{-w}\Gamma(w/2)^{2}L(w-\nu)=\frac{1}{4}Q^{\nu/2}\Lambda(w-\nu) & \text{in case (2)}. \end{cases}

In case (1) we used ΓR(w)ΓR(w+1)=ΓC(w)\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(w)\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(w+1)=\Gamma_{\mathbb{C}}(w) and Qw/2(2π)−w=t−wQ^{w/2}(2\pi)^{-w}=t^{-w}. In both cases Θ~\widetilde{\Theta} is entire and Θ~(w)=Θ~(1+2ν−w)\widetilde{\Theta}(w)=\widetilde{\Theta}(1+2\nu-w).

The function L=Λ/(Qs/2ΓR(s+ν1)ΓR(s+ν2))L=\Lambda/(Q^{s/2}\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(s+\nu_{1})\Gamma_{\mathbb{R}}(s+\nu_{2})) of the complex variable ss is entire of finite order. Fix η>0\eta>0. The function LL is bounded on Re⁡s=1+η\operatorname{Re}s=1+\eta, and, by the functional equation and Stirling’s formula, of polynomial growth on Re⁡s=−η\operatorname{Re}s=-\eta. By the Phragmén–Lindelöf principle it has polynomial growth in ∣Im⁡s∣|\operatorname{Im}s| on every vertical strip. With Stirling’s formula this shows that Θ~(w)\widetilde{\Theta}(w) decays exponentially in ∣Im⁡w∣|\operatorname{Im}w|, uniformly on vertical strips. Mellin inversion on a line Re⁡w=c>1+ν\operatorname{Re}w=c>1+\nu and a shift to Re⁡w=1+2ν−c\operatorname{Re}w=1+2\nu-c are therefore justified, and no residues occur. With the functional equation of Θ~\widetilde{\Theta} they give

Θ(u)=u−1−2νΘ(1/u)(u>0).\Theta(u)=u^{-1-2\nu}\Theta(1/u)\qquad(u>0).

In particular Θ(u)\Theta(u) decays rapidly as u↓0u\downarrow0. Splitting the Mellin integral at u=1u=1 and substituting u↦1/uu\mapsto1/u below 1 gives

Θ~(σ+ν)=∫1∞Θ(u)(uσ+ν−1+uν−σ) du.\widetilde{\Theta}(\sigma+\nu)=\int_{1}^{\infty}\Theta(u)\left(u^{\sigma+\nu-1}+u^{\nu-\sigma}\right)\,\mathrm{d}u.

Termwise integration, justified by the exponential decay of kk, turns the right side into ∑nannν\sum_{n}a_{n}n^{\nu} times Hσ(tn)+H1−σ(tn)H_{\sigma}(tn)+H_{1-\sigma}(tn) in case (1), and times Iσ+ν−1(tn)+Iν−σ(tn)I_{\sigma+\nu-1}(tn)+I_{\nu-\sigma}(tn) in case (2). On the left, Θ~(σ)=t−σΓ(σ)L(σ)\widetilde{\Theta}(\sigma)=t^{-\sigma}\Gamma(\sigma)L(\sigma) in case (1), and Θ~(σ+ν)=2σ+ν−2t−σ−νΓ((σ+ν)/2)2L(σ)\widetilde{\Theta}(\sigma+\nu)=2^{\sigma+\nu-2}t^{-\sigma-\nu}\Gamma((\sigma+\nu)/2)^{2}L(\sigma) in case (2). □\square

Lemma 4.21. Let μ∈R\mu\in\mathbb{R}.

  1. The functions HμH_{\mu} and IμI_{\mu} are Laplace transforms of positive measures on [1,∞)[1,\infty). They are completely monotone on (0,∞)(0,\infty), extend holomorphically to Re⁡z>0\operatorname{Re}z>0, and satisfy ∣H(z)∣≤H(Re⁡z)|H(z)|\le H(\operatorname{Re}z) there, for H=HμH=H_{\mu} or H=IμH=I_{\mu}.

  2. If μ≤2\mu\le2, then Hμ≤V1H_{\mu}\le\mathcal{V}_{1}. If μ≤3/2\mu\le3/2, then Iμ≤V2I_{\mu}\le\mathcal{V}_{2}.

  3. They satisfy

    xHμ′(x)+μHμ(x)=−e−x,yIμ′(y)+(μ+1)Iμ(y)=−K0(y),xH_{\mu}'(x)+\mu H_{\mu}(x)=-e^{-x},\qquad yI_{\mu}'(y)+(\mu+1)I_{\mu}(y)=-K_{0}(y),

    and K0K_{0} satisfies y2K0′′+yK0′−y2K0=0y^{2}K_{0}''+yK_{0}'-y^{2}K_{0}=0 and K0′=−K1K_{0}'=-K_{1}, where K1K_{1} is the modified Bessel function of the second kind of order one.

Proof. The definition exhibits HμH_{\mu} as the Laplace transform of uμ−1 duu^{\mu-1}\,\mathrm{d}u on [1,∞)[1,\infty). Taking the order 0 in [25], 10.32.9 and substituting v=cosh⁡rv=\cosh r in its integral gives K0(x)=∫1∞e−xv(v2−1)−1/2 dvK_{0}(x)=\int_{1}^{\infty}e^{-xv}(v^{2}-1)^{-1/2}\,\mathrm{d}v. Substituting this into IμI_{\mu}, and then v=r/uv=r/u in the inner integral, shows

Iμ(y)=∫1∞e−yr(∫1ruμ(r2−u2)−1/2 du) dr,I_{\mu}(y)=\int_{1}^{\infty}e^{-yr}\left(\int_{1}^{r}u^{\mu}(r^{2}-u^{2})^{-1/2}\,\mathrm{d}u\right)\,\mathrm{d}r,

with a nonnegative inner integral. Differentiation under the integral gives complete monotonicity. Since the measures are positive and ∣e−zr∣=e−rRe⁡z|e^{-zr}|=e^{-r\operatorname{Re}z}, we get ∣H(z)∣≤H(Re⁡z)|H(z)|\le H(\operatorname{Re}z) for Re⁡z>0\operatorname{Re}z>0, which proves (1).

For (2), uμ−1≤uu^{\mu-1}\le u for u≥1u\ge1 and μ≤2\mu\le2, and ∫1∞ue−xu du=V1(x)\int_{1}^{\infty}ue^{-xu}\,\mathrm{d}u=\mathcal{V}_{1}(x). For IμI_{\mu} we use K0(x)≤K1/2(x)=π/(2x)e−xK_{0}(x)\le K_{1/2}(x)=\sqrt{\pi/(2x)}e^{-x} [25], 10.39.2. It holds because the modified Bessel function of order η≥0\eta\ge0 is ∫0∞e−xcosh⁡rcosh⁡(ηr) dr\int_{0}^{\infty} e^{-x\cosh r}\cosh(\eta r)\,\mathrm{d}r [25], which increases with η\eta. Since uμ−1/2≤uu^{\mu-1/2}\leq u for μ≤3/2\mu\leq3/2,

Iμ(y)≤π2y∫1∞uμ−1/2e−yu du≤V2(y).I_{\mu}(y)\leq\sqrt{\frac{\pi}{2y}}\int_{1}^{\infty}u^{\mu-1/2}e^{-yu}\,\mathrm{d}u\leq\mathcal{V}_{2}(y).

For (3), differentiate under the integral and integrate by parts: xHμ′(x)=−∫1∞uμxe−xu du=−e−x−μHμ(x)xH_{\mu}'(x)=-\int_{1}^{\infty}u^{\mu}xe^{-xu}\,\mathrm{d}u=-e^{-x}-\mu H_{\mu}(x), and yIμ′(y)=∫1∞uμ+1dduK0(yu) du=−K0(y)−(μ+1)Iμ(y)yI_{\mu}'(y)=\int_{1}^{\infty}u^{\mu+1}\frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}u}K_{0}(yu)\,\mathrm{d}u=-K_{0}(y)-(\mu+1)I_{\mu}(y). The last two identities are Bessel’s equation and a standard derivative [25]. □

In the application σ=301/300\sigma=301/300, so 1<σ≤3/21<\sigma\leq3/2. The four exponents σ\sigma, 1−σ1-\sigma, σ+ν−1\sigma+\nu-1 and ν−σ\nu-\sigma in Lemma 4.20 are then covered by the envelopes: V1\mathcal{V}_{1} bounds HσH_{\sigma} and H1−σH_{1-\sigma}, and V2\mathcal{V}_{2} bounds Iσ+ν−1I_{\sigma+\nu-1} and Iν−σI_{\nu-\sigma}.

Lemma 4.22. Let 1<σ≤3/21<\sigma\leq3/2, let ∣an∣≤τ(n)|a_{n}|\leq\tau(n), let t>0t>0, N≥1N\geq1 and ω>1\omega>1.

(1) If t(N+1)≥ω−1t(N+1)\geq\omega-1, then for μ∈{σ,1−σ}\mu\in\{\sigma,1-\sigma\}

∑n>N∣an∣Hμ(tn)≤ζ(ω)2(N+1)ωV1(t(N+1)).\sum_{n>N}|a_{n}|H_{\mu}(tn)\leq\zeta(\omega)^{2}(N+1)^{\omega}\mathcal{V}_{1}\bigl(t(N+1)\bigr).

(2) If ν∈{0,1}\nu\in\{0,1\} and t(N+1)≥ω+ν−32t(N+1)\geq\omega+\nu-\frac{3}{2}, then for μ∈{σ+ν−1,ν−σ}\mu\in\{\sigma+\nu-1,\nu-\sigma\}

∑n>N∣an∣nνIμ(tn)≤ζ(ω)2(N+1)ω+νV2(t(N+1)).\sum_{n>N}|a_{n}|n^{\nu}I_{\mu}(tn)\leq\zeta(\omega)^{2}(N+1)^{\omega+\nu}\mathcal{V}_{2}\bigl(t(N+1)\bigr).

Proof. The logarithmic derivative of xωV1(x)=xω−1e−x(1+1/x)x^{\omega}\mathcal{V}_{1}(x)=x^{\omega-1}e^{-x}(1+1/x) is (ω−1)/x−1−1/(x(x+1))<0(\omega-1)/x-1-1/(x(x+1))<0 for x≥ω−1x\geq\omega-1. So nωV1(tn)≤(N+1)ωV1(t(N+1))n^{\omega}\mathcal{V}_{1}(tn)\leq(N+1)^{\omega}\mathcal{V}_{1}(t(N+1)) for n>Nn>N. By Lemma 4.21(2),

∑n>N∣an∣Hμ(tn)≤∑n>Nτ(n)nωnωV1(tn)≤(N+1)ωV1(t(N+1))∑n≥1τ(n)nω,\sum_{n>N}|a_{n}|H_{\mu}(tn) \leq \sum_{n>N}\frac{\tau(n)}{n^{\omega}}n^{\omega}\mathcal{V}_{1}(tn) \leq (N+1)^{\omega}\mathcal{V}_{1}\bigl(t(N+1)\bigr) \sum_{n\geq1}\frac{\tau(n)}{n^{\omega}},

and the last sum is ζ(ω)2\zeta(\omega)^{2}. Part (2) is the same, since yω+νV2(y)y^{\omega+\nu}\mathcal{V}_{2}(y) is a multiple of yω+ν−3/2e−y(1+1/y)y^{\omega+\nu-3/2}e^{-y}(1+1/y), which decreases for y≥ω+ν−32y\geq\omega+\nu-\frac{3}{2}. □

Enclosures of HμH_{\mu} and IμI_{\mu}, and Finite Sums

An enclosure of a real number is an interval that contains it. We enclose HμH_{\mu} and IμI_{\mu} on a geometric grid. Let HH be HμH_{\mu} or IμI_{\mu} with μ\mu as in Lemma 4.22, and let V\mathcal{V} be its envelope, V1\mathcal{V}_{1} or V2\mathcal{V}_{2}. For J≥0J\geq0 and ξ>0\xi>0 put

ρJ(ξ)=V(ξ/2)16−J−11−1/16.\rho_{J}(\xi)=\mathcal{V}(\xi/2)\frac{16^{-J-1}}{1-1/16}.

Lemma 4.23. Let ξ>0\xi>0 and let hj=H(j)(ξ)/j!h_{j}=H^{(j)}(\xi)/j! be the Taylor coefficients of HH at ξ\xi.

(1) (−1)jhj≥0(-1)^{j}h_{j}\geq0 and ∣hj∣≤V(ξ/2)(2/ξ)j|h_{j}|\leq\mathcal{V}(\xi/2)(2/\xi)^{j} for all j≥0j\geq0.

(2) For ∣x−ξ∣≤ξ/32|x-\xi|\leq\xi/32, ∣H(x)−∑j=0Jhj(x−ξ)j∣≤ρJ(ξ)\left|H(x)-\sum_{j=0}^{J}h_{j}(x-\xi)^{j}\right|\leq\rho_{J}(\xi). For x=31ξ/32x=31\xi/32 the difference lies in [0,ρJ(ξ)][0,\rho_{J}(\xi)].

(3) Let kjk_{j} be the Taylor coefficients at ξ\xi of e−xe^{-x} if H=HμH=H_{\mu}, and of K0K_{0} if H=IμH=I_{\mu}. If H=HμH=H_{\mu}, then (j+1)ξhj+1=−kj−(j+μ)hj(j+1)\xi h_{j+1}=-k_{j}-(j+\mu)h_{j}, and kj=(−1)je−ξ/j!k_{j}=(-1)^{j}e^{-\xi}/j!. If H=IμH=I_{\mu}, then (j+1)ξhj+1=−kj−(j+μ+1)hj(j+1)\xi h_{j+1}=-k_{j}-(j+\mu+1)h_{j}, where k0=K0(ξ)k_{0}=K_{0}(\xi), k1=−K1(ξ)k_{1}=-K_{1}(\xi), and

(j+1)(j+2)ξ2kj+2=−(j+1)(2j+1)ξkj+1−(j2−ξ2)kj+2ξkj−1+kj−2,(j+1)(j+2)\xi^{2}k_{j+2} = -(j+1)(2j+1)\xi k_{j+1} -(j^{2}-\xi^{2})k_{j} +2\xi k_{j-1} +k_{j-2},

with k−1=k−2=0k_{-1}=k_{-2}=0.

Proof. Complete monotonicity gives the signs in (1). The disc ∣z−ξ∣≤ξ/2|z-\xi|\leq\xi/2 lies in Re⁡z≥ξ/2\operatorname{Re}z\geq\xi/2, where ∣H(z)∣≤H(ξ/2)≤V(ξ/2)|H(z)|\leq H(\xi/2)\leq\mathcal{V}(\xi/2) by Lemma 4.21. Cauchy’s estimate gives the bound on hjh_{j}. For ∣x−ξ∣≤ξ/32|x-\xi|\leq\xi/32, the omitted terms have modulus at most V(ξ/2)16−j\mathcal{V}(\xi/2)16^{-j}, and their sum over j>Jj>J is at most ρJ(ξ)\rho_{J}(\xi). For x<ξx<\xi every term hj(x−ξ)jh_{j}(x-\xi)^{j} is nonnegative by (1), so the remainder is nonnegative. Part (3) follows by comparing coefficients of (x−ξ)j(x-\xi)^{j} in the differential equations of Lemma 4.21(3), written at x=ξ+(x−ξ)x=\xi+(x-\xi). □

The grid points are ξi=64(31/32)i\xi_i=64(31/32)^i for 0≤i≤i10\le i\le i_1, where i1=1878i_1=1878 is the least index with ξi1≤2−80\xi_{i_1}\le2^{-80}. Taylor polynomials are formed at ξ0,…,ξi1−1\xi_0,\ldots,\xi_{i_1-1}. The initial values e−ξie^{-\xi_i}, K0(ξi)K_0(\xi_i) and K1(ξi)K_1(\xi_i) of part (3) of Lemma 4.23 are enclosed with the rigorous exponential and Bessel functions of Arb [15], which is now part of FLINT [38] and is called through its Python interface.

Lemma 4.24. Let J≥0J\ge0, and suppose that enclosures of e−ξie^{-\xi_i}, K0(ξi)K_0(\xi_i) and K1(ξi)K_1(\xi_i) are given for 0≤i<i10\le i<i_1. Start from the enclosure [0,V(64)][0,\mathcal V(64)] of H(ξ0)H(\xi_0). For i=0,1,…,i1−1i=0,1,\ldots,i_1-1, compute from the enclosure of H(ξi)H(\xi_i) enclosures of h0,…,hJh_0,\ldots,h_J at ξi\xi_i by the recurrences of Lemma 4.23(3), and take

∑j=0Jhj(−ξi/32)j+[0,ρJ(ξi)],\sum_{j=0}^{J}h_j(-\xi_i/32)^j+[0,\rho_J(\xi_i)],

evaluated in interval arithmetic, as the enclosure of H(ξi+1)H(\xi_{i+1}). Then every interval so obtained contains the corresponding true value.

Proof. By Lemma 4.21, H(ξ0)∈[0,V(64)]H(\xi_0)\in[0,\mathcal V(64)]. Suppose that the enclosure of H(ξi)H(\xi_i) contains H(ξi)H(\xi_i). The true Taylor coefficients at ξi\xi_i are obtained from the true value H(ξi)H(\xi_i) by the same recurrence, so their enclosures contain them. Since ξi+1=31ξi/32\xi_{i+1}=31\xi_i/32, Lemma 4.23(2) shows that the enclosure of H(ξi+1)H(\xi_{i+1}) contains H(ξi+1)H(\xi_{i+1}). Induction on ii proves the lemma. □\square

Now let t>0t>0, ν∈{0,1}\nu\in\{0,1\}, integers a1,…,aNa_1,\ldots,a_N and J≥0J\ge0 be given, with tN<ξ0tN<\xi_0 and t>ξi1t>\xi_{i_1}. For 0≤i<i10\le i<i_1 let Bi={n:1≤n≤N, ξi+1<tn≤ξi}\mathcal B_i=\{n:1\le n\le N,\ \xi_{i+1}<tn\le\xi_i\}. These sets partition {1,…,N}\{1,\ldots,N\}. For nonempty Bi\mathcal B_i, let nˉi\bar n_i be the integer part of the average of its least and largest elements, and put

Mi,j=∑n∈Biannν(n−nˉi)j,Ai=∑n∈Bi∣an∣nν,Pi,j=tj∑m=jJ(mj)hi,m(tnˉi−ξi)m−j,M_{i,j}=\sum_{n\in\mathcal B_i}a_n n^\nu(n-\bar n_i)^j,\qquad A_i=\sum_{n\in\mathcal B_i}|a_n|n^\nu,\qquad P_{i,j}=t^j\sum_{m=j}^{J}\binom{m}{j}h_{i,m}(t\bar n_i-\xi_i)^{m-j},

where hi,mh_{i,m} are the Taylor coefficients of HH at ξi\xi_i. The moments Mi,jM_{i,j} and the absolute sums AiA_i are exact integers.

Lemma 4.25. With this notation,

∣∑n=1NannνH(tn)−∑i∑j=0JPi,jMi,j∣≤∑iρJ(ξi)Ai,(23)\left|\sum_{n=1}^{N}a_n n^\nu H(tn)-\sum_i\sum_{j=0}^{J}P_{i,j}M_{i,j}\right| \le\sum_i\rho_J(\xi_i)A_i, \tag*{(23)}

where ii runs over the indices with Bi\mathcal B_i nonempty.

Proof. Let n∈Bin\in\mathcal B_i. Then ∣tn−ξi∣<ξi/32|tn-\xi_i|<\xi_i/32, so by Lemma 4.23(2) the value H(tn)H(tn) differs from ∑m=0Jhi,m(tn−ξi)m\sum_{m=0}^{J}h_{i,m}(tn-\xi_i)^m by at most ρJ(ξi)\rho_J(\xi_i). Since tn−ξi=t(n−nˉi)+(tnˉi−ξi)tn-\xi_i=t(n-\bar n_i)+(t\bar n_i-\xi_i), the binomial theorem gives ∑m=0Jhi,m(tn−ξi)m=∑j=0JPi,j(n−nˉi)j\sum_{m=0}^{J}h_{i,m}(tn-\xi_i)^m=\sum_{j=0}^{J}P_{i,j}(n-\bar n_i)^j. Multiply by annνa_n n^\nu and sum over n∈Bin\in\mathcal B_i and over ii. □\square

In the application below t≥2π/3470400>0.0033t\ge2\pi/\sqrt{3470400}>0.0033, because Qe≤3470400Q_e\le3470400 for every ee (Corollary 3.10). So every argument tntn exceeds 0.0033, and the part of the grid below that point is not used.

The Value of ζE\zeta_E at σ=301/300\sigma=301/300

From now on σ=301/300\sigma=301/300. Let e∈F8∖{0}e\in\mathbb F^8\setminus\{0\}. By Proposition 3.8, L(s,χe)L(s,\chi_e) satisfies the hypotheses of Lemma 4.20 with Q=QeQ=Q_e and νk=νk(e)\nu_k=\nu_k(e). Put t=2π/Qet=2\pi/\sqrt{Q_e} and

Ne=4⌊Qe⌋+1,N_e=4\lfloor\sqrt{Q_e}\rfloor+1,

and let Πe\Pi_e be the prefactor of that lemma: Πe=tσ/Γ(σ)\Pi_e=t^\sigma/\Gamma(\sigma) if ν1(e)≠ν2(e)\nu_1(e)\ne\nu_2(e), and Πe=4(t/2)σ+ν/Γ((σ+ν)/2)2\Pi_e=4(t/2)^{\sigma+\nu}/\Gamma((\sigma+\nu)/2)^2 if ν1(e)=ν2(e)=ν\nu_1(e)=\nu_2(e)=\nu; in the first case put ν=0\nu=0. Let S1S_1 and S2S_2 be the sums ∑i∑j=020Pi,jMi,j\sum_i\sum_{j=0}^{20}P_{i,j}M_{i,j} of Lemma 4.25, with N=NeN=N_e, an=an(e)a_n=a_n(e) and J=20J=20, for the two functions of the series of Lemma 4.20: H=HσH=H_\sigma and H=H1−σH=H_{1-\sigma} in the first case, and H=Iσ+ν−1H=I_{\sigma+\nu-1} and H=Iν−σH=I_{\nu-\sigma} in the second; their envelope is V=V1\mathcal V=\mathcal V_1 in the first case and V=V2\mathcal V=\mathcal V_2 in the second. For every ee, NeN_e lies between 105 and 7449, and t(Ne+1)t(N_e+1) between 24.7 and 25.5 (the supplementary program check255.gp prints both ranges). Hence tNe<ξ0tN_e<\xi_0 and t>ξi1t>\xi_{i_1}, as Lemma 4.25 requires, and the hypotheses of Lemma 4.22 hold for every ω\omega in the list 101100,2020,1110,98,65,54,43,32,2\frac{101}{100},\frac{20}{20},\frac{11}{10},\frac{9}{8},\frac{6}{5},\frac{5}{4},\frac{4}{3},\frac{3}{2},2. The value of ω\omega in this list is chosen to minimize the bound

Te=∑iρ20(ξi)Ai+ζ(ω)2(Ne+1)ω+νV(t(Ne+1)).T_e=\sum_i \rho_{20}(\xi_i)A_i+\zeta(\omega)^2(N_e+1)^{\omega+\nu}V(t(N_e+1)).

Lemma 4.27. For σ=301/300\sigma=301/300 and every e∈F28∖{0}e\in\mathbb{F}_2^8\setminus\{0\},

∣L(σ,χe)−Πe(S1+S2)∣≤2ΠeTe.(24)\left|L(\sigma,\chi_e)-\Pi_e(S_1+S_2)\right|\leq2\Pi_eT_e. \tag*{(24)}

Proof. Split each of the two series of Lemma 4.20 at NeN_e. By Lemma 4.25, each finite part differs from its approximation S1S_1 or S2S_2 by at most ∑iρ20(ξi)Ai\sum_i\rho_{20}(\xi_i)A_i; the same bound serves both series, since their two functions have the same envelope. By Lemma 4.22, each tail is at most ζ(ω)2(Ne+1)ω+νV(t(Ne+1))\zeta(\omega)^2(N_e+1)^{\omega+\nu}V(t(N_e+1)). Multiplying by Πe\Pi_e gives (24). □\square

Proposition 4.29. For σ=301/300\sigma=301/300,

0.08264460177456<log⁡ζE(σ)512<0.08264460807138.0.08264460177456<\frac{\log\zeta_E(\sigma)}{512}<0.08264460807138.

Proof (computer-assisted). By Proposition 3.7,

log⁡ζE(σ)=log⁡ζ(σ)+log⁡L(σ,χB)+∑e≠0log⁡L(σ,χe).\log\zeta_E(\sigma)=\log\zeta(\sigma)+\log L(\sigma,\chi_B)+\sum_{e\ne0}\log L(\sigma,\chi_e).

The coefficients an(e)a_n(e) for n≤Nen\leq N_e are computed exactly from the Euler factors of Proposition 3.4 by the supplementary program lfun241.py. The supplementary program afe241.py evaluates (24) in Arb midpoint–radius interval arithmetic [15, 38] with 256 bits of precision, rounding every quantity outward. Its routines for Lemmas 4.20–4.25 are taken unchanged from an earlier supplementary archive of the author (Subsection 1.6), and they implement these lemmas as stated here. Every enclosure of L(σ,χe)L(\sigma,\chi_e) is positive. The factor ζB(σ)=ζ(σ)L(σ,χB)\zeta_B(\sigma)=\zeta(\sigma)L(\sigma,\chi_B) is evaluated with

L(σ,χB)=241−σ∑a=1240(a241)ζ(σ,a241),L(\sigma,\chi_B)=241^{-\sigma}\sum_{a=1}^{240}\left(\frac{a}{241}\right)\zeta\left(\sigma,\frac{a}{241}\right),

where ζ(s,x)=∑n≥0(n+x)−s\zeta(s,x)=\sum_{n\geq0}(n+x)^{-s} is the Hurwitz zeta function, using Arb’s rigorous implementation of it [14]. This gives ζB(σ)=725.51409164864…\zeta_B(\sigma)=725.51409164864\ldots and L(σ,χB)=2.41373420241…L(\sigma,\chi_B)=2.41373420241\ldots. Summing the logarithms gives the enclosure

[0.08264460177456168…, 0.08264460807137072…][0.08264460177456168\ldots,\,0.08264460807137072\ldots]

of log⁡ζE(σ)/512\log\zeta_E(\sigma)/512, which the proposition states rounded outward. So the inequalities follow from Lemmas 4.20–4.27, the exact coefficients, and outward-rounded interval arithmetic. □\square

As a check independent of the approximate functional equation, the supplementary programs yecheck.gp and lvalues255.gp evaluate the same values numerically with PARI/GP [41]: each of the 255 values L(σ,χe)L(\sigma,\chi_e) lies in its enclosure, and PARI’s value 0.08264460492293…0.08264460492293\ldots of log⁡ζE(σ)/512\log\zeta_E(\sigma)/512 lies in the enclosure above.

Frobenius Vectors and Lower Bounds for the Types.

Lemma 4.30. The set Σ2\Sigma_2 of Definition 4.15 has exactly 21 elements: zero and the following twenty vectors, written as strings c0c1⋯c7c_0c_1\cdots c_7 of their coordinates, as in Section 2:

0010000011110010110100100001000010000001100100010000100010100111101011110000010011101011111011110000001001100101011001110000000101011010010110111011101011000101.\begin{array}{ccccc} 00100000 & 11110010 & 11010010 & 00010000 & 10000001 \\ 10010001 & 00001000 & 10100111 & 10101111 & 00000100 \\ 11101011 & 11101111 & 00000010 & 01100101 & 01100111 \\ 00000001 & 01011010 & 01011011 & 10111010 & 11000101. \end{array}

In the notation of Table 4, these twenty vectors are the elementary images of the local involutions xjx_j, yjy_j and xjyjx_jy_j for j=1,2j=1,2, of the nonidentity elements of the four local groups C2×C2C_2 \times C_2 above 3 and 5, and of ι1\iota_1 and ι2\iota_2.

Proof. Each of these images lies in Σ2\Sigma_2 by Lemma 2.25, since an involution has trivial square. The supplementary program census241.py computes Σ2\Sigma_2 by linear algebra over F2\mathbb{F}_2 from the relations of Lemma 2.25, and finds no other vectors. □\square

Proposition 4.31 (Frobenius vectors of the primes of norm at most 10610^6). Among the 78616 primes p∉S∪{t0,t1,t2}\mathfrak p \notin S \cup\{\mathfrak t_0,\mathfrak t_1,\mathfrak t_2\} of BB with Np≤106\mathrm{N}\mathfrak p \le10^6, exactly 246 have Frob⁡‾p=0\overline{\operatorname{Frob}}_{\mathfrak p}=0, exactly 5994 have Frob⁡‾p∈Σ2∖{0}\overline{\operatorname{Frob}}_{\mathfrak p}\in\Sigma_2\setminus\{0\}, and the remaining 72376 form P4\mathcal{P}_4.

Proof. The supplementary program census241.py computes the Frobenius vector of each of these primes from Proposition 3.4(1) with exact modular arithmetic, and compares it with the elements of Σ2\Sigma_2 (Lemma 4.30). □\square

Below we use this classification of the primes, not the three counts.

Lemma 4.32. For σ=301/300\sigma=301/300,

Δ2,7,29(σ)>0.0344534299,ΔP4(σ)>0.0016298411.(25)\Delta_{2,7,29}(\sigma)>0.0344534299,\qquad\Delta_{\mathcal{P}_4}(\sigma)>0.0016298411. \tag*{(25)}

Proof. The supplementary program ceiling241.py uses the classification of Proposition 4.31 and evaluates (21) and (22) in Arb interval arithmetic. It gives Δ2,7,29(σ)=0.03445342991613…\Delta_{2,7,29}(\sigma)=0.03445342991613\ldots and ΔP4(σ)=0.00162984111205…\Delta_{\mathcal{P}_4}(\sigma)=0.00162984111205\ldots, and the lemma states these values rounded down. □\square

For every prime p\mathfrak p of BB put

(ep0,fp0)={(8,4)p=p1,p2,(2,2)p=q1,q2,r1,r2,(1,4)p∈{t0,t1,t2}∪P4,(1,2)Np≤106, Frob⁡‾p∈Σ2∖{0},(1,1)otherwise,(26)(e_{\mathfrak p}^{0},f_{\mathfrak p}^{0})= \begin{cases} (8,4) & \mathfrak p=\mathfrak p_1,\mathfrak p_2,\\ (2,2) & \mathfrak p=\mathfrak q_1,\mathfrak q_2,\mathfrak r_1,\mathfrak r_2,\\ (1,4) & \mathfrak p\in\{\mathfrak t_0,\mathfrak t_1,\mathfrak t_2\}\cup\mathcal{P}_4,\\ (1,2) & \mathrm{N}\mathfrak p\le10^6,\ \overline{\operatorname{Frob}}_{\mathfrak p}\in\Sigma_2\setminus\{0\},\\ (1,1) & \text{otherwise}, \end{cases} \tag*{(26)}

where q1,q2\mathfrak q_1,\mathfrak q_2 and r1,r2\mathfrak r_1,\mathfrak r_2 are the primes above 3 and 5 (Lemma 2.4).

Lemma 4.35. For every K∈KK\in\mathcal{K} and every prime p\mathfrak p of BB, eK(p)≥ep0e_K(\mathfrak p)\ge e_{\mathfrak p}^{0} and fK(p)≥fp0f_K(\mathfrak p)\ge f_{\mathfrak p}^{0}. Thus (26) gives lower bounds for the types in K/BK/B, as Proposition 4.13 requires.

Proof. At pj\mathfrak p_j and tk\mathfrak t_k the types in K/BK/B are (8,4)(8,4) and (1,4)(1,4) by Theorem 2.42, as in the proof of Proposition 4.19. At qj\mathfrak q_j and rj\mathfrak r_j the type in E/BE/B is (2,2)(2,2) by Corollary 3.6, and if Frob⁡‾p≠0\overline{\operatorname{Frob}}_{\mathfrak p}\ne0, then fE(p)=2f_E(\mathfrak p)=2 by the same corollary. Since E⊆KE\subseteq K, the ramification indices and residue degrees in E/BE/B divide those in K/BK/B (Lemma 4.10). On P4\mathcal{P}_4 use Lemma 4.16. The bounds (1,1)(1,1) hold trivially. □\square

Lemma 4.36. For the lower bounds (26),

∑plog⁡Np2ep0(Np2fp0−1)<0.0085105513.(27)\sum_{\mathfrak p}\frac{\log\mathrm{N}\mathfrak p}{2e_{\mathfrak p}^{0}\left(\mathrm{N}\mathfrak p^{2f_{\mathfrak p}^{0}}-1\right)}<0.0085105513. \tag*{(27)}

Hence D=0.0085105513D=0.0085105513 satisfies the hypothesis of Proposition 4.13.

Proof. The primes of norm greater than 10610^6 receive (1,1)(1,1). At most two primes of BB have a given norm, and x↦log⁡x/(x2−1)x\mapsto\log x/(x^2-1) decreases on [2,∞)[2,\infty). So their contribution to the sum is at most

∑m>106log⁡mm2−1≤∫106∞log⁡xx2−1 dx≤log⁡106+1106(1+10−6).\sum_{m>10^6}\frac{\log m}{m^2-1} \le \int_{10^6}^{\infty}\frac{\log x}{x^2-1}\,\mathrm{d}x \le \frac{\log10^6+1}{10^6}(1+10^{-6}).

The supplementary program ceiling241.py sums the primes of norm at most 10610^6 in interval arithmetic and adds this bound for the remaining primes; the result, 0.0085105512261…0.0085105512261\ldots, is less than 0.00851055130.0085105513. □\square

Proof of Theorem 4.2.

Corollary 4.38. Let σ=301/300\sigma=301/300. Every K∈KK\in\mathcal{K} satisfies [K:Q]−1log⁡ζK(σ)≤Y∗[K:\mathbb{Q}]^{-1}\log\zeta_K(\sigma)\le Y_*, where

Y∗=0.0826446081−0.0344534299−0.0016298411=0.0465613371.Y_*=0.0826446081-0.0344534299-0.0016298411=0.0465613371.

Proof. Combine Proposition 4.19, the upper bound of Proposition 4.29 rounded up, and the lower bounds of Lemma 4.32, which are rounded down. □\square

Proof of Theorem 4.2. Let σ=301/300\sigma=301/300 and ε=1/300\varepsilon=1/300. We apply Proposition 4.13 with Y∗=0.0465613371Y_*=0.0465613371 (Corollary 4.38), with the lower bounds (26) for the types (Lemma 4.35), and with D=0.0085105513D=0.0085105513 (Lemma 4.36). Numerically κ∞=(ℓ−γ−log⁡(4π))/4=0.63694120292…<0.6369412030\kappa_\infty=(\ell-\gamma-\log(4\pi))/4=0.63694120292\ldots<0.6369412030, so

Y∗+ε(κ∞+D)<0.0465613371+0.6369412030+0.0085105513300<0.0487128430<C.Y_*+\varepsilon(\kappa_\infty+D)<0.0465613371+\frac{0.6369412030+0.0085105513}{300}<0.0487128430<C.

The interval evaluation of the same expression from the unrounded enclosures, by ceiling241.py, gives the upper bound 0.0487128429. Proposition 4.13 with C′=CC'=C proves the theorem. □\square

Remark 4.39. The primes above 2, 3, 5, 7 and 29 alone limit what Proposition 4.13 can give. Let (K(j))(K^{(j)}), βq\beta_q and Z(s)=∑qβqgs(q)Z(s)=\sum_q\beta_qg_s(q) be as in the proof of that proposition. The absolute types of the primes of K(j)K^{(j)} above 2,3,5,7,292,3,5,7,29 are known exactly (Theorem 2.42), so these primes contribute exactly

2g1(24)64+2g1(32)8+2g1(52)8+2g1(294)8+g1(78)8=0.0416684615…\frac{2g_1(2^4)}{64}+\frac{2g_1(3^2)}{8}+\frac{2g_1(5^2)}{8}+\frac{2g_1(29^4)}{8}+\frac{g_1(7^8)}{8}=0.0416684615\ldots

to Z(1)Z(1), a value printed by ceiling241.py; all other contributions are nonnegative. The proof of Proposition 4.13 shows that Z(1)≤Y∗+ε(κ∞+D)Z(1)\le Y_*+\varepsilon(\kappa_\infty+D) for every choice of σ,Y∗,D\sigma,Y_*,D and lower bounds for the types that satisfies its hypotheses. So no such choice gives an upper bound below this number. The bound C=0.04871285C=0.04871285 exceeds it by 0.0070444.

Remark 4.40 (The hypothesis of the Lean formalization). The Lean formalization [22] proves, under one explicit hypothesis that it does not prove, that there are finite planar sets UjU_j with ∣Uj∣→∞|U_j|\to\infty and u(Uj)/∣Uj∣1.0427→∞u(U_j)/|U_j|^{1.0427}\to\infty. The hypothesis is

log⁡ζE(1+1300)512+1300(ℓ−γ−log⁡(4π)4−1512ζE′ζE(2))<0.0852.(28)\frac{\log\zeta_E\left(1+\frac{1}{300}\right)}{512} +\frac{1}{300}\left(\frac{\ell-\gamma-\log(4\pi)}{4} -\frac{1}{512}\frac{\zeta'_E}{\zeta_E}(2)\right)<0.0852. \tag*{(28)}

In the formalization, EE is the subfield of an algebraic closure of Q\mathbb{Q} generated by 241\sqrt{241} and square roots of α0,…,α7\alpha_0,\ldots,\alpha_7; it is isomorphic to the Kummer field EE, and the formalization calls it the genus field.

The left side of (28) is the bound of this section with all local data taken from the fixed subfield EE. By (19) for M=EM=E, −(ζE′/ζE)(2)/512-(\zeta'_E/\zeta_E)(2)/512 is the sum defining DD in Proposition 4.13 when the lower bounds are the types in E/BE/B. These lower bounds are valid since E⊆KE\subseteq K. The choice Y∗=log⁡ζE(σ)/512Y_*=\log\zeta_E(\sigma)/512 is valid by Lemma 4.10. So the left side of (28) is the bound given by Proposition 4.13 without the refinements of Proposition 4.19 and with the types in E/BE/B in place of those in K/BK/B. The supplementary program h241_receipt.py bounds it by 0.0848335193<0.08520.0848335193<0.0852. It uses the upper endpoint in Proposition 4.29, the value of κ∞\kappa_\infty, and −(ζE′/ζE)(2)/512<0.0197321539-(\zeta'_E/\zeta_E)(2)/512<0.0197321539, which it obtains by summing (19) in interval arithmetic over the primes of norm at most 10610^6 and bounding the rest as in the proof of Lemma 4.36.

From (28), the formalization subtracts corrections at the primes above 2, 7 and 29 and at the primes above 41, 47, 53, 59, 61, 67, 79, 83 and 97, which lie in P4\mathcal{P}_4. It obtains the weaker bound 0.0495 for d−1log⁡LF(1)d^{-1}\log L_F(1) for the fields of the tower in the formalization. This suffices for the exponent 1.0427 but not for 1.04273. The bound C=0.04871285C=0.04871285 of Theorem 4.2 uses Proposition 4.31 and the lower bounds for the types in K/BK/B; this refinement is not formalized.

Units of Relative Norm One and Planar Point Sets

This section and Sections 6 and 7 turn arithmetic data of a quadratic extension into planar point sets. Let K/FK/F be a quadratic extension of number fields, let ι\iota be the nontrivial automorphism of KK over FF, and let (b,c)(b,c) be the signature of FF. Throughout these three sections we assume:

(G1) KK is totally imaginary, and b≥1b \ge1;

(G2) K/FK/F is unramified at every finite place;

(G3) rd⁡(K)=rd⁡(F)=λ\operatorname{rd}(K)=\operatorname{rd}(F)=\lambda.

Here the root discriminant rd⁡\operatorname{rd} and the discriminants ΔM\Delta_M are as in Section 2. By (G2), ∣ΔK∣=∣ΔF∣2|\Delta_K|=|\Delta_F|^2, so (G3) amounts to rd⁡(F)=λ\operatorname{rd}(F)=\lambda. Put d=[F:Q]=b+2cd=[F:\mathbb{Q}]=b+2c, θ=c/d\theta=c/d and ℓ=log⁡λ\ell=\log\lambda. Then [K:Q]=2d[K:\mathbb{Q}]=2d, ∣ΔK∣=λ2d|\Delta_K|=\lambda^{2d}, ∣ΔF∣=λd|\Delta_F|=\lambda^d and 0≤θ<1/20\le\theta<1/2, where ΔK\Delta_K and ΔF\Delta_F are the absolute discriminants. Theorem 2.42 provides such extensions, with λ=29/43615\lambda=2^{9/4}\sqrt{3615} and θ≥θ∗\theta\ge\theta_*; there ι\iota is the complex conjugation ι1\iota_1. The arguments of these three sections use no Galois structure over BB or over Q\mathbb{Q}. For a nonzero fractional ideal a\mathfrak{a} of KK or of FF, NaN\mathfrak{a} denotes its absolute norm, so that N(xOK)=∣NK/Qx∣N(x\mathcal{O}_K)=|N_{K/\mathbb{Q}}x| [18]. We take the unit theorem and the covolumes of ideal lattices from [18], and the Herbrand quotient, Hilbert’s Theorem 90 and the analytic class-number formula from [19].

The argument has five steps. Proposition 5.2 is the class-number formula for the units of relative norm one: it expresses their regulator, together with the relative class number and the capitulation kernel, through LF(1)L_F(1). Lemma 5.6 uses the split primes and one ideal class to produce many elements β1,…,βt\beta_1,\ldots,\beta_t of relative norm one in a single fractional ideal, with pairwise disjoint cosets βiOK1\beta_i\mathcal{O}_K^1. Lemmas 5.9 and 5.13 average over the units of relative norm one and over translates of the ideal lattice; this counts exactly, on average, the pairs of lattice points in a window (Definition 5.11) that differ by the image of an element of ⋃iβiOK1\bigcup_i\beta_i\mathcal{O}_K^1. Lemmas 5.16 and 5.18 bound the number of lattice points in a window uniformly, by Poisson summation. Finally, Proposition 5.26, the geometric transfer, takes the window to be a sublevel set of the total energy of a pair of profiles (Definition 5.22 and Lemma 5.25) and combines these steps.

Coordinates

A real place of FF extends to KK either as two real places or as one complex place, and by (G1) the second case occurs. A complex place of FF has two extensions to KK, since C\mathbb{C} has no quadratic extension. Thus KK has exactly dd complex places. For each real place vv of FF, let ϕv:K→C\phi_v:K\to\mathbb{C} be one of the two embeddings inducing the place of KK above vv. Number the complex places of FF from 1 to cc. For the jj-th one fix an embedding ϕj+:K→C\phi_j^+:K\to\mathbb{C} whose restriction τj\tau_j to FF induces it, and put ϕj−=ϕj+∘ι\phi_j^-=\phi_j^+\circ\iota. The embeddings ϕj±\phi_j^\pm induce the two places of KK above this place: they are distinct, and they are not complex conjugate, because τj\tau_j is not real. We identify K⊗QRK\otimes_{\mathbb{Q}}\mathbb{R} with Cd\mathbb{C}^d through the map x↦x∞x\mapsto x_\infty, where

x∞=((ϕv(x))v,(ϕj+(x),ϕj−(x))j),x_\infty=\left((\phi_v(x))_v,\left(\phi_j^+(x),\phi_j^-(x)\right)_j\right),

write a∞={x∞:x∈a}\mathfrak{a}_\infty=\{x_\infty:x\in\mathfrak{a}\} for a⊆K\mathfrak{a}\subseteq K, and identify Cd\mathbb{C}^d with R2d\mathbb{R}^{2d} through real and imaginary parts. Volumes are Lebesgue measure in these coordinates, and ⟨x,ξ⟩=Re⁡∑wxwξw‾\langle x,\xi\rangle=\operatorname{Re}\sum_w x_w\overline{\xi_w} is the real inner product, where ww runs over the dd coordinates. For a Borel set Ω\Omega, ∣Ω∣|\Omega| denotes its volume; for a finite set, ∣⋅∣|\cdot| denotes its cardinality.

At a real place vv of FF, the automorphism ι\iota induces complex conjugation on the completion C\mathbb{C} of KK, so ϕv(ιx)=ϕv(x)‾\phi_v(\iota x)=\overline{\phi_v(x)}. Writing v(y)∈Rv(y)\in\mathbb{R} for the image of y∈Fy\in F under the real embedding vv, we obtain for x∈Kx\in K

∣ϕv(x)∣2=v(NK/Fx),ϕj+(x)ϕj−(x)=τj(NK/Fx).(29)|\phi_v(x)|^2=v(N_{K/F}x),\qquad\phi_j^+(x)\phi_j^-(x)=\tau_j(N_{K/F}x). \tag*{(29)}

For x∈K×x\in K^\times put

lj(x)=12(log⁡∣ϕj+(x)∣−log⁡∣ϕj−(x)∣),l(x)=(l1(x),…,lc(x))∈Rc.l_j(x)=\frac{1}{2}\left(\log|\phi_j^+(x)|-\log|\phi_j^-(x)|\right),\qquad l(x)=(l_1(x),\ldots,l_c(x))\in\mathbb{R}^c.

If NK/Fβ=1N_{K/F}\beta=1, then by (29) ∣ϕv(β)∣=1|\phi_v(\beta)|=1 for every real place vv, and ∣ϕj±(β)∣=e±lj(β)|\phi_j^{\pm}(\beta)|=e^{\pm l_j(\beta)} for every jj. Accordingly the bb coordinates ϕv\phi_v are called the compact coordinates: there the elements of relative norm one lie on the unit circle. The cc pairs (ϕj+,ϕj−)(\phi_j^{+},\phi_j^{-}) are the pair coordinates: there they have reciprocal moduli. A compact coordinate, or a pair of coordinates, is called a block. The planar sets will be images under one compact coordinate, which is injective on KK and sends every element of relative norm one to a unit vector. We count ordered pairs of points at distance one, and divide by two at the end.

The Class-Number Formula for Units of Relative Norm One

Let OK×\mathcal{O}_K^{\times} and OF×\mathcal{O}_F^{\times} be the unit groups, and put

OK1=ker⁡(NK/F:OK×→OF×),IN=[OF×:NK/F(OK×)].\mathcal{O}_K^{1}=\ker\left(N_{K/F}:\mathcal{O}_K^{\times}\to\mathcal{O}_F^{\times}\right),\qquad I_N=\left[\mathcal{O}_F^{\times}:N_{K/F}\left(\mathcal{O}_K^{\times}\right)\right].

Let wKw_K be the number of roots of unity in KK, let hKh_K and hFh_F be the class numbers of KK and FF, put hrel=hK/hFh_{\mathrm{rel}}=h_K/h_F, let κ\kappa be the order of the capitulation kernel ker⁡(Cl(F)→Cl(K))\ker(\mathrm{Cl}(F)\to\mathrm{Cl}(K)), the map being induced by extension of ideals, and let LF(s)=ζK(s)/ζF(s)L_F(s)=\zeta_K(s)/\zeta_F(s). At s=1s=1, LF(1)L_F(1) denotes the quotient of the residues of ζK\zeta_K and ζF\zeta_F. The regulators Reg⁡K\operatorname{Reg}_K and Reg⁡F\operatorname{Reg}_F are the ordinary ones, which use twice the logarithm of the absolute value at a complex place [18].

Proposition 5.2. The roots of unity of KK lie in OK1\mathcal{O}_K^{1}, and the restriction of ll to OK1\mathcal{O}_K^{1} has kernel of order wKw_K and image a full lattice in Rc\mathbb{R}^{c}. Let Reg⁡1\operatorname{Reg}^{1} be the covolume of this lattice, with Reg⁡1=1\operatorname{Reg}^{1}=1 if c=0c=0. Then

κ=IN/2b−1,Reg⁡K/Reg⁡F=2c−1INReg⁡1,\kappa=I_N/2^{b-1},\qquad\operatorname{Reg}_K/\operatorname{Reg}_F=2^{c-1}I_N\operatorname{Reg}^{1},

and consequently

wKhrelκReg⁡1=2d−1πb+cλd/2LF(1).(30)\frac{w_K}{h_{\mathrm{rel}}\kappa\operatorname{Reg}^{1}} = \frac{2^{d-1}\pi^{b+c}}{\lambda^{d/2}L_F(1)}. \tag*{(30)}

Proof. Signs. Fix a real place v0v_0 of FF. By (29), v0(NK/Fx)=∣ϕv0(x)∣2>0v_0(N_{K/F}x)=|\phi_{v_0}(x)|^2>0 for x∈K×x\in K^{\times}, so −1-1 is not a norm from K×K^{\times}. If ζ∈K\zeta\in K is a root of unity, then NK/FζN_{K/F}\zeta is a root of unity of FF, hence ±1\pm1 because FF has a real place, and it is positive at v0v_0. Thus NK/Fζ=1N_{K/F}\zeta=1.

Logarithmic embeddings. For x∈OK×x\in\mathcal{O}_K^{\times} and y∈OF×y\in\mathcal{O}_F^{\times} let

Log⁡K(x)=((2log⁡∣ϕvx∣)v, (2log⁡∣ϕj+x∣,2log⁡∣ϕj−x∣)j),Log⁡F(y)=((log⁡∣v(y)∣)v, (2log⁡∣τj(y)∣)j).\operatorname{Log}_K(x)=\left((2\log|\phi_vx|)_v,\,(2\log|\phi_j^{+}x|,2\log|\phi_j^{-}x|)_j\right),\qquad \operatorname{Log}_F(y)=\left((\log|v(y)|)_v,\,(2\log|\tau_j(y)|)_j\right).

Their images are lattices in the hyperplanes of coordinate sum zero, the kernel of Log⁡F\operatorname{Log}_F is {±1}\{\pm1\} [18], and Reg⁡K\operatorname{Reg}_K and Reg⁡F\operatorname{Reg}_F are the covolumes of the images after one coordinate is deleted; the choice of the deleted coordinate does not matter.

The lattice l(OK1)l(\mathcal{O}_K^{1}). Let β∈OK1\beta\in\mathcal{O}_K^{1}. Then ∣ϕv(β)∣=1|\phi_v(\beta)|=1 and ∣ϕj±(β)∣=e±lj(β)|\phi_j^{\pm}(\beta)|=e^{\pm l_j(\beta)}, so

Log⁡K(β)=(0, (2lj(β),−2lj(β))j).\operatorname{Log}_K(\beta)=\left(0,\,(2l_j(\beta),-2l_j(\beta))_j\right).

Hence l(β)=0l(\beta)=0 exactly when every conjugate of β\beta has absolute value one, that is, when β\beta is a root of unity [18]. By the first step the kernel of ll on OK1\mathcal{O}_K^{1} has order wKw_K. The norm of y∈OF×y\in\mathcal{O}_F^{\times} is y2y^2, so NK/F(OK×)N_{K/F}(\mathcal{O}_K^{\times}) has finite index in OF×\mathcal{O}_F^{\times} and rank b+c−1b+c-1. By the unit theorem [18], OK×\mathcal{O}_K^{\times} has rank d−1d-1, so OK1\mathcal{O}_K^{1} has rank cc. As Log⁡K(OK1)\operatorname{Log}_K(\mathcal{O}_K^{1}) is discrete, so is l(OK1)l(\mathcal{O}_K^{1}), and it is a full lattice in Rc\mathbb{R}^{c}.

The capitulation kernel. The Herbrand quotient h(M)=∣H^0(⟨ι⟩,M)∣/∣H1(⟨ι⟩,M)∣h(M)=|\widehat{H}^{0}(\langle\iota\rangle,M)|/|H^{1}(\langle\iota\rangle,M)| [19] of the units satisfies 2h(OK×)=∏v[Kw:Fv]2h(\mathcal{O}_K^{\times})=\prod_v[K_w:F_v], where vv runs over the archimedean places of FF and ww lies above vv [19]. Each real place contributes 22 and each complex place 11, so h(OK×)=2b−1h(\mathcal{O}_K^{\times})=2^{b-1}. Since H^0(⟨ι⟩,OK×)=OF×/NK/F(OK×)\widehat{H}^{0}(\langle\iota\rangle,\mathcal{O}_K^{\times})=\mathcal{O}_F^{\times}/N_{K/F}(\mathcal{O}_K^{\times}) has order INI_N, we get ∣H1(⟨ι⟩,OK×)∣=IN/2b−1|H^{1}(\langle\iota\rangle,\mathcal{O}_K^{\times})|=I_N/2^{b-1}. This group is OK1\mathcal{O}_K^{1} modulo the units γ/ιγ\gamma/\iota\gamma with γ∈OK×\gamma\in\mathcal{O}_K^{\times}. If a\mathfrak{a} is a fractional ideal of FF with aOK=xOK\mathfrak{a}\mathcal{O}_K=x\mathcal{O}_K, the class of the unit x/ιxx/\iota x depends neither on the choice of xx nor on the choice of a\mathfrak{a} in its ideal class. This defines a homomorphism from ker⁡(Cl(F)→Cl(K))\ker(\mathrm{Cl}(F)\to\mathrm{Cl}(K)) to H1(⟨ι⟩,OK×)H^{1}(\langle\iota\rangle,\mathcal{O}_{K}^{\times}). It is injective: if x/ιx=γ/ιγx/\iota x=\gamma/\iota\gamma, then y=x/γy=x/\gamma lies in FF and aOK=yOK\mathfrak{a}\mathcal{O}_{K}=y\mathcal{O}_{K}, so a=yOF\mathfrak{a}=y\mathcal{O}_{F} by unique factorization. It is surjective: by Hilbert’s Theorem 90 [19], Chapter II, Corollary 1.23, an element of OK1\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1} has the form x/ιxx/\iota x with x∈K×x\in K^{\times}, and then the fractional ideal xOK=(ιx)OKx\mathcal{O}_{K}=(\iota x)\mathcal{O}_{K} is invariant under ι\iota. By (G2), every ι\iota-invariant fractional ideal of KK is extended from FF: at a split prime PιP\mathfrak{P}\iota\mathfrak{P} invariance forces equal exponents, an inert prime of FF stays prime, and no prime ramifies. Hence κ=IN/2b−1\kappa=I_{N}/2^{b-1}.

Regulators. Delete the coordinate of v0v_{0} from both logarithmic embeddings, and let UK⊂Rd−1\mathcal{U}_{K}\subset\mathbb{R}^{d-1} and UF⊂Rb+c−1\mathcal{U}_{F}\subset\mathbb{R}^{b+c-1} be the resulting lattices, of covolumes Reg⁡K\operatorname{Reg}_{K} and Reg⁡F\operatorname{Reg}_{F}. By (29), Log⁡F(NK/Fx)\operatorname{Log}_{F}(N_{K/F}x) is obtained from Log⁡K(x)\operatorname{Log}_{K}(x) by keeping the coordinates of the real places and adding the two coordinates of each pair. This induces a linear map T:Rd−1→Rb+c−1T:\mathbb{R}^{d-1}\to\mathbb{R}^{b+c-1} such that T(UK)T(\mathcal{U}_{K}) is the image of NK/F(OK×)N_{K/F}(\mathcal{O}_{K}^{\times}) in UF\mathcal{U}_{F}. The substitution (xj,yj)↦(xj,xj+yj)(x_{j},y_{j})\mapsto(x_{j},x_{j}+y_{j}) on each pair has determinant one and turns TT into a coordinate projection whose kernel consists of the cc coordinates xjx_{j}. The covolume of a lattice in a product of two coordinate spaces is the covolume of its intersection with the first factor times the covolume of its projection to the second, whenever both are lattices.

A unit x∈OK×x\in\mathcal{O}_{K}^{\times} lies in the kernel of TT exactly when Log⁡F(NK/Fx)=0\operatorname{Log}_{F}(N_{K/F}x)=0, because the deleted coordinate is minus the sum of the others. Then NK/Fx=±1N_{K/F}x=\pm1, and NK/Fx=1N_{K/F}x=1 by the first step. So the intersection of UK\mathcal{U}_{K} with the kernel is the image of OK1\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1}, which after the substitution is 2l(OK1)2l(\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1}), of covolume 2cReg⁡12^{c}\operatorname{Reg}^{1}. Since −1∉NK/F(OK×)-1\notin N_{K/F}(\mathcal{O}_{K}^{\times}), the projection T(UK)T(\mathcal{U}_{K}) has index [OF×:{±1}NK/F(OK×)]=IN/2[\mathcal{O}_{F}^{\times}:\{\pm1\}N_{K/F}(\mathcal{O}_{K}^{\times})]=I_{N}/2 in UF\mathcal{U}_{F}. Hence Reg⁡K=2cReg⁡1⋅Reg⁡FIN/2\operatorname{Reg}_{K}=2^{c}\operatorname{Reg}^{1}\cdot\operatorname{Reg}_{F}I_{N}/2.

The class-number formula. The analytic class-number formula [19], Chapter V, Theorem 2.4 (compare (13)), applied to KK (with r1=0r_{1}=0 and r2=dr_{2}=d) and to FF (with r1=br_{1}=b, r2=cr_{2}=c and wF=2w_{F}=2), gives

LF(1)=(2π)dhKReg⁡KwKλd⋅2λd/22b(2π)chFReg⁡F=2c+1πb+chrelwKλd/2Reg⁡KReg⁡F.L_{F}(1)=\frac{(2\pi)^{d}h_{K}\operatorname{Reg}_{K}}{w_{K}\lambda^{d}}\cdot\frac{2\lambda^{d/2}}{2^{b}(2\pi)^{c}h_{F}\operatorname{Reg}_{F}} =\frac{2^{c+1}\pi^{b+c}h_{\mathrm{rel}}}{w_{K}\lambda^{d/2}}\frac{\operatorname{Reg}_{K}}{\operatorname{Reg}_{F}}.

Substituting Reg⁡K/Reg⁡F=2c−1INReg⁡1=2b+c−2κReg⁡1\operatorname{Reg}_{K}/\operatorname{Reg}_{F}=2^{c-1}I_{N}\operatorname{Reg}^{1}=2^{b+c-2}\kappa\operatorname{Reg}^{1} gives (30). □\square

Norm-One Elements from Split Primes.

Definition 5.4. Let RR be a finite set of rational primes. The extension K/FK/F has uniform local types (er,fr)r∈R(e_{r},f_{r})_{r\in R} if, for every r∈Rr\in R, every prime of FF above rr splits in KK and has absolute type (er,fr)(e_{r},f_{r}) (Definition 2.41).

If K/FK/F has uniform local types (er,fr)r∈R(e_{r},f_{r})_{r\in R}, then FF has exactly d/(erfr)d/(e_{r}f_{r}) primes above rr, each of norm rfrr^{f_{r}}, since the products epfpe_{\mathfrak p}f_{\mathfrak p} of the absolute ramification indices and residue degrees of the primes p\mathfrak p of FF above rr add up to [F:Q]=d[F:\mathbb{Q}]=d. Given integers kr≥0k_{r}\geq0, define

H=∑r∈Rkrlog⁡rer,J=∑r∈Rlog⁡(kr+1)erfr.(31)H=\sum_{r\in R}\frac{k_{r}\log r}{e_{r}},\qquad J=\sum_{r\in R}\frac{\log(k_{r}+1)}{e_{r}f_{r}}. \tag*{(31)}

Lemma 5.6. Assume that K/FK/F has uniform local types (er,fr)r∈R(e_{r},f_{r})_{r\in R}, and fix integers kr≥0k_{r}\geq0. There are a fractional ideal II of KK with N(I)=e−dHN(I)=e^{-dH}, an integer t≥edJ/(κhrel)t\geq e^{dJ}/(\kappa h_{\mathrm{rel}}), and elements β1,…,βt∈I\beta_{1},\ldots,\beta_{t}\in I of relative norm one whose cosets βjOK1\beta_{j}\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1} are pairwise disjoint.

Proof. For each prime p\mathfrak p of FF above a prime r∈Rr\in R, write pOK=PpιPp\mathfrak p\mathcal{O}_{K}=\mathfrak P_{\mathfrak p}\iota\mathfrak P_{\mathfrak p} and kp=krk_{\mathfrak p}=k_{r}. For integer vectors j=(jp)\mathbf j=(j_{\mathfrak p}) with 0≤jp≤kp0\leq j_{\mathfrak p}\leq k_{\mathfrak p} put

Aj=∏pPpjp,Ij=∏pPpjp(ιPp)kp−jp.\mathfrak A_{\mathbf j}=\prod_{\mathfrak p}\mathfrak P_{\mathfrak p}^{j_{\mathfrak p}}, \qquad \mathfrak I_{\mathbf j}=\prod_{\mathfrak p}\mathfrak P_{\mathfrak p}^{j_{\mathfrak p}}(\iota\mathfrak P_{\mathfrak p})^{k_{\mathfrak p}-j_{\mathfrak p}}.

There are ∏p(kp+1)=edJ\prod_{\mathfrak p}(k_{\mathfrak p}+1)=e^{dJ} such vectors. The quotient of Cl⁡(K)\operatorname{Cl}(K) by the image of Cl⁡(F)\operatorname{Cl}(F) has order hKκ/hF=κhrelh_{K}\kappa/h_{F}=\kappa h_{\mathrm{rel}}, so one class of this quotient contains the classes of Aj\mathfrak A_{\mathbf j} for a set of t≥edJ/(κhrel)t\geq e^{dJ}/(\kappa h_{\mathrm{rel}}) vectors j\mathfrak{j}. Fix one of them, j0\mathfrak{j}_{0}, and put I=Jj0−1I=\mathfrak{J}_{\mathfrak{j}_{0}}^{-1}. For each j\mathfrak{j} in the set, write AjAj0−1=xaOK\mathfrak{A}_{\mathfrak{j}}\mathfrak{A}_{\mathfrak{j}_{0}}^{-1}=xa\mathcal{O}_{K} with x∈K×x\in K^{\times} and aa a fractional ideal of FF, and put βj=x/ιx\beta_{\mathfrak{j}}=x/\iota x. Then NK/Fβj=1N_{K/F}\beta_{\mathfrak{j}}=1, and since ι\iota fixes aOKa\mathcal{O}_{K},

βjOK=AjAj0−1(ιAj)−1ιAj0=JjI.\beta_{\mathfrak{j}}\mathcal{O}_{K} = \mathfrak{A}_{\mathfrak{j}}\mathfrak{A}_{\mathfrak{j}_{0}}^{-1} (\iota\mathfrak{A}_{\mathfrak{j}})^{-1} \iota\mathfrak{A}_{\mathfrak{j}_{0}} = \mathfrak{J}_{\mathfrak{j}}I.

As Jj\mathfrak{J}_{\mathfrak{j}} is integral, βj∈I\beta_{\mathfrak{j}}\in I. The ideals JjI\mathfrak{J}_{\mathfrak{j}}I are distinct for distinct j\mathfrak{j}, and every element of βjOK1\beta_{\mathfrak{j}}\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1} generates JjI\mathfrak{J}_{\mathfrak{j}}I, so the cosets are disjoint. Finally, since each p\mathfrak{p} splits in KK, N(I)−1=∏p(Np)kp=∏rrfrkrd/(erfr)=edHN(I)^{-1}=\prod_{\mathfrak{p}}(N\mathfrak{p})^{k_{\mathfrak{p}}}=\prod_{r}r^{f_{r}k_{r}d/(e_{r}f_{r})}=e^{dH}. □

Unit Averaging and Translation

In this subsection and the next, II is a fractional ideal of KK and β1,…,βt∈I\beta_{1},\ldots,\beta_{t}\in I are elements of relative norm one whose cosets βiOK1\beta_{i}\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1} are pairwise disjoint; Lemma 5.6 provides such data. For h∈Rch\in\mathbb{R}^{c} let Wh:Cd→CdW_{h}:\mathbb{C}^{d}\to\mathbb{C}^{d} multiply the coordinate ϕj+\phi_{j}^{+} by e−hje^{-h_{j}} and ϕj−\phi_{j}^{-} by ehje^{h_{j}}, and fix the compact coordinates. It is a real diagonal map of determinant one. Put Λh=WhI∞\Lambda_{h}=W_{h}I_{\infty}. For a lattice Λ⊂Cd\Lambda\subset\mathbb{C}^{d}, covol⁡(Λ)\operatorname{covol}(\Lambda) denotes the volume of a fundamental domain. By [18], Proposition 4.26, extended to fractional ideals by scaling and [18], Proposition 4.2,

covol⁡(a∞)=2−d∣ΔK∣1/2Na(32)\operatorname{covol}(a_{\infty})=2^{-d}|\Delta_{K}|^{1/2}Na \tag*{(32)}

for every fractional ideal aa of KK. Hence covol⁡(Λh)=2−dλdN(I)\operatorname{covol}(\Lambda_{h})=2^{-d}\lambda^{d}N(I), independently of hh; for the ideal of Lemma 5.6,

covol⁡(Λh)=2−dλde−dH.(33)\operatorname{covol}(\Lambda_{h})=2^{-d}\lambda^{d}e^{-dH}. \tag*{(33)}

If NK/Fβ=1N_{K/F}\beta=1, then Whβ∞W_{h}\beta_{\infty} has compact coordinates of modulus one and pair coordinates of moduli e±(lj(β)−hj)e^{\pm(l_{j}(\beta)-h_{j})}. Let Π1\Pi^{1} be a fundamental parallelepiped of the lattice l(OK1)l(\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1}); its volume is Reg⁡1\operatorname{Reg}^{1}. When c=0c=0, integrals over R0\mathbb{R}^{0} and over Π1\Pi^{1} are evaluations at the single point.

Lemma 5.9. For every Borel function Φ:Rc→[0,∞]\Phi:\mathbb{R}^{c}\to[0,\infty],

1Reg⁡1∫Π1∑i=1t∑β∈βiOK1Φ(l(β)−h) dh=twKReg⁡1∫RcΦ(u) du.(34)\frac{1}{\operatorname{Reg}^{1}} \int_{\Pi^{1}} \sum_{i=1}^{t} \sum_{\beta\in\beta_{i}\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1}} \Phi(l(\beta)-h)\,\mathrm{d}h = \frac{tw_{K}}{\operatorname{Reg}^{1}} \int_{\mathbb{R}^{c}}\Phi(u)\,\mathrm{d}u. \tag*{(34)}

Proof. The map ll is a homomorphism on K×K^{\times}, so l(βiOK1)=l(βi)+l(OK1)l(\beta_{i}\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1})=l(\beta_{i})+l(\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1}), and by Proposition 5.2 each point of this translate of l(OK1)l(\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1}) is the image of exactly wKw_{K} elements of βiOK1\beta_{i}\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1}. The translates Π1−x\Pi^{1}-x, with x∈l(OK1)x\in l(\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1}), tile Rc\mathbb{R}^{c}, so by Tonelli’s theorem ∫Π1∑x∈l(OK1)Φ(l(βi)+x−h) dh=∫RcΦ(u) du\int_{\Pi^{1}}\sum_{x\in l(\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1})}\Phi(l(\beta_{i})+x-h)\,\mathrm{d}h=\int_{\mathbb{R}^{c}}\Phi(u)\,\mathrm{d}u for each ii. □

Definition 5.11. A window is a bounded Borel set Ω⊂Cd\Omega\subset\mathbb{C}^{d} of positive volume that is invariant under rotation of each coordinate separately. For u∈Rcu\in\mathbb{R}^{c} let ν(u)∈Cd\nu(u)\in\mathbb{C}^{d} have compact coordinates 11 and pair coordinates (euj,e−uj)(e^{u_{j}},e^{-u_{j}}), and for a Borel set Ω⊂Cd\Omega\subset\mathbb{C}^{d} put

ΦΩ(u)=∣Ω∩(Ω−ν(u))∣.\Phi_{\Omega}(u)=|\Omega\cap(\Omega-\nu(u))|.

Lemma 5.12. Let Ω\Omega be a window, let h∈Rch\in\mathbb{R}^{c}, and let β∈K\beta\in K satisfy NK/Fβ=1N_{K/F}\beta=1. Then ∣Ω∩(Ω−Whβ∞)∣=ΦΩ(l(β)−h)|\Omega\cap(\Omega-W_{h}\beta_{\infty})|=\Phi_{\Omega}(l(\beta)-h).

Proof. If x∈Cdx\in\mathbb{C}^{d} has compact coordinates of modulus one and pair coordinates of moduli e±uje^{\pm u_{j}}, then a rotation of the coordinates preserves Ω\Omega and maps ν(u)\nu(u) to xx, so ∣Ω∩(Ω−x)∣=ΦΩ(u)|\Omega\cap(\Omega-x)|=\Phi_{\Omega}(u). By the remark before Lemma 5.9, x=Whβ∞x=W_{h}\beta_{\infty} is such a point, with u=l(β)−hu=l(\beta)-h. □

For a window Ω\Omega, the function ΦΩ\Phi_{\Omega} is continuous, bounded by ∣Ω∣|\Omega|, and vanishes when some e∣uj∣e^{|u_{j}|} exceeds the diameter of Ω\Omega: if xx and x+ν(u)x+\nu(u) both lie in Ω\Omega, then e∣uj∣e^{|u_{j}|}, the modulus of a coordinate of their difference ν(u)\nu(u), is at most the diameter of Ω\Omega.

Let Ω\Omega be a window. Fix a Z\mathbb{Z}-basis of I∞I_{\infty}, and for y∈[0,1)2dy\in[0,1)^{2d} let yI∈Cdy_{I}\in\mathbb{C}^{d} be the point with coordinate vector yy in this basis. For h∈Rch\in\mathbb{R}^{c} let X(h,y)=(Λh+WhyI)∩Ω\mathcal{X}(h,y)=(\Lambda_{h}+W_{h}y_{I})\cap\Omega and n(h,y)=∣X(h,y)∣n(h,y)=|\mathcal{X}(h,y)|, and let E(h,y)\mathcal{E}(h,y) be the number of ordered edges of X(h,y)\mathcal{X}(h,y), that is, of pairs (x,β)(x,\beta) with x∈X(h,y)x\in\mathcal{X}(h,y), β∈⋃iβiOK1\beta\in\bigcup_i\beta_i\mathcal{O}_K^1 and x+Whβ∞∈Ωx+W_h\beta_\infty\in\Omega. Since β∈I\beta\in I, the point x+Whβ∞x+W_h\beta_\infty then lies in X(h,y)\mathcal{X}(h,y).

Lemma 5.13. Let Ω\Omega be a window and suppose n(h,y)≤nmax⁡<∞n(h,y)\leq n_{\max}<\infty for all (h,y)(h,y). Then there is a pair (h,y)(h,y) with n(h,y)>0n(h,y)>0 and

E(h,y)n(h,y)≥twKReg⁡1∫RcΦΩ(u) du∣Ω∣.(35)\frac{\mathcal{E}(h,y)}{n(h,y)} \geq \frac{t w_K}{\operatorname{Reg}^1} \frac{\int_{\mathbb{R}^c}\Phi_\Omega(u)\,\mathrm{d}u}{|\Omega|}. \tag*{(35)}

Proof. For fixed xx, distinct β\beta give distinct points x+Whβ∞≠xx+W_h\beta_\infty\neq x, so E≤n2≤nmax⁡2\mathcal{E}\leq n^2\leq n_{\max}^2. Both nn and E\mathcal{E} are countable sums of indicator functions of Borel sets in (h,y)(h,y). For fixed hh, the map y↦WhyIy\mapsto W_hy_I has Jacobian covol⁡(Λh)\operatorname{covol}(\Lambda_h) and maps [0,1)2d[0,1)^{2d} onto a fundamental domain of Λh\Lambda_h, so tiling and Lemma 5.12 give

∫[0,1)2dn(h,y) dy=∣Ω∣covol⁡(Λh),∫[0,1)2dE(h,y) dy=1covol⁡(Λh)∑i∑β∈βiOK1ΦΩ(l(β)−h).\int_{[0,1)^{2d}} n(h,y)\,\mathrm{d}y = \frac{|\Omega|}{\operatorname{covol}(\Lambda_h)}, \qquad \int_{[0,1)^{2d}} \mathcal{E}(h,y)\,\mathrm{d}y = \frac{1}{\operatorname{covol}(\Lambda_h)} \sum_i\sum_{\beta\in\beta_i\mathcal{O}_K^1} \Phi_\Omega\bigl(l(\beta)-h\bigr).

Average over h∈Π1h\in\Pi^1 with respect to dh/Reg⁡1\mathrm{d}h/\operatorname{Reg}^1 and apply (5.10). For the probability measure dh dy/Reg⁡1\mathrm{d}h\,\mathrm{d}y/\operatorname{Reg}^1 on Π1×[0,1)2d\Pi^1\times[0,1)^{2d} this gives EE=ρEn\mathbb{E}\mathcal{E}=\rho\mathbb{E}n and En=∣Ω∣/covol⁡(Λh)>0\mathbb{E}n=|\Omega|/\operatorname{covol}(\Lambda_h)>0, where ρ\rho is the right side of (35). If E<ρn\mathcal{E}<\rho n held wherever n>0n>0, then, since E=0\mathcal{E}=0 where n=0n=0 and {n>0}\{n>0\} has positive measure, we would get EE<ρEn\mathbb{E}\mathcal{E}<\rho\mathbb{E}n. □\square

Lemma 5.15. Let Ω\Omega be a window, let (h,y)(h,y) be a pair, and let v0v_0 be a real place of FF. For x∈Cdx\in\mathbb{C}^d let xv0x_{v_0} be its compact coordinate at v0v_0, and let U={xv0:x∈X(h,y)}⊂C=R2U=\{x_{v_0}:x\in\mathcal{X}(h,y)\}\subset\mathbb{C}=\mathbb{R}^2. Then ∣U∣=n(h,y)|U|=n(h,y) and u(U)≥E(h,y)/2u(U)\geq\mathcal{E}(h,y)/2.

Proof. Two distinct points of X(h,y)\mathcal{X}(h,y) differ by Whγ∞W_h\gamma_\infty with 0≠γ∈I0\neq\gamma\in I, whose v0v_0-coordinate ϕv0(γ)\phi_{v_0}(\gamma) is nonzero, so ∣U∣=n(h,y)|U|=n(h,y). An ordered edge (x,β)(x,\beta) gives two points of UU at distance ∣ϕv0(β)∣=1|\phi_{v_0}(\beta)|=1, and distinct ordered edges give distinct ordered pairs of points. Hence u(U)≥E(h,y)/2u(U)\geq\mathcal{E}(h,y)/2. □\square

Uniform Lattice Counting

For a lattice Λ⊂Cd\Lambda\subset\mathbb{C}^d let Λ∗={ξ∈Cd:⟨ξ,x⟩∈Z for all x∈Λ}\Lambda^*=\{\xi\in\mathbb{C}^d:\langle\xi,x\rangle\in\mathbb{Z}\text{ for all }x\in\Lambda\} be its dual lattice, and let ∥ξ∥∗=∑w∣ξw∣\|\xi\|_*=\sum_w|\xi_w|, a norm on Cd\mathbb{C}^d. We use the Fourier transform Ψ^(ξ)=∫CdΨ(x)e−2πi⟨x,ξ⟩ dx\widehat{\Psi}(\xi)=\int_{\mathbb{C}^d}\Psi(x)e^{-2\pi i\langle x,\xi\rangle}\,\mathrm{d}x.

Lemma 5.16. Let a\mathfrak{a} be a fractional ideal of KK and h∈Rch\in\mathbb{R}^c. Every nonzero ξ\xi in the dual lattice of Wha∞W_h\mathfrak{a}_\infty satisfies

∏w∣ξw∣≥2dλd(Na)1/2,∥ξ∥∗≥2dλ(Na)1/(2d).\prod_w|\xi_w| \geq \frac{2^d}{\lambda^d(N\mathfrak{a})^{1/2}}, \qquad \|\xi\|_* \geq \frac{2d}{\lambda(N\mathfrak{a})^{1/(2d)}}.

In particular, if N(I)=e−dHN(I)=e^{-dH}, as for the ideal of Lemma 5.6, every nonzero dual vector of Λh\Lambda_h satisfies

∏w∣ξw∣≥μd,μ=2eH/2−ℓ,∥ξ∥∗≥dμ.(36)\prod_w|\xi_w|\geq\mu^d, \qquad \mu=2e^{H/2-\ell}, \qquad \|\xi\|_*\geq d\mu. \tag*{(36)}

Proof. First let h=0h=0. For x,y∈Kx,y\in K we have ⟨x∞,y∞‾⟩=Re⁡∑wϕw(xy)=12Tr⁡K/Q(xy)\langle x_\infty,\overline{y_\infty}\rangle=\operatorname{Re}\sum_w\phi_w(xy)=\frac{1}{2}\operatorname{Tr}_{K/\mathbb{Q}}(xy), where the bar is coordinatewise complex conjugation and ϕw\phi_w is the embedding of the coordinate ww, because these embeddings and their complex conjugates are all the embeddings of KK. Let a∨={y∈K:Tr⁡K/Q(ya)⊂Z}\mathfrak{a}^{\vee}=\{y\in K:\operatorname{Tr}_{K/\mathbb{Q}}(y\mathfrak{a})\subset\mathbb{Z}\}. It is an OK\mathcal{O}_K-module, and since the trace form is nondegenerate, the dual basis of a Z\mathbb{Z}-basis of a\mathfrak{a} is a Z\mathbb{Z}-basis of a∨\mathfrak{a}^{\vee}. So a∨\mathfrak{a}^{\vee} is a fractional ideal, and the dual lattice of a∞\mathfrak{a}_\infty is (2a∨‾)∞(2\overline{\mathfrak{a}^{\vee}})_\infty. Dual lattices have reciprocal covolumes, and complex conjugation preserves volume. With (5.7) and N(2a∨)=22dN(a∨)N(2\mathfrak{a}^{\vee})=2^{2d}N(\mathfrak{a}^{\vee}), this gives N(a∨)=λ−2d(Na)−1N(\mathfrak{a}^{\vee})=\lambda^{-2d}(N\mathfrak{a})^{-1}. If 0≠y∈a∨0\neq y\in\mathfrak{a}^{\vee}, then yOK⊂a∨y\mathcal{O}_K\subset\mathfrak{a}^{\vee} and ∣NK/Qy∣=N(yOK)≥N(a∨)|N_{K/\mathbb{Q}}y|=N(y\mathcal{O}_K)\geq N(\mathfrak{a}^{\vee}) [18]. For ξ=(2y‾)∞\xi=(2\overline{y})_\infty,

∏w∣ξw∣=∣NK/Q(2y)∣1/2≥(22dλ−2d(Na)−1)1/2.\prod_w|\xi_w| = |N_{K/\mathbb{Q}}(2y)|^{1/2} \geq \left(2^{2d}\lambda^{-2d}(N\mathfrak{a})^{-1}\right)^{1/2}.

For general hh, the dual lattice of Wha∞W_h\mathfrak{a}_{\infty} is the image of the dual lattice of a∞\mathfrak{a}_{\infty} under W−hW_{-h}, because WhW_h is real diagonal, and W−hW_{-h} preserves ∏w∣ξw∣\prod_w |\xi_w|. The bound for ∥ξ∥∗\|\xi\|_* follows from the arithmetic-geometric mean inequality. For (36) take a=Ia=I. □\square

Lemma 5.18. Let Λ⊂Cd\Lambda\subset\mathbb{C}^d be a lattice such that ∏w∣ξw∣≥μd\prod_w |\xi_w| \ge\mu^d for every nonzero ξ∈Λ∗\xi\in\Lambda^*, where μ>0\mu>0. Let Ψ:Cd→[0,∞)\Psi:\mathbb{C}^d \to[0,\infty) be smooth, bounded and integrable, with ∫Ψ>0\int\Psi>0 and all partial derivatives bounded, and suppose that

∣Ψ^(ξ)∣≤Mde−σ∥ξ∥∗∫Ψ(ξ∈Cd)|\widehat{\Psi}(\xi)| \le M^d e^{-\sigma\|\xi\|_*}\int\Psi \qquad(\xi\in\mathbb{C}^d)

for some M≥1M \ge1 and σ>0\sigma>0. If the Fourier condition

σμ≥log⁡M+2log⁡5+2(37)\sigma\mu\ge\log M+2\log5+2 \tag*{(37)}

holds, then for every y∈Cdy \in\mathbb{C}^d,

∑x∈Λ+yΨ(x)≤2covol⁡(Λ)∫Ψ.(38)\sum_{x\in\Lambda+y}\Psi(x) \le \frac{2}{\operatorname{covol}(\Lambda)}\int\Psi. \tag*{(38)}

Proof. A nonzero ξ∈Λ∗\xi\in\Lambda^* has no zero coordinate, and the arithmetic-geometric mean inequality gives ∥ξ∥∗≥dμ\|\xi\|_* \ge d\mu. Hence distinct points of Λ∗\Lambda^* are at ∥⋅∥∗\|\mathbin{\cdot}\|_*-distance at least dμd\mu, and the open ∥⋅∥∗\|\mathbin{\cdot}\|_*-balls of radius dμ/2d\mu/2 about them are disjoint. For j≥1j \ge1, the balls about the points with jdμ≤∥ξ∥∗<(j+1)dμjd\mu\le\|\xi\|_* < (j+1)d\mu lie in the ball of radius (j+3/2)dμ(j+3/2)d\mu about 00. Comparing volumes in R2d\mathbb{R}^{2d} bounds the number of these points by (2j+3)2d≤52dj(2j+3)^{2d} \le5^{2dj}. By the Fourier condition (37) and M≥1M \ge1,

Md∑ξ∈Λ∗∖{0}e−σ∥ξ∥∗≤∑j≥1ed(log⁡M+2jlog⁡5−jσμ)≤∑j≥1e−2dj≤1.M^d\sum_{\xi\in\Lambda^*\setminus\{0\}}e^{-\sigma\|\xi\|_*} \le \sum_{j\ge1}e^{d(\log M+2j\log5-j\sigma\mu)} \le \sum_{j\ge1}e^{-2dj} \le1.

For ε>0\varepsilon>0 put Ψε(x)=Ψ(x)e−ε∣x∣2\Psi_{\varepsilon}(x)=\Psi(x)e^{-\varepsilon|x|^2}, a Schwartz function. Its Fourier transform is Ψ^∗Gε\widehat{\Psi}*G_{\varepsilon}, where Gε(ζ)=(π/ε)de−π2∣ζ∣2/εG_{\varepsilon}(\zeta)=(\pi/\varepsilon)^d e^{-\pi^2|\zeta|^2/\varepsilon} is a probability density on R2d\mathbb{R}^{2d}. Hence ∣Ψε^(ξ)∣≤mεMde−σ∥ξ∥∗∫Ψ|\widehat{\Psi_{\varepsilon}}(\xi)| \le m_{\varepsilon}M^d e^{-\sigma\|\xi\|_*}\int\Psi, with mε=∫eσ∥ζ∥∗Gε(ζ) dζm_{\varepsilon}=\int e^{\sigma\|\zeta\|_*}G_{\varepsilon}(\zeta)\,\mathrm{d}\zeta. The function y↦∑x∈ΛΨε(x+y)y\mapsto\sum_{x\in\Lambda}\Psi_{\varepsilon}(x+y) is smooth and Λ\Lambda-periodic, its Fourier coefficient at ξ∈Λ∗\xi\in\Lambda^* is Ψε^(ξ)/covol⁡(Λ)\widehat{\Psi_{\varepsilon}}(\xi)/\operatorname{covol}(\Lambda), and these coefficients are absolutely summable. This gives the Poisson summation formula

∑x∈ΛΨε(x+y)=1covol⁡(Λ)∑ξ∈Λ∗Ψε^(ξ)e2πi⟨ξ,y⟩.\sum_{x\in\Lambda}\Psi_{\varepsilon}(x+y) = \frac{1}{\operatorname{covol}(\Lambda)} \sum_{\xi\in\Lambda^*}\widehat{\Psi_{\varepsilon}}(\xi)e^{2\pi i\langle\xi,y\rangle}.

Using Ψε^(0)=∫Ψε\widehat{\Psi_{\varepsilon}}(0)=\int\Psi_{\varepsilon} and the bound above, the sum is at most (∫Ψε+mε∫Ψ)/covol⁡(Λ)(\int\Psi_{\varepsilon}+m_{\varepsilon}\int\Psi)/\operatorname{covol}(\Lambda). As ε→0\varepsilon\to0, we have mε→1m_{\varepsilon}\to1 by dominated convergence, since GεG_{\varepsilon} is the image of G1G_1 under ζ↦εζ\zeta\mapsto\sqrt{\varepsilon}\zeta; moreover Ψε\Psi_{\varepsilon} increases to Ψ\Psi. Monotone convergence gives (38). □\square

The next bound is used in Section 7 for the Gaussian real-place profile.

Lemma 5.21. If 0<aR≤10<a_{\mathbb{R}}\le1 and ΨR(z)=e−aR∣z∣2\Psi_{\mathbb{R}}(z)=e^{-a_{\mathbb{R}}|z|^2} on C\mathbb{C}, then ΨR^(ξ)=(π/aR)e−π2∣ξ∣2/aR\widehat{\Psi_{\mathbb{R}}}(\xi)=(\pi/a_{\mathbb{R}})e^{-\pi^2|\xi|^2/a_{\mathbb{R}}} and ∣ΨR^(ξ)∣≤2e−∣ξ∣∫ΨR|\widehat{\Psi_{\mathbb{R}}}(\xi)|\le2e^{-|\xi|}\int\Psi_{\mathbb{R}}.

Proof. The formula is the Gaussian integral, and ∫ΨR=π/aR\int\Psi_{\mathbb{R}}=\pi/a_{\mathbb{R}}. Since aR≤1a_{\mathbb{R}}\le1, it suffices that π2x2−x+log⁡2≥0\pi^2x^2-x+\log2\ge0 for x≥0x\ge0, and the minimum of the left side is log⁡2−1/(4π2)>0\log2-1/(4\pi^2)>0. □\square

Profiles at Real and Complex Places.

Definition 5.22. Fix 0<δ<10<\delta<1 and put p=2/(1+δ)p=2/(1+\delta), the Lebesgue exponent (not a prime), so that 1<p<21<p<2 and p(1+δ)=2p(1+\delta)=2. A real-place profile is a positive radial function fRf_{\mathbb{R}} on C\mathbb{C}, used at the compact coordinates, and a complex-place profile is a positive function gCg_{\mathbb{C}} on C2\mathbb{C}^2 that depends only on ∣z∣|z| and ∣w∣|w|, used at the pair coordinates. Their masses ARA_{\mathbb{R}}, ACA_{\mathbb{C}}, overlaps IRI_{\mathbb{R}}, ICI_{\mathbb{C}} and functionals JRJ_{\mathbb{R}}, JCJ_{\mathbb{C}} are

AR=∫CfRp,IR=∫CfR(z)fR(z+1) dz,AC=∫C2gCp,A_{\mathbb{R}}=\int_{\mathbb{C}} f_{\mathbb{R}}^{p}, \qquad I_{\mathbb{R}}=\int_{\mathbb{C}} f_{\mathbb{R}}(z)f_{\mathbb{R}}(z+1)\,\mathrm{d}z, \qquad A_{\mathbb{C}}=\int_{\mathbb{C}^{2}} g_{\mathbb{C}}^{p},
IC=∫R∫C2gC(z,w) gC(z+eu,w+e−u) dz dw du,I_{\mathbb{C}}=\int_{\mathbb{R}}\int_{\mathbb{C}^{2}}g_{\mathbb{C}}(z,w)\,g_{\mathbb{C}}(z+e^{u},w+e^{-u})\,\mathrm{d}z\,\mathrm{d}w\,\mathrm{d}u,
JR=log⁡IR−(1+δ)log⁡AR,JC=log⁡IC−(1+δ)log⁡AC.J_{\mathbb{R}}=\log I_{\mathbb{R}}-(1+\delta)\log A_{\mathbb{R}}, \qquad J_{\mathbb{C}}=\log I_{\mathbb{C}}-(1+\delta)\log A_{\mathbb{C}}.

When these integrals are finite and positive, the endpoint laws are the probability densities fR(z)fR(z+1)/IRf_{\mathbb{R}}(z)f_{\mathbb{R}}(z+1)/I_{\mathbb{R}} on C\mathbb{C} and gC(z,w)gC(z+eu,w+e−u)/ICg_{\mathbb{C}}(z,w)g_{\mathbb{C}}(z+e^{u},w+e^{-u})/I_{\mathbb{C}} on C2×R\mathbb{C}^{2}\times\mathbb{R}. The functions VR=−log⁡fRV_{\mathbb{R}}=-\log f_{\mathbb{R}} and VC=−log⁡gCV_{\mathbb{C}}=-\log g_{\mathbb{C}} are the energies of the profiles.

The exponent pp is chosen so that the terms in the mean energy cancel at the end of the proof of Proposition 5.26.

Definition 5.23. Let M≥1M\geq1 and σ>0\sigma>0. The pair (fR,gC)(f_{\mathbb{R}},g_{\mathbb{C}}) is admissible with Fourier constants (M,σ)(M,\sigma) if:

(P1) fRpf_{\mathbb{R}}^{p} and gCpg_{\mathbb{C}}^{p} are smooth and bounded, and all their partial derivatives are bounded;

(P2) ARA_{\mathbb{R}}, IRI_{\mathbb{R}}, ACA_{\mathbb{C}} and ICI_{\mathbb{C}} are finite and positive;

(P3) VRV_{\mathbb{R}} and VCV_{\mathbb{C}} are bounded below and coercive, that is, their sublevel sets are bounded;

(P4) VR(z)V_{\mathbb{R}}(z) and VC(z,w)V_{\mathbb{C}}(z,w) have finite second moments under the endpoint laws;

(P5) ∣fRp^(ξ)∣≤Me−σ∣ξ∣AR|\widehat{f_{\mathbb{R}}^{p}}(\xi)|\leq Me^{-\sigma|\xi|}A_{\mathbb{R}} and ∣gCp^(ξ1,ξ2)∣≤M2e−σ(∣ξ1∣+∣ξ2∣)AC|\widehat{g_{\mathbb{C}}^{p}}(\xi_{1},\xi_{2})|\leq M^{2}e^{-\sigma(|\xi_{1}|+|\xi_{2}|)}A_{\mathbb{C}} for all ξ,ξ1,ξ2∈C\xi,\xi_{1},\xi_{2}\in\mathbb{C}.

Section 7 proves admissibility for the profiles we use.

Lemma 5.24. Let (fR,gC)(f_{\mathbb{R}},g_{\mathbb{C}}) be admissible with Fourier constants (M,σ)(M,\sigma), and let Ψ=∏vfRp∏jgCp\Psi=\prod_{v}f_{\mathbb{R}}^{p}\prod_{j}g_{\mathbb{C}}^{p} be the product function on Cd\mathbb{C}^{d}, with one factor for each block. Then Ψ\Psi satisfies the hypotheses that Lemma 5.18 places on Ψ\Psi, other than the Fourier condition (5.19): it is smooth and bounded, with bounded derivatives, ∫Ψ=ARbACc\int\Psi=A_{\mathbb{R}}^{b}A_{\mathbb{C}}^{c}, and

∣Ψ^(ξ)∣≤Mde−σ∥ξ∥Ψ∗∫Ψ(ξ∈Cd).|\widehat{\Psi}(\xi)|\leq M^{d}e^{-\sigma\|\xi\|_{\Psi}^{*}}\int\Psi\qquad(\xi\in\mathbb{C}^{d}).

Proof. The first properties follow from (P1) and (P2). The Fourier transform of Ψ\Psi is the product of the transforms of the factors, so (P5) gives ∣Ψ^(ξ)∣≤Mb+2ce−σ∥ξ∥Ψ∗∫Ψ=Mde−σ∥ξ∥Ψ∗∫Ψ|\widehat{\Psi}(\xi)|\leq M^{b+2c}e^{-\sigma\|\xi\|_{\Psi}^{*}}\int\Psi=M^{d}e^{-\sigma\|\xi\|_{\Psi}^{*}}\int\Psi. □\square

Lemma 5.25. Let fRf_{\mathbb{R}} and gCg_{\mathbb{C}} be profiles satisfying (P1), (P2) and (P4), and let η>0\eta>0. Let mRm_{\mathbb{R}} and mCm_{\mathbb{C}} be the means of VR(z)V_{\mathbb{R}}(z) and VC(z,w)V_{\mathbb{C}}(z,w) under the endpoint laws, and let Var⁡R\operatorname{Var}_{\mathbb{R}} and Var⁡C\operatorname{Var}_{\mathbb{C}} be their variances. For x∈Cdx\in\mathbb{C}^{d} with compact coordinates xvx_{v} and pair coordinates (xj+,xj−)(x_{j}^{+},x_{j}^{-}), let V(x)=∑vVR(xv)+∑jVC(xj+,xj−)V(x)=\sum_{v}V_{\mathbb{R}}(x_{v})+\sum_{j}V_{\mathbb{C}}(x_{j}^{+},x_{j}^{-}) be the total energy, put mˉ=(bmR+cmC)/d\bar{m}=(bm_{\mathbb{R}}+cm_{\mathbb{C}})/d, and let

Ω={x∈Cd:V(x)≤d(mˉ+η)}.\Omega=\{x\in\mathbb{C}^{d}:V(x)\leq d(\bar{m}+\eta)\}.

Then, for all dd larger than a bound that depends only on η\eta, Var⁡R\operatorname{Var}_{\mathbb{R}} and Var⁡C\operatorname{Var}_{\mathbb{C}},

∫RcΦΩ(u) du≥12IRbICce2d(mˉ−η).\int_{\mathbb{R}^{c}}\Phi_{\Omega}(u)\,\mathrm{d}u\geq\frac{1}{2}I_{\mathbb{R}}^{b}I_{\mathbb{C}}^{c}e^{2d(\bar{m}-\eta)}.

Proof. By (P1), fRf_{\mathbb{R}} and gCg_{\mathbb{C}} are continuous, so VV is continuous and Ω\Omega is closed, hence a Borel set. The function (x,u)↦e−V(x)e−V(x+ν(u))/(IRbICc)(x,u)\mapsto e^{-V(x)}e^{-V(x+\nu(u))}/(I_{\mathbb{R}}^{b}I_{\mathbb{C}}^{c}) is the product of the endpoint densities of the blocks, hence a probability density on Cd×Rc\mathbb{C}^{d}\times\mathbb{R}^{c}. Under it, the energies V(x)V(x) and V(x+ν(u))V(x+\nu(u)) of the two endpoints are sums of independent terms, one for each block, and V(x)V(x) has mean dmˉd\bar{m}. On a compact block the map z↦−z−1z\mapsto-z-1, and on a pair block the map (z,w,uj)↦(−z−euj,−w−e−uj,uj)(z,w,u_{j})\mapsto(-z-e^{u_{j}},-w-e^{-u_{j}},u_{j}), preserves the endpoint density and carries the first endpoint to minus the second. Since the profiles are even, V(x+ν(u))V(x+\nu(u)) has the same law as V(x)V(x). By Chebyshev’s inequality, each of the two energies differs from dmˉd\bar{m} by more than ηd\eta d with probability at most max⁡(Var⁡R,Var⁡C)/(η2d)\max(\operatorname{Var}_{\mathbb{R}},\operatorname{Var}_{\mathbb{C}})/(\eta^{2}d). So the set Y⊂Cd×Rc\mathcal{Y}\subset\mathbb{C}^{d}\times\mathbb{R}^{c} where both energies lie in [d(mˉ−η),d(mˉ+η)][d(\bar{m}-\eta),d(\bar{m}+\eta)] has probability at least 1/21/2 for all dd larger than a bound that depends only on η\eta, Var⁡R\operatorname{Var}_{\mathbb{R}} and Var⁡C\operatorname{Var}_{\mathbb{C}}. On Y\mathcal{Y} both endpoints lie in Ω\Omega and e−V(x)e−V(x+ν(u))≤e−2d(mˉ−η)e^{-V(x)}e^{-V(x+\nu(u))}\leq e^{-2d(\bar{m}-\eta)}. Therefore, with ∣Y∣|\mathcal{Y}| the Lebesgue measure of Y\mathcal{Y},

∫RcΦΩ(u) du≥∣Y∣≥e2d(mˉ−η)IRbICcP(Y)≥12IRbICce2d(mˉ−η).\int_{\mathbb{R}^{c}}\Phi_{\Omega}(u)\,\mathrm{d}u\geq|\mathcal{Y}|\geq e^{2d(\bar{m}-\eta)}I_{\mathbb{R}}^{b}I_{\mathbb{C}}^{c}\mathbb{P}(\mathcal{Y})\geq\frac{1}{2}I_{\mathbb{R}}^{b}I_{\mathbb{C}}^{c}e^{2d(\bar{m}-\eta)}.

Proposition 5.26 (Geometric transfer). Let 0<δ<10<\delta<1 and C∈RC\in\mathbb{R}. Let (Ki/Fi)i≥1(K_i/F_i)_{i\geq1} be quadratic extensions satisfying (G1)–(G3) with a common λ\lambda and with di=[Fi:Q]→∞d_i=[F_i:\mathbb{Q}]\to\infty, such that log⁡LFi(1)≤diC\log L_{F_i}(1)\leq d_iC and such that every Ki/FiK_i/F_i has the same uniform local types (er,fr)r∈R(e_r,f_r)_{r\in R}. Fix integers kr≥0k_r\geq0, let HH and JJ be as in (31), and let μ=2eH/2−ℓ\mu=2e^{H/2-\ell}. Let (fR,gC)(f_{\mathbb{R}},g_{\mathbb{C}}) be admissible with Fourier constants (M,σ)(M,\sigma) satisfying the Fourier condition (37). Put

M(θ)=J−δH−(1/2−δ)ℓ−C+(1−δ)log⁡2+(1−θ)log⁡π+(1−2θ)JR+θJC.(39)\mathcal{M}(\theta)=J-\delta H-(1/2-\delta)\ell-C+(1-\delta)\log2+(1-\theta)\log\pi+(1-2\theta)J_{\mathbb{R}}+\theta J_{\mathbb{C}}. \tag*{(39)}

We call M(θ)\mathcal{M}(\theta) the margin. If inf⁡iM(θi)>0\inf_i\mathcal{M}(\theta_i)>0, where θi\theta_i is the value of θ\theta for FiF_i, then there are finite sets Ui⊂R2U_i\subset\mathbb{R}^{2} with ∣Ui∣→∞|U_i|\to\infty and u(Ui)/∣Ui∣1+δ→∞u(U_i)/|U_i|^{1+\delta}\to\infty.

Proof. The window. Let mRm_{\mathbb{R}}, mCm_{\mathbb{C}}, Var⁡R\operatorname{Var}_{\mathbb{R}} and Var⁡C\operatorname{Var}_{\mathbb{C}} be as in Lemma 5.25; the variances are finite by (P4). Fix η>0\eta>0 with 4η<inf⁡iM(θi)4\eta<\inf_i\mathcal{M}(\theta_i), and consider one extension K/FK/F of the sequence, with dd large. Take II, tt and β1,…,βt\beta_1,\ldots,\beta_t from Lemma 5.6, so that Λh\Lambda_h is defined; the counts n(h,y)n(h,y) and E(h,y)\mathcal{E}(h,y) are those of the window Ω\Omega chosen next. With the total energy VV and the mean mˉ\bar{m} of Lemma 5.25, let

Ω={x∈Cd:V(x)≤d(mˉ+η)}.\Omega=\{x\in\mathbb{C}^{d}:V(x)\leq d(\bar{m}+\eta)\}.

By (P1) and (P3) (see the proof of Lemma 5.25), this is a bounded Borel set, and it is invariant under coordinate rotations because the profiles are radial in each coordinate. By Lemma 5.25,

∫RcΦΩ(u) du≥12IRbICce2d(mˉ−η)\int_{\mathbb{R}^{c}}\Phi_{\Omega}(u)\,\mathrm{d}u\geq\frac{1}{2}I_{\mathbb{R}}^{b}I_{\mathbb{C}}^{c}e^{2d(\bar{m}-\eta)}

for all large dd, uniformly in the signature. In particular ∣Ω∣>0|\Omega|>0 for large dd, so Ω\Omega is a window.

Counting points. With the product function Ψ=∏RfRp∏CgCp=e−pV\Psi=\prod_{\mathbb{R}}f_{\mathbb{R}}^{p}\prod_{\mathbb{C}}g_{\mathbb{C}}^{p}=e^{-pV} of Lemma 5.24, we have 1Ω≤epd(mˉ+η)Ψ\mathbf{1}_{\Omega}\leq e^{pd(\bar{m}+\eta)}\Psi, so

∣Ω∣≤epd(mˉ+η)ARbACc,|\Omega|\leq e^{pd(\bar{m}+\eta)}A_{\mathbb{R}}^{b}A_{\mathbb{C}}^{c},

and Lemmas 5.16, 5.18 and 5.24 give, for all (h,y)(h,y),

n(h,y)≤2epd(mˉ+η)ARbACccovol⁡(Λh)=2edYη,Yη=H+log⁡2−ℓ+(1−2θ)log⁡AR+θlog⁡AC+p(mˉ+η),n(h,y)\leq\frac{2e^{pd(\bar{m}+\eta)}A_{\mathbb{R}}^{b}A_{\mathbb{C}}^{c}}{\operatorname{covol}(\Lambda_h)} =2e^{dY_{\eta}},\qquad Y_{\eta}=H+\log2-\ell+(1-2\theta)\log A_{\mathbb{R}}+\theta\log A_{\mathbb{C}}+p(\bar{m}+\eta),

by (33), b/d=1−2θb/d=1-2\theta and c/d=θc/d=\theta.

Counting edges. Now take a pair (h,y)(h,y) from Lemma 5.13, applied with nmax⁡=2edYηn_{\max}=2e^{dY_{\eta}}. By t≥edJ/(κhrel)t\geq e^{dJ}/(\kappa h_{\mathrm{rel}}), Proposition 5.2, log⁡LF(1)≤dC\log L_F(1)\leq dC and b+c=(1−θ)db+c=(1-\theta)d,

twKReg⁡1≥edJ2d−1πb+cλd/2LF(1)≥12exp⁡(d[J+log⁡2+(1−θ)log⁡π−ℓ/2−C]).\frac{tw_K}{\operatorname{Reg}^{1}}\geq\frac{e^{dJ}2^{d-1}\pi^{b+c}}{\lambda^{d/2}L_F(1)} \geq\frac{1}{2}\exp\left(d[J+\log2+(1-\theta)\log\pi-\ell/2-C]\right).

Combined with the bounds for ∣Ω∣|\Omega| and for the integral of ΦΩ\Phi_{\Omega}, (35) shows that the set X=X(h,y)\mathcal{X}=\mathcal{X}(h,y) has n=∣X∣>0n=|\mathcal{X}|>0 points and at least 14edXηn\frac{1}{4}e^{dX_{\eta}}n ordered edges, where

Xη=J+log⁡2+(1−θ)log⁡π−ℓ/2−C+(1−2θ)(log⁡IR−log⁡AR)+θ(log⁡IC−log⁡AC)+(2−p)mˉ−(2+p)η.\begin{aligned} X_{\eta} ={}&J+\log2+(1-\theta)\log\pi-\ell/2-C+(1-2\theta)(\log I_{\mathbb{R}}-\log A_{\mathbb{R}})\\ &+\theta(\log I_{\mathbb{C}}-\log A_{\mathbb{C}})+(2-p)\bar{m}-(2+p)\eta. \end{aligned}

Since n≤2edYηn\leq2e^{dY_{\eta}} and p(1+δ)=2p(1+\delta)=2, the terms in mˉ\bar{m} cancel, and

E(h,y)n1+δ≥edXη4⋅2δeδdYη=2−2−δed(M(θ)−4η).\frac{\mathcal{E}(h,y)}{n^{1+\delta}} \geq\frac{e^{dX_{\eta}}}{4\cdot2^{\delta}e^{\delta dY_{\eta}}} =2^{-2-\delta}e^{d(\mathcal{M}(\theta)-4\eta)}.

The planar set. Finally let v0v_{0} be a real place of FF, and let U={xv0:x∈X}⊂C=R2U=\{x_{v_{0}}:x\in X\}\subset\mathbb{C}=\mathbb{R}^{2}. By Lemma 5.15, ∣U∣=n|U|=n and u(U)≥E(h,y)/2u(U)\geq\mathcal{E}(h,y)/2, so

u(U)∣U∣1+δ≥2−3−δed(M(θ)−4η),\frac{u(U)}{|U|^{1+\delta}}\geq2^{-3-\delta}e^{d(M(\theta)-4\eta)},

which tends to infinity along the sequence. Since u(U)≤∣U∣2/2u(U)\leq|U|^{2}/2 and δ<1\delta<1, also ∣U∣→∞|U|\to\infty. These sets are the UiU_{i}. The conclusion concerns a sequence of cardinalities, not every large cardinality. □\square

Shell Profiles at Split Finite Places

We now place locally constant weights at finitely many finite places of FF that split in KK; in Section 8 these are the places above 2, 3, 5, 7 and 29. In Lemma 5.6, the count at each prime of FF above r∈Rr\in R corresponds to the indicator function of a product of two balls in the completion, the unweighted shell profile of Definition 6.5; shell profiles replace this indicator by weighted sums of indicators of products of shells (Corollary 6.23). We keep the hypotheses (G1)–(G3) and the notation of Section 5, and put

covol⁡0=covol⁡((OK)∞)=(λ/2)d.\operatorname{covol}_{0}=\operatorname{covol}((\mathcal{O}_{K})_{\infty})=(\lambda/2)^{d}.

The Local Functional

Let LL be a nonarchimedean local field with valuation ring O\mathcal{O}, uniformizer ϖ\varpi and residue field of cardinality QQ. We use the additive Haar measure on LL with ∣O∣=1|\mathcal{O}|=1, the product measure on the plane L2=L×LL^{2}=L\times L, and the multiplicative Haar measure dω\mathrm{d}\omega on O×\mathcal{O}^{\times} of total measure one. For n∈Zn\in\mathbb{Z} and ω∈O×\omega\in\mathcal{O}^{\times} put

s(n,ω)=(ϖnω, ϖ−nω−1)∈L2,Tg(z)=∑n∈Z∫O×g(z+s(n,ω)) dω.s(n,\omega)=(\varpi^{n}\omega,\ \varpi^{-n}\omega^{-1})\in L^{2},\qquad Tg(z)=\sum_{n\in\mathbb{Z}}\int_{\mathcal{O}^{\times}}g(z+s(n,\omega))\,\mathrm{d}\omega.

The two coordinates of s(n,ω)s(n,\omega) have product one; they model the finite coordinates of an element of relative norm one at a split place. If g1g_{1} and g2g_{2} are locally constant and compactly supported on L2L^{2}, only finitely many nn contribute to ∫L2g1 Tg2\int_{L^{2}}g_{1}\,Tg_{2}: if g1(z)g2(z+s(n,ω))≠0g_{1}(z)g_{2}(z+s(n,\omega))\neq0, then both coordinates of s(n,ω)s(n,\omega) lie in the compact set supp⁡g2−supp⁡g1\operatorname{supp}g_{2}-\operatorname{supp}g_{1}, which bounds nn from above and from below.

Definition 6.1. For locally constant, compactly supported functions g1,g2g_{1},g_{2} on L2L^{2} put ⟨g1,g2⟩T=∫L2g1 Tg2\langle g_{1},g_{2}\rangle_{T}=\int_{L^{2}}g_{1}\,Tg_{2}. For a nonnegative, locally constant, compactly supported function gg on L2L^{2} with g≠0g\neq0, and 0<δ<10<\delta<1, p=2/(1+δ)p=2/(1+\delta), put

A(g)=∫L2gp,Z(g)=⟨g,g⟩T,Fδ(g)=Z(g)A(g)1+δ.(40)A(g)=\int_{L^{2}}g^{p},\qquad Z(g)=\langle g,g\rangle_{T},\qquad F_{\delta}(g)=\frac{Z(g)}{A(g)^{1+\delta}}. \tag*{(40)}

We call FδF_{\delta} the local functional.

For i∈Zi\in\mathbb{Z} let Bi=ϖ−iO\mathcal{B}_{i}=\varpi^{-i}\mathcal{O}, a ball of measure QiQ^{i}. Write [x]+=max⁡(x,0)[x]_{+}=\max(x,0).

Lemma 6.3. For all integers i1,j1,i2,j2i_{1},j_{1},i_{2},j_{2},

⟨1Bi1×Bj1,1Bi2×Bj2⟩T=Qmin⁡(i1,i2)+min⁡(j1,j2)[max⁡(i1,i2)+max⁡(j1,j2)+1]+.(41)\left\langle\mathbf{1}_{\mathcal{B}_{i_{1}}\times\mathcal{B}_{j_{1}}},\mathbf{1}_{\mathcal{B}_{i_{2}}\times\mathcal{B}_{j_{2}}}\right\rangle_{T} = Q^{\min(i_{1},i_{2})+\min(j_{1},j_{2})} [\max(i_{1},i_{2})+\max(j_{1},j_{2})+1]_{+}. \tag*{(41)}

Proof. Two balls of an ultrametric space are disjoint or nested. Hence Bi1∩(Bi2−x)\mathcal{B}_{i_{1}}\cap(\mathcal{B}_{i_{2}}-x) has measure Qmin⁡(i1,i2)Q^{\min(i_{1},i_{2})} if x∈Bmax⁡(i1,i2)x\in\mathcal{B}_{\max(i_{1},i_{2})}, and is empty otherwise. The left side of (41) is therefore Qmin⁡(i1,i2)+min⁡(j1,j2)Q^{\min(i_{1},i_{2})+\min(j_{1},j_{2})} times the measure of the set of (n,ω)(n,\omega) with ϖnω∈Bmax⁡(i1,i2)\varpi^{n}\omega\in\mathcal{B}_{\max(i_{1},i_{2})} and ϖ−nω−1∈Bmax⁡(j1,j2)\varpi^{-n}\omega^{-1}\in\mathcal{B}_{\max(j_{1},j_{2})}. These conditions say −max⁡(i1,i2)≤n≤max⁡(j1,j2)-\max(i_{1},i_{2})\leq n\leq\max(j_{1},j_{2}) and do not involve ω\omega, and dω\mathrm{d}\omega has total measure one. □\square

Definition 6.5. Put S0=OS_{0}=\mathcal{O} and Si=Bi∖Bi−1S_{i}=\mathcal{B}_{i}\setminus\mathcal{B}_{i-1} for i≥1i\geq1. These are the shells, and their measures m0=1m_{0}=1 and mi=Qi−Qi−1m_{i}=Q^{i}-Q^{i-1} are the shell measures. Let k≥0k\geq0 be an integer, and let w=(wij)i,j≥0w=(w_{ij})_{i,j\geq0} be nonnegative weights, finitely many of them nonzero, with w00>0w_{00}>0. The shell profile with parameters (Q,k,w)(Q,k,w) on L2L^2 is

g=∑i,j≥0wij1Si×ϖ−kSj.g=\sum_{i,j\geq0}w_{ij}\mathbf{1}_{S_i\times\varpi^{-k}S_j}.

The shell profile with w00=1w_{00}=1 and wij=0w_{ij}=0 otherwise, that is, the indicator function of O×ϖ−kO\mathcal{O}\times\varpi^{-k}\mathcal{O}, is the unweighted shell profile with parameters (Q,k)(Q,k).

Lemma 6.6. A shell profile gg with parameters (Q,k,w)(Q,k,w) is nonnegative, locally constant and compactly supported. It is invariant under (x,y)↦(ωx,ω′y)(x,y)\mapsto(\omega x,\omega'y) for all ω,ω′∈O×\omega,\omega'\in\mathcal{O}^{\times}; in particular it is even. It is also invariant under translation by the group

C=O×ϖ−kO,∣C∣=Qk.(42)\mathcal{C}=\mathcal{O}\times\varpi^{-k}\mathcal{O},\qquad|\mathcal{C}|=Q^k. \tag*{(42)}

Proof. The first assertion holds because the shells are compact open sets and finitely many of the nonnegative weights are nonzero. Multiplication by a unit preserves valuations and hence each shell. Adding an element of O\mathcal{O} does not change the shell of a point, whatever the number of shells; this gives the invariance under C\mathcal{C}, applied to the first coordinate and to ϖk\varpi^k times the second. □\square

We call C\mathcal{C} the period of gg. Define the symmetric matrix Δ=(Δii′)i,i′≥0\Delta=(\Delta_{ii'})_{i,i'\geq0} by

Δii′=mmin⁡(i,i′) (i≠i′),Δ00=0,Δii=imi−Qi−1 (i≥1),\Delta_{ii'}=m_{\min(i,i')}\ (i\ne i'),\qquad\Delta_{00}=0,\qquad\Delta_{ii}=im_i-Q^{i-1}\ (i\geq1),

and the matrix G\mathcal{G} by

G(i,j),(i′,j′)=(k+1)mimj1i=i′, j=j′+mjΔii′1j=j′+miΔjj′1i=i′.\mathcal{G}_{(i,j),(i',j')}=(k+1)m_im_j\mathbf{1}_{i=i',\,j=j'}+m_j\Delta_{ii'}\mathbf{1}_{j=j'}+m_i\Delta_{jj'}\mathbf{1}_{i=i'}.

Lemma 6.8. The shell profile gg with parameters (Q,k,w)(Q,k,w) satisfies

A(g)=Qk∑i,jmimjwijp,Z(g)=Qk∑(i,j),(i′,j′)wijG(i,j),(i′,j′)wi′j′.(43)A(g)=Q^k\sum_{i,j}m_im_jw_{ij}^p,\qquad Z(g)=Q^k\sum_{(i,j),(i',j')}w_{ij}\mathcal{G}_{(i,j),(i',j')}w_{i'j'}. \tag*{(43)}

All entries of G\mathcal{G} are nonnegative, and Z(g)≥(k+1)Qkw002>0Z(g)\geq(k+1)Q^kw_{00}^2>0. In particular Fδ(g)F_\delta(g) depends only on the parameters, and the unweighted shell profile has Fδ(g)=(k+1)Q−δkF_\delta(g)=(k+1)Q^{-\delta k}.

Proof. The formula for A(g)A(g) holds because the sets Si×ϖ−kSjS_i\times\varpi^{-k}S_j are disjoint of measure QkmimjQ^km_im_j. For Z(g)Z(g), write 1S0=1B0\mathbf{1}_{S_0}=\mathbf{1}_{B_0} and 1Si=1Bi−1Bi−1\mathbf{1}_{S_i}=\mathbf{1}_{B_i}-\mathbf{1}_{B_{i-1}} for i≥1i\geq1, and note ϖ−kBj=Bj+k\varpi^{-k}B_j=B_{j+k}. Only balls with nonnegative indices occur, so by (41) and k≥0k\geq0 the positive part can be dropped, and ⟨1Bi1×Bj1+k,1Bi2×Bj2+k⟩T\langle\mathbf{1}_{B_{i_1}\times B_{j_1+k}},\mathbf{1}_{B_{i_2}\times B_{j_2+k}}\rangle_T, for i1,j1,i2,j2≥0i_1,j_1,i_2,j_2\geq0, is

Qk[(k+1)Qmin⁡(i1,i2)Qmin⁡(j1,j2)+max⁡(i1,i2)Qmin⁡(i1,i2)Qmin⁡(j1,j2)+Qmin⁡(i1,i2)max⁡(j1,j2)Qmin⁡(j1,j2)].Q^k\left[(k+1)Q^{\min(i_1,i_2)}Q^{\min(j_1,j_2)}+\max(i_1,i_2)Q^{\min(i_1,i_2)}Q^{\min(j_1,j_2)}+Q^{\min(i_1,i_2)}\max(j_1,j_2)Q^{\min(j_1,j_2)}\right].

For a function φ\varphi of two nonnegative integers put (∂φ)(i,i′)=φ(i,i′)−φ(i−1,i′)−φ(i,i′−1)+φ(i−1,i′−1)(\partial\varphi)(i,i')=\varphi(i,i')-\varphi(i-1,i')-\varphi(i,i'-1)+\varphi(i-1,i'-1), where terms with an index −1-1 are omitted; this is the expansion of the shells into balls. Apply ∂\partial in (i1,i2)(i_1,i_2) and in (j1,j2)(j_1,j_2). A direct computation gives, for i,i′≥0i,i'\geq0, that ∂Qmin⁡(i1,i2)\partial Q^{\min(i_1,i_2)} at (i,i′)(i,i') is mi1i=i′m_i\mathbf{1}_{i=i'}, and that ∂(max⁡(i1,i2)Qmin⁡(i1,i2))\partial\bigl(\max(i_1,i_2)Q^{\min(i_1,i_2)}\bigr) is Δii′\Delta_{ii'}. For example, when 1≤i<i′1\leq i<i' the latter is i′Qi−i′Qi−1−(i′−1)Qi+(i′−1)Qi−1=mii'Q^i-i'Q^{i-1}-(i'-1)Q^i+(i'-1)Q^{i-1}=m_i, and when i=i′≥1i=i'\geq1 it is iQi−2iQi−1+(i−1)Qi−1=imi−Qi−1iQ^i-2iQ^{i-1}+(i-1)Q^{i-1}=im_i-Q^{i-1}. This gives ⟨1Si×ϖ−kSj,1Si′×ϖ−kSj′⟩T=QkG(i,j),(i′,j′)\langle\mathbf{1}_{S_i\times\varpi^{-k}S_j},\mathbf{1}_{S_{i'}\times\varpi^{-k}S_{j'}}\rangle_T=Q^k\mathcal{G}_{(i,j),(i',j')}, and hence the formula for Z(g)Z(g). All entries of G\mathcal{G} are nonnegative, since Δii=Qi−1(iQ−i−1)≥0\Delta_{ii}=Q^{i-1}(iQ-i-1)\geq0 for i≥1i\geq1; as G(0,0),(0,0)=k+1\mathcal{G}_{(0,0),(0,0)}=k+1, this gives Z(g)≥(k+1)Qkw002Z(g)\geq(k+1)Q^kw_{00}^2. For the unweighted shell profile only G(0,0),(0,0)=k+1\mathcal{G}_{(0,0),(0,0)}=k+1 contributes. □\square

By Lemma 6.8, a shell profile gg has Z(g)>0Z(g)>0, so g(z)g(z+s(n,ω))/Z(g)g(z)g(z+s(n,\omega))/Z(g) is a probability density on L2×Z×O×L^2\times\mathbb{Z}\times\mathcal{O}^{\times}, with counting measure on Z\mathbb{Z}. As at the archimedean places (Definition 5.22), we call it the endpoint law of gg; its first endpoint is zz and its second endpoint is z+s(n,ω)z+s(n,\omega).

Corollary 6.10. Let x=(xi)i≥0x=(x_i)_{i\geq0} and x′=(xj′)j≥0x'=(x'_j)_{j\geq0} be finitely supported vectors of nonnegative numbers with x0x0′>0x_0x'_0>0, put

Px=∑imixip,Sx=∑imixi2,Rx=∑i,i′xiΔii′xi′,P_x=\sum_i m_i x_i^p,\qquad S_x=\sum_i m_i x_i^2,\qquad R_x=\sum_{i,i'}x_i\Delta_{ii'}x_{i'},

and define Px′P_{x'}, Sx′S_{x'}, Rx′R_{x'} in the same way. The shell profile gg with parameters (Q,k,w)(Q,k,w) and product weights wij=xixj′w_{ij}=x_ix'_j satisfies

A(g)=QkPxPx′,Z(g)=Qk[(k+1)SxSx′+RxSx′+SxRx′].(44)A(g)=Q^kP_xP_{x'},\qquad Z(g)=Q^k\left[(k+1)S_xS_{x'}+R_xS_{x'}+S_xR_{x'}\right]. \tag*{(44)}

Proof. Substitute wij=xixj′w_{ij}=x_ix'_j in (43). □\square

Remark 6.12. Suppose that only S0S_0 and S1S_1 carry weight, with x=x′=(1,t)x=x'=(1,t) and t≥0t\geq0. Then Sx=1+(Q−1)t2S_x=1+(Q-1)t^2 and Rx=2t+(Q−2)t2R_x=2t+(Q-2)t^2, and the difference between log⁡Fδ(g)\log F_\delta(g) and the value log⁡((k+1)Q−δk)\log((k+1)Q^{-\delta k}) of the unweighted shell profile is

log⁡(k+1)Sx2+2SxRxk+1−2(1+δ)log⁡(1+(Q−1)tp).(45)\log\frac{(k+1)S_x^2+2S_xR_x}{k+1}-2(1+\delta)\log\left(1+(Q-1)t^p\right). \tag*{(45)}

Since p>1p>1, its right derivative at t=0t=0 is 4/(k+1)>04/(k+1)>0, so a sufficiently small weight on S1S_1 always improves on the unweighted shell profile.

Section 8 uses the exact formulas (44).

Finite Periods and Lattice Counting

Let P\mathcal P be a finite set of finite places of FF that split in KK. For p∈P\mathfrak p\in\mathcal P write pOK=PpιPp\mathfrak p\mathcal O_K=\mathfrak P_{\mathfrak p}\iota\mathfrak P_{\mathfrak p}, where we also write p\mathfrak p for the prime ideal of FF. The completion of KK at Pp\mathfrak P_{\mathfrak p} is FpF_{\mathfrak p}; for x∈Kx\in K let xp∈Fpx_{\mathfrak p}\in F_{\mathfrak p} be its image under the completion map. The map x↦(xp,(ιx)p)x\mapsto(x_{\mathfrak p},(\iota x)_{\mathfrak p}) records the completions at Pp\mathfrak P_{\mathfrak p} and at ιPp\iota\mathfrak P_{\mathfrak p}, and ι\iota exchanges the two coordinates. If NK/Fβ=1N_{K/F}\beta=1, then βp(ιβ)p=1\beta_{\mathfrak p}(\iota\beta)_{\mathfrak p}=1. Let Op\mathcal O_{\mathfrak p}, ϖp\varpi_{\mathfrak p} and QpQ_{\mathfrak p} be the valuation ring, a uniformizer and the residue cardinality of FpF_{\mathfrak p}.

Definition 6.14. Put

AP=∏p∈P(Fp×Fp),A_{\mathcal P}=\prod_{\mathfrak p\in\mathcal P}(F_{\mathfrak p}\times F_{\mathfrak p}),

with the Haar measure that gives ∏p(Op×Op)\prod_{\mathfrak p}(\mathcal O_{\mathfrak p}\times\mathcal O_{\mathfrak p}) measure one. For a point (z,ζ)(z,\zeta) of Cd×AP\mathbb C^d\times A_{\mathcal P} we call zz its archimedean part and ζ\zeta its finite part. Let Γ=OK,P\Gamma=\mathcal O_{K,\mathcal P} be the ring of elements of KK that are integral at every prime other than the Pp\mathfrak P_{\mathfrak p} and ιPp\iota\mathfrak P_{\mathfrak p}. We embed Γ\Gamma in Cd×AP\mathbb C^d\times A_{\mathcal P} by γ↦(γ∞,γf)\gamma\mapsto(\gamma_\infty,\gamma_f), where γf=(γp,(ιγ)p)p\gamma_f=(\gamma_{\mathfrak p},(\iota\gamma)_{\mathfrak p})_{\mathfrak p}; thus γ∞\gamma_\infty and γf\gamma_f are the archimedean part and the finite part of the image of γ\gamma. A subgroup of APA_{\mathcal P} of the form

Cf=∏p∈P(ϖpapOp×ϖpbpOp),ap,bp∈Z,C_f=\prod_{\mathfrak p\in\mathcal P}\left(\varpi_{\mathfrak p}^{a_{\mathfrak p}}\mathcal O_{\mathfrak p}\times\varpi_{\mathfrak p}^{b_{\mathfrak p}}\mathcal O_{\mathfrak p}\right),\qquad a_{\mathfrak p},b_{\mathfrak p}\in\mathbb Z,

is called rectangular.

A rectangular group has measure ∣Cf∣=∏pQp−ap−bp|C_f|=\prod_{\mathfrak p}Q_{\mathfrak p}^{-a_{\mathfrak p}-b_{\mathfrak p}}.

Lemma 6.15. Let CfC_f be rectangular and put L=∏pPpap(ιPp)bp\mathfrak L=\prod_{\mathfrak p}\mathfrak P_{\mathfrak p}^{a_{\mathfrak p}}(\iota\mathfrak P_{\mathfrak p})^{b_{\mathfrak p}}.

(a) The elements γ∈Γ\gamma\in\Gamma with γf∈Cf\gamma_f\in C_f form L\mathfrak L, and NL=∣Cf∣−1N\mathfrak L=|C_f|^{-1}, so covol⁡(L∞)=covol⁡0/∣Cf∣\operatorname{covol}(\mathfrak L_\infty)=\operatorname{covol}_0/|C_f|.

(b) Every coset of CfC_f in APA_{\mathcal P} contains γf\gamma_f for some γ∈Γ\gamma\in\Gamma.

(c) Γ\Gamma is a lattice in Cd×AP\mathbb C^d\times A_{\mathcal P}, that is, a discrete subgroup with a fundamental domain of finite measure. If PLP_{\mathfrak L} is a fundamental parallelepiped of L∞\mathfrak L_\infty, then PL×CfP_{\mathfrak L}\times C_f is a fundamental domain for Γ\Gamma, of measure covol⁡0\operatorname{covol}_0.

(d) For h∈Rch\in\mathbb R^c, the set Γh={(Whγ∞,γf):γ∈Γ}\Gamma_h=\{(W_h\gamma_\infty,\gamma_f):\gamma\in\Gamma\} is again a lattice, with fundamental domain WhPL×CfW_hP_{\mathfrak L}\times C_f of measure covol⁡0\operatorname{covol}_0. Put Hf=d−1log⁡∣Cf∣H_f=d^{-1}\log|C_f|. Every nonzero vector ξ\xi of the dual lattice of WhL∞W_h\mathfrak L_\infty satisfies ∏v∣ξv∣≥μf\prod_v|\xi_v|\geq\mu_f, where μf=2eHf/2−ℓ\mu_f=2e^{H_f/2-\ell}.

Proof. (a) The valuation of γp\gamma_{\mathfrak p} is the exponent of Pp\mathfrak P_{\mathfrak p} in γ\gamma, and that of (ιγ)p(\iota\gamma)_{\mathfrak p} is the exponent of ιPp\iota\mathfrak P_{\mathfrak p}. Together with integrality at the other primes, γf∈Cf\gamma_f\in C_f says exactly that γ∈L\gamma\in\mathfrak L. As NPp=N(ιPp)=QpN\mathfrak P_{\mathfrak p}=N(\iota\mathfrak P_{\mathfrak p})=Q_{\mathfrak p}, we get NL=∏pQpap+bp=∣Cf∣−1N\mathfrak L=\prod_{\mathfrak p}Q_{\mathfrak p}^{a_{\mathfrak p}+b_{\mathfrak p}}=|C_f|^{-1}, and the covolume follows from the covolume formula (5.7).

(b) Choose a~p≤ap\widetilde a_{\mathfrak p}\leq a_{\mathfrak p} and b~p≤bp\widetilde b_{\mathfrak p}\leq b_{\mathfrak p} such that the given coset lies in C~f=∏p(ϖp−a~pOp×ϖ‾p−b~pOp)\widetilde C_f=\prod_{\mathfrak p}(\varpi_{\mathfrak p}^{-\widetilde a_{\mathfrak p}}\mathcal O_{\mathfrak p}\times\overline{\varpi}_{\mathfrak p}^{-\widetilde b_{\mathfrak p}}\mathcal O_{\mathfrak p}), and let L~⊃L\widetilde{\mathfrak L}\supset\mathfrak L be the corresponding ideal. The map γ↦γf\gamma\mapsto\gamma_f induces a homomorphism L~/L→C~f/Cf\widetilde{\mathfrak L}/\mathfrak L\to\widetilde C_f/C_f. It is injective by (a), applied to CfC_f. Both groups are finite of the same order: ∣C~f/Cf∣=∣C~f∣/∣Cf∣|\widetilde C_f/C_f|=|\widetilde C_f|/|C_f|, and ∣L~/L∣=NL/NL~|\widetilde{\mathfrak L}/\mathfrak L|=N\mathfrak L/N\widetilde{\mathfrak L} [18], which is the same number by (a). So the map is bijective, and every coset of CfC_f in C~f\widetilde C_f contains γf\gamma_f for some γ∈L~⊂Γ\gamma\in\widetilde{\mathfrak L}\subset\Gamma. No principality is needed.

(c) Given (z,ζ)∈Cd×AP(z,\zeta)\in\mathbb C^d\times\mathbb A_{\mathcal P}, by (b) there is γ∈Γ\gamma\in\Gamma with ζ−γf∈Cf\zeta-\gamma_f\in C_f, and then a unique γ′∈L\gamma'\in\mathfrak L with z−(γ+γ′)∞∈PLz-(\gamma+\gamma')_{\infty}\in P_{\mathfrak L}. If (z,ζ)(z,\zeta) had two such representations, the difference of the two elements of Γ\Gamma would have finite part in CfC_f, hence lie in L\mathfrak L by (a), and then it would vanish because PLP_{\mathfrak L} is a fundamental domain. Thus PL×CfP_{\mathfrak L}\times C_f is a fundamental domain, of measure (covol⁡0/∣Cf∣)⋅∣Cf∣=covol⁡0(\operatorname{covol}_0/|C_f|)\cdot|C_f|=\operatorname{covol}_0. Finally Γ\Gamma is discrete: for a bounded open set Y∋0Y\ni0 in Cd\mathbb C^d, its intersection with the neighborhood Y×CfY\times C_f of 00 consists of the finitely many γ∈L\gamma\in\mathfrak L with γ∞∈Y\gamma_{\infty}\in Y.

(d) The map (z,ζ)↦(Whz,ζ)(z,\zeta)\mapsto(W_hz,\zeta) preserves measure, because WhW_h is real diagonal of determinant one, and it carries Γ\Gamma to Γh\Gamma_h and PL×CfP_{\mathfrak L}\times C_f to WhPL×CfW_hP_{\mathfrak L}\times C_f; so the first assertion follows from (c). By (a), NL=e−dHfN\mathfrak L=e^{-dH_f}, and Lemma 5.16 gives the bound for the dual vectors. □\square

Accordingly, the Fourier condition used in this section is

σ⋅2eHf/2−ℓ≥log⁡M+2log⁡5+2.(46)\sigma\cdot2e^{H_f/2-\ell}\geq\log M+2\log5+2. \tag*{(46)}

Lemma 6.17. Let (fR,gC)(f_{\mathbb R},g_{\mathbb C}) be admissible with Fourier constants (M,σ)(M,\sigma), and let Ψ∞=∏vfRp∏jgCp\Psi_{\infty}=\prod_v f_{\mathbb R}^{p}\prod_j g_{\mathbb C}^{p} on Cd\mathbb C^d, with one factor for each real place vv and each complex place jj of FF (Lemma 5.24). Let Ψf≥0\Psi_f\geq0 be a function on AP\mathbb A_{\mathcal P} that is invariant under translation by a rectangular group CfC_f and vanishes outside a finite union of its cosets. If (46) holds, with HfH_f defined by this CfC_f, then for every h∈Rch\in\mathbb R^c and every z0∈Cd×APz_0\in\mathbb C^d\times\mathbb A_{\mathcal P} (a point of the whole space, not an archimedean part),

∑(z,ζ)∈Γh+z0Ψ∞(z)Ψf(ζ)≤2covol⁡0∫Ψ∞∫Ψf.(47)\sum_{(z,\zeta)\in\Gamma_h+z_0}\Psi_{\infty}(z)\Psi_f(\zeta) \leq \frac{2}{\operatorname{covol}_0}\int\Psi_{\infty}\int\Psi_f. \tag*{(47)}

Proof. Group the points by the coset of CfC_f containing their finite part. If two points of Γh+z0\Gamma_h+z_0 have finite parts in the same coset, their difference comes from an element of L\mathfrak L, by Lemma 6.15(a). So the archimedean parts of the points in one coset form a translate of WhL∞W_h\mathfrak L_{\infty}, or the empty set. By Lemma 5.18, with the dual bound of Lemma 6.15(d) and the Fourier bound for Ψ∞\Psi_{\infty} of Lemma 5.24, the sum of Ψ∞\Psi_{\infty} over such a translate is at most 2∣Cf∣∫Ψ∞/covol⁡02|C_f|\int\Psi_{\infty}/\operatorname{covol}_0. The values of Ψf\Psi_f on its finitely many nonzero cosets sum to ∫Ψf/∣Cf∣\int\Psi_f/|C_f|. □\square

Remark 6.19. Let α∈AP\alpha\in\mathbb A_{\mathcal P} have coordinates (ϖpnp,ϖ‾p−np)p(\varpi_{\mathfrak p}^{n_{\mathfrak p}},\overline{\varpi}_{\mathfrak p}^{-n_{\mathfrak p}})_{\mathfrak p}. Multiplication by α\alpha preserves the Haar measure, and for a rectangular group CfC_f the group αCf\alpha C_f is rectangular, of the same measure. Hence, if Ψf\Psi_f satisfies the hypotheses of Lemma 6.17 with CfC_f, then Ψf∘α\Psi_f\circ\alpha satisfies them with the rectangular group α−1Cf\alpha^{-1}C_f, which gives the same HfH_f, and ∫Ψf∘α=∫Ψf\int\Psi_f\circ\alpha=\int\Psi_f.

Class Selection

For u∈Rcu\in\mathbb R^c and n=(np)∈ZPn=(n_{\mathfrak p})\in\mathbb Z^{\mathcal P} let ν(u,n)∈Cd×AP\nu(u,n)\in\mathbb C^d\times\mathbb A_{\mathcal P} have archimedean part ν(u)\nu(u) and finite part (ϖpnp,ϖ‾p−np)p(\varpi_{\mathfrak p}^{n_{\mathfrak p}},\overline{\varpi}_{\mathfrak p}^{-n_{\mathfrak p}})_{\mathfrak p}.

Lemma 6.20. Let N⊂ZP\mathcal N\subset\mathbb Z^{\mathcal P} be finite, and let W:N→[0,∞)\mathcal W:\mathcal N\to[0,\infty) have positive sum. There are a subset N′⊂N\mathcal N'\subset\mathcal N with

∑n∈N′W(n)≥1khrel∑n∈NW(n),\sum_{n\in\mathcal N'}\mathcal W(n)\geq\frac{1}{k h_{\mathrm{rel}}}\sum_{n\in\mathcal N}\mathcal W(n),

an element n0∈N′n_{0}\in\mathcal{N}' with W(n0)>0\mathcal{W}(n_{0})>0, and elements βn∈Γ\beta_{n}\in\Gamma, for n∈N′n\in\mathcal{N}', with NK/Fβn=1N_{K/F}\beta_{n}=1 and

βnOK=∏pPpnp−n0,p(ιPp)−(np−n0,p).\beta_{n}\mathcal{O}_{K}=\prod_{\mathfrak{p}}\mathfrak{P}_{\mathfrak{p}}^{n_{\mathfrak{p}}-n_{0,\mathfrak{p}}}(\iota\mathfrak{P}_{\mathfrak{p}})^{-(n_{\mathfrak{p}}-n_{0,\mathfrak{p}})}.

The cosets βnOK1\beta_{n}\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1} are pairwise disjoint, and βnOK1\beta_{n}\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1} is the set of all elements of relative norm one that generate this ideal. Moreover, let ϖ0∈AP\varpi_{0}\in\mathbb{A}_{\mathcal{P}} have coordinates (ϖpn0,p,ϖ‾p−n0,p)(\varpi_{\mathfrak{p}}^{n_{0,\mathfrak{p}}},\overline{\varpi}_{\mathfrak{p}}^{-n_{0,\mathfrak{p}}}). Then for n∈N′n\in\mathcal{N}' and β∈βnOK1\beta\in\beta_{n}\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1}, the point ϖ0βf\varpi_{0}\beta_{f} has coordinates (ϖpnpωp,ϖ‾p−npωp−1)(\varpi_{\mathfrak{p}}^{n_{\mathfrak{p}}}\omega_{\mathfrak{p}},\overline{\varpi}_{\mathfrak{p}}^{-n_{\mathfrak{p}}}\omega_{\mathfrak{p}}^{-1}) with units ωp∈Op×\omega_{\mathfrak{p}}\in\mathcal{O}_{\mathfrak{p}}^{\times}.

Proof. Map nn to the class of A(n)=∏pPpnp\mathfrak{A}(n)=\prod_{\mathfrak{p}}\mathfrak{P}_{\mathfrak{p}}^{n_{\mathfrak{p}}} in Cl⁡(K)\operatorname{Cl}(K) modulo the image of Cl⁡(F)\operatorname{Cl}(F), a group of order κhrel\kappa h_{\mathrm{rel}}. Let N′\mathcal{N}' be a fiber on which the sum of W\mathcal{W} is largest; this sum is positive, so we can choose n0∈N′n_{0}\in\mathcal{N}' with W(n0)>0\mathcal{W}(n_{0})>0. For n∈N′n\in\mathcal{N}' write A(n)A(n0)−1=xnanOK\mathfrak{A}(n)\mathfrak{A}(n_{0})^{-1}=x_{n}\mathfrak{a}_{n}\mathcal{O}_{K} with xn∈K×x_{n}\in K^{\times} and an\mathfrak{a}_{n} a fractional ideal of FF, and put βn=xn/ιxn\beta_{n}=x_{n}/\iota x_{n}. As in the proof of Lemma 5.6, NK/Fβn=1N_{K/F}\beta_{n}=1 and βn\beta_{n} generates the displayed ideal, which is supported on the primes Pp,ιPp\mathfrak{P}_{\mathfrak{p}},\iota\mathfrak{P}_{\mathfrak{p}}; hence βn∈Γ\beta_{n}\in\Gamma. Two elements of relative norm one generating the same ideal differ by an element of OK1\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1}, and distinct n∈N′n\in\mathcal{N}' give distinct ideals. Finally, if β∈βnOK1\beta\in\beta_{n}\mathcal{O}_{K}^{1}, then βp\beta_{\mathfrak{p}} has valuation np−n0,pn_{\mathfrak{p}}-n_{0,\mathfrak{p}} and (ιβ)p=β‾p−1(\iota\beta)_{\mathfrak{p}}=\overline{\beta}_{\mathfrak{p}}^{-1}, which gives the last assertion. □\square

Transfer with Shell Profiles.

Proposition 6.21 (Transfer with shell profiles). Let 0<δ<10<\delta<1 and C∈RC\in\mathbb{R}. Let (Kj/Fj)j≥1(K_{j}/F_{j})_{j\geq1} be quadratic extensions satisfying (G1)–(G3) with a common λ\lambda, with dj=[Fj:Q]→∞d_{j}=[F_{j}:\mathbb{Q}]\to\infty and log⁡LFj(1)≤djC\log L_{F_{j}}(1)\leq d_{j}C. For each jj let Pj\mathcal{P}_{j} be a finite set of finite places of FjF_{j} that split in KjK_{j}, and for p∈Pj\mathfrak{p}\in\mathcal{P}_{j} let gpg_{\mathfrak{p}} be a shell profile on Fp2F_{\mathfrak{p}}^{2} with parameters (Qp,kp,w(p))(Q_{\mathfrak{p}},k_{\mathfrak{p}},w^{(\mathfrak{p})}), where the parameters range over a fixed finite set independent of jj. Let Fδ,p=Fδ(gp)\mathcal{F}_{\delta,\mathfrak{p}}=\mathcal{F}_{\delta}(g_{\mathfrak{p}}), let (fR,gC)(f_{\mathbb{R}},g_{\mathbb{C}}) be admissible with Fourier constants (M,σ)(M,\sigma), and suppose that (46) holds for every jj, with Cf=∏p∈Pj(Op×ϖp−kpOp)C_{f}=\prod_{\mathfrak{p}\in\mathcal{P}_{j}}(\mathcal{O}_{\mathfrak{p}}\times\varpi_{\mathfrak{p}}^{-k_{\mathfrak{p}}}\mathcal{O}_{\mathfrak{p}}) the product of the periods of the gpg_{\mathfrak{p}}, that is, with Hf=dj−1∑p∈Pjkplog⁡QpH_{f}=d_{j}^{-1}\sum_{\mathfrak{p}\in\mathcal{P}_{j}}k_{\mathfrak{p}}\log Q_{\mathfrak{p}}. Let θj\theta_{j} be the value of θ\theta for FjF_{j}, and put

Mfin,j=1dj∑p∈Pjlog⁡Fδ,p−(1/2−δ)ℓ−C+(1−δ)log⁡2+(1−θj)log⁡π+(1−2θj)JR+θjJC;(48)\begin{aligned} \mathcal{M}_{\mathrm{fin},j} ={}&\frac{1}{d_{j}}\sum_{\mathfrak{p}\in\mathcal{P}_{j}}\log\mathcal{F}_{\delta,\mathfrak{p}} -(1/2-\delta)\ell-C+(1-\delta)\log2+(1-\theta_{j})\log\pi\\ &+(1-2\theta_{j})J_{\mathbb{R}}+\theta_{j}J_{\mathbb{C}}; \tag*{(48)} \end{aligned}

we call Mfin,j\mathcal{M}_{\mathrm{fin},j} the margin of Kj/FjK_{j}/F_{j} with these shell profiles. If inf⁡jMfin,j>0\inf_{j}\mathcal{M}_{\mathrm{fin},j}>0, then there are finite sets Uj⊂R2U_{j}\subset\mathbb{R}^{2} with ∣Uj∣→∞|U_{j}|\to\infty and u(Uj)/∣Uj∣1+δ→∞u(U_{j})/|U_{j}|^{1+\delta}\to\infty.

Compared with (39), the margin (48) has no separate term −δH-\delta H: by (43), each Fδ,p\mathcal{F}_{\delta,\mathfrak{p}} contains the factor Qp−δkpQ_{\mathfrak{p}}^{-\delta k_{\mathfrak{p}}}, and Corollary 6.23 shows that for uniform local types and unweighted shell profiles (48) reduces to (39).

Proof of Proposition 6.21. Fix η>0\eta>0 with 4η<inf⁡jMfin,j4\eta<\inf_{j}\mathcal{M}_{\mathrm{fin},j}, and consider one extension K/FK/F of the sequence, with dd large. We drop the sequence index jj and write Mfin\mathcal{M}_{\mathrm{fin}} for the margin of K/FK/F; below, jj indexes the complex places of FF.

The profile and the probability measure. On Cd×AP\mathbb{C}^{d}\times\mathbb{A}_{\mathcal{P}} let f=∏vfR∏j=1cgC∏p∈Pgpf=\prod_{v}f_{\mathbb{R}}\prod_{j=1}^{c}g_{\mathbb{C}}\prod_{\mathfrak{p}\in\mathcal{P}}g_{\mathfrak{p}}, with one factor for each real place vv of FF, each complex place jj of FF and each p∈P\mathfrak{p}\in\mathcal{P}, let V=−log⁡fV=-\log f on the set where f>0f>0, and put

A=∫fp=ARbACc∏p∈PA(gp),Z=IRbICc∏p∈PZ(gp).A=\int f^{p}=A_{\mathbb{R}}^{b}A_{\mathbb{C}}^{c}\prod_{\mathfrak{p}\in\mathcal{P}}A(g_{\mathfrak{p}}), \qquad Z=I_{\mathbb{R}}^{b}I_{\mathbb{C}}^{c}\prod_{\mathfrak{p}\in\mathcal{P}}Z(g_{\mathfrak{p}}).

Besides the points ν(u,n)\nu(u,n) defined before Lemma 6.20, let ν(u,n,ω)\nu(u,n,\omega), for ω=(ωp)∈∏pOp×\omega=(\omega_{\mathfrak{p}})\in\prod_{\mathfrak{p}}\mathcal{O}_{\mathfrak{p}}^{\times}, have archimedean part ν(u)\nu(u) and finite part (ϖpnpωp,ϖ‾p−npωp−1)p(\varpi_{\mathfrak{p}}^{n_{\mathfrak{p}}}\omega_{\mathfrak{p}},\overline{\varpi}_{\mathfrak{p}}^{-n_{\mathfrak{p}}}\omega_{\mathfrak{p}}^{-1})_{\mathfrak{p}}. Let P\mathbb{P} be the probability measure on (Cd×AP)×Rc×ZP×∏pOp×(\mathbb{C}^{d}\times\mathbb{A}_{\mathcal{P}})\times\mathbb{R}^{c}\times\mathbb{Z}^{\mathcal{P}}\times\prod_{\mathfrak{p}}\mathcal{O}_{\mathfrak{p}}^{\times} with density f(x)f(x+ν(u,n,ω))/Zf(x)f(x+\nu(u,n,\omega))/Z with respect to dx du dω\mathrm{d}x\,\mathrm{d}u\,\mathrm{d}\omega and counting measure in nn, where dω\mathrm{d}\omega is the Haar probability measure. It is the product of the endpoint laws of the archimedean blocks (Definition 5.22) and of the endpoint laws of the gpg_{\mathfrak p}. Its endpoints are xx and x+ν(u,n,ω)x+\nu(u,n,\omega). Their energies V(x)V(x) and V(x+ν(u,n,ω))V(x+\nu(u,n,\omega)) have the same distribution and are sums of independent terms, one for each block and each p∈P\mathfrak p\in\mathcal P: at the archimedean blocks this is shown in the proof of Lemma 5.25, and at p∈P\mathfrak p\in\mathcal P the map (z,n,ω)↦(−z−s(n,ω),n,ω)(z,n,\omega)\mapsto(-z-s(n,\omega),n,\omega) preserves the endpoint law of gpg_{\mathfrak p} and carries its first endpoint to minus the second, gpg_{\mathfrak p} is even, and the energy −log⁡gp-\log g_{\mathfrak p} of the first endpoint takes finitely many values. Let dmˉd\bar m be their common mean; this mˉ\bar m includes the places of P\mathcal P and is not the mˉ\bar m of Lemma 5.25. The QpQ_{\mathfrak p} take finitely many values, since the parameters of the shell profiles do, and each is a power of the residue characteristic of p\mathfrak p; so these characteristics lie in a fixed finite set, and ∣P∣=O(d)|\mathcal P|=O(d). Since the parameters range over a finite set, the variance of either energy is O(d)O(d). Let χ\chi be the indicator of the event that both energies lie in [d(mˉ−η),d(mˉ+η)][d(\bar m-\eta),d(\bar m+\eta)]. By Chebyshev’s inequality, as in the proof of Lemma 5.25, P(χ=1)≥1/2\mathbb P(\chi=1)\geq1/2 for large dd.

The set Ω\Omega. Let Ω\Omega be the set of points of Cd×AP\mathbb C^d\times\mathbb A_{\mathcal P} where f>0f>0 and V≤d(mˉ+η)V\leq d(\bar m+\eta); it plays the role of the window of Definition 5.11. It is a bounded Borel set: the archimedean energies are coercive and bounded below, and the finite part lies in the compact support of ∏pgp\prod_{\mathfrak p}g_{\mathfrak p}, on which the finite energies are bounded. It is invariant under rotations of the archimedean coordinates, and, by Lemma 6.6, under (xp,yp)↦(ωxp,ω′yp)(x_{\mathfrak p},y_{\mathfrak p})\mapsto(\omega x_{\mathfrak p},\omega' y_{\mathfrak p}) for units at each p∈P\mathfrak p\in\mathcal P and under translation by Cf\mathcal C_f. For u∈Rcu\in\mathbb R^c and n∈ZPn\in\mathbb Z^{\mathcal P} let Φ(u,n)=∣Ω∩(Ω−ν(u,n))∣\Phi(u,n)=|\Omega\cap(\Omega-\nu(u,n))|, and let W(n)=∫RcΦ(u,n) du\mathcal W(n)=\int_{\mathbb R^c}\Phi(u,n)\,\mathrm{d}u. Only finitely many nn have W(n)≠0\mathcal W(n)\neq0. By these invariances, the measure of the intersection of Ω\Omega with its translate by any vector whose archimedean part has the moduli of ν(u)\nu(u) and whose finite part is that of some ν(u,n,ω)\nu(u,n,\omega) equals Φ(u,n)\Phi(u,n). Where χ=1\chi=1, both endpoints lie in Ω\Omega and f(x)f(x+ν(u,n,ω))≤e−2d(mˉ−η)f(x)f(x+\nu(u,n,\omega))\leq e^{-2d(\bar m-\eta)}. Integrating over xx, uu and ω\omega and summing over nn, we obtain

∑nW(n)=∑n∫1Ω(x) 1Ω(x+ν(u,n,ω)) dx du dω≥e2d(mˉ−η)∑n∫χf(x)f(x+ν(u,n,ω)) dx du dω=e2d(mˉ−η)ZP(χ=1)≥12Ze2d(mˉ−η).\begin{aligned} \sum_n\mathcal W(n) &=\sum_n\int1_{\Omega}(x)\,1_{\Omega}(x+\nu(u,n,\omega))\,\mathrm{d}x\,\mathrm{d}u\,\mathrm{d}\omega\\ &\geq e^{2d(\bar m-\eta)}\sum_n\int\chi f(x)f(x+\nu(u,n,\omega))\,\mathrm{d}x\,\mathrm{d}u\,\mathrm{d}\omega =e^{2d(\bar m-\eta)}Z\mathbb P(\chi=1)\geq\frac{1}{2}Ze^{2d(\bar m-\eta)}. \end{aligned}

Moreover 1Ω≤epd(mˉ+η)fp1_{\Omega}\leq e^{pd(\bar m+\eta)}f^p, so ∣Ω∣≤Aepd(mˉ+η)|\Omega|\leq Ae^{pd(\bar m+\eta)}.

Class selection and rescaling. Apply Lemma 6.20 to the finitely many nn with W(n)>0\mathcal W(n)>0, obtaining n0n_0, N′\mathcal N' and βn\beta_n, and let ϖ0\varpi_0 be as in that lemma. Put Ω′=ϖ0−1Ω\Omega'=\varpi_0^{-1}\Omega, where ϖ0\varpi_0 acts on the finite part. Then ∣Ω′∣=∣Ω∣|\Omega'|=|\Omega|, and Ω′\Omega' is invariant under the rectangular group Cf′=ϖ0−1Cf\mathcal C_f'=\varpi_0^{-1}\mathcal C_f, of measure ∣Cf∣|\mathcal C_f|. For n∈N′n\in\mathcal N', β∈βnOK1\beta\in\beta_n\mathcal O_K^1 and h∈Rch\in\mathbb R^c, the element β(h)=(Whβ∞,βf)∈Γh\beta^{(h)}=(W_h\beta_\infty,\beta_f)\in\Gamma_h satisfies

∣Ω′∩(Ω′−β(h))∣=∣Ω∩(Ω−(Whβ∞,ϖ0βf))∣=Φ(ℓ(β)−h,n),|\Omega'\cap(\Omega'-\beta^{(h)})| =|\Omega\cap(\Omega-(W_h\beta_\infty,\varpi_0\beta_f))| =\Phi(\ell(\beta)-h,n),

by the last assertion of Lemma 6.20 and the invariances of Ω\Omega, as in Lemma 5.12.

Points and edges. Let L′\mathcal L' be the ideal attached to Cf′\mathcal C_f' in Lemma 6.15. Fix a Z\mathbb Z-basis of L∞′\mathcal L'_\infty, let PL′P_{\mathcal L'} be the fundamental parallelepiped that it spans, and for y∈[0,1)2dy\in[0,1)^{2d} let yL′∈PL′y_{\mathcal L'}\in P_{\mathcal L'} be the point with coordinate vector yy in this basis. For h∈Rch\in\mathbb R^c, y∈[0,1)2dy\in[0,1)^{2d} and ζ∈Cf′\zeta\in\mathcal C_f' put z0=(WhyL′,ζ)z_0=(W_hy_{\mathcal L'},\zeta); these points form the fundamental domain WhPL′×Cf′W_hP_{\mathcal L'}\times\mathcal C_f' of Γh\Gamma_h of Lemma 6.15(d). Let X(h,z0)=(Γh+z0)∩Ω′\mathcal X(h,z_0)=(\Gamma_h+z_0)\cap\Omega' and let N(h,z0)=∣X(h,z0)∣N(h,z_0)=|\mathcal X(h,z_0)| be the number of its points (the analogue of the count n(h,y)n(h,y) of Section 5), and let E(h,z0)\mathcal E(h,z_0) count the pairs (x,β)(x,\beta) with x∈X(h,z0)x\in\mathcal X(h,z_0), β∈⋃n∈N′βnOK1\beta\in\bigcup_{n\in\mathcal N'}\beta_n\mathcal O_K^1 and x+β(h)∈Ω′x+\beta^{(h)}\in\Omega'. Averages over (h,z0)(h,z_0) are taken with respect to the probability measure dh dy dζ/(Reg⁡d∣Cf′∣)\mathrm{d}h\,\mathrm{d}y\,\mathrm{d}\zeta/(\operatorname{Reg}^d|\mathcal C_f'|) on Γ1×[0,1)2d×Cf′\Gamma^1\times[0,1)^{2d}\times\mathcal C_f'. Since 1Ω′≤epd(mˉ+η)(f∘ϖ0)p1_{\Omega'}\leq e^{pd(\bar m+\eta)}(f\circ\varpi_0)^p and (f∘ϖ0)p(f\circ\varpi_0)^p is the product of an archimedean factor and a function invariant under Cf′\mathcal C_f', Lemma 6.17 and Remark 6.19 give

N(h,z0)≤Nmax⁡=2Aepd(mˉ+η)covol⁡0N(h,z_0)\leq N_{\max}=\frac{2Ae^{pd(\bar m+\eta)}}{\operatorname{covol}_0}

for all (h,z0)(h,z_0). By tiling, for fixed hh the average of N(h,z0)N(h,z_0) over (y,ζ)(y,\zeta) is ∣Ω′∣/covol⁡0|\Omega'|/\operatorname{covol}_0, and the average of E(h,z0)\mathcal{E}(h,z_0) is covol⁡0−1∑n∈N′∑β∈βnOK1Φ(ι(β)−h,n)\operatorname{covol}_0^{-1}\sum_{n\in\mathcal{N}'}\sum_{\beta\in\beta_n\mathcal{O}_K^1}\Phi(\iota(\beta)-h,n). Averaging over h∈Π1h\in\Pi^1 as in Lemma 5.9, the average of E\mathcal{E} becomes

wKReg⁡1covol⁡0∑n∈N′W(n)≥wKκhrelReg⁡1covol⁡0∑nW(n).\frac{w_K}{\operatorname{Reg}^1\operatorname{covol}_0}\sum_{n\in\mathcal{N}'}\mathcal{W}(n) \ge \frac{w_K}{\kappa h_{\mathrm{rel}}\operatorname{Reg}^1\operatorname{covol}_0}\sum_n\mathcal{W}(n).

Measurability and integrability hold as in Lemma 5.13, since E≤N2≤Nmax⁡2\mathcal{E}\le N^2\le N_{\max}^2. The argument of that lemma yields a pair (h,z0)(h,z_0) with N=N(h,z0)>0N=N(h,z_0)>0 and

E(h,z0)N≥wKκhrelReg⁡1∑nW(n)∣Ω∣≥wKκhrelReg⁡1Ze2d(mˉ−η)2Aepd(mˉ+η).\frac{\mathcal{E}(h,z_0)}{N} \ge \frac{w_K}{\kappa h_{\mathrm{rel}}\operatorname{Reg}^1}\frac{\sum_n\mathcal{W}(n)}{|\Omega|} \ge \frac{w_K}{\kappa h_{\mathrm{rel}}\operatorname{Reg}^1}\frac{Ze^{2d(\bar{m}-\eta)}}{2Ae^{pd(\bar{m}+\eta)}}.

With N≤Nmax⁡N\le N_{\max} and p(1+δ)=2p(1+\delta)=2,

E(h,z0)N1+δ≥wKcovol⁡0δ21+δκhrelReg⁡1ZA1+δe−4ηd.\frac{\mathcal{E}(h,z_0)}{N^{1+\delta}} \ge \frac{w_K\operatorname{covol}_0^\delta}{2^{1+\delta}\kappa h_{\mathrm{rel}}\operatorname{Reg}^1} \frac{Z}{A^{1+\delta}}e^{-4\eta d}.

By (30) and log⁡LF(1)≤dC\log L_F(1)\le dC, the first factor is at least 2−2−δ2d(1−δ)π(1−θ)dλ−(1/2−δ)de−dC2^{-2-\delta}2^{d(1-\delta)}\pi^{(1-\theta)d}\lambda^{-(1/2-\delta)d}e^{-dC}, and Z/A1+δ=exp⁡(bJR+cJC+∑plog⁡Fδ,p)Z/A^{1+\delta}=\exp(bJ_{\mathbb{R}}+cJ_{\mathbb{C}}+\sum_{\mathfrak{p}}\log\mathcal{F}_{\delta,\mathfrak{p}}). Hence E/N1+δ≥2−2−δed(Mfin−4η)\mathcal{E}/N^{1+\delta}\ge2^{-2-\delta}e^{d(\mathcal{M}_{\mathrm{fin}}-4\eta)}.

The planar set. Let v0v_0 be a real place of FF and let UU be the set of v0v_0-coordinates of the points of X(h,z0)\mathcal{X}(h,z_0). Distinct points differ by (Whγ∞,γf)(W_h\gamma_\infty,\gamma_f) with 0≠γ∈Γ0\ne\gamma\in\Gamma, whose v0v_0-coordinate is nonzero, so ∣U∣=N|U|=N. Each counted pair (x,β)(x,\beta) gives two points at distance ∣ϕv0(β)∣=1|\phi_{v_0}(\beta)|=1, and distinct pairs give distinct ordered pairs of points. As in the proof of Proposition 5.26 (Lemma 5.15), u(U)≥E/2u(U)\ge\mathcal{E}/2, the ratio u(U)/∣U∣1+δu(U)/|U|^{1+\delta} tends to infinity, and the bound u(U)≤∣U∣2/2u(U)\le|U|^2/2 forces ∣U∣→∞|U|\to\infty. □\square

Uniform Local Types.

Corollary 6.23 (Uniform local types). Let 0<δ<10<\delta<1 and C∈RC\in\mathbb{R}. Let (Kj/Fj)j≥1(K_j/F_j)_{j\ge1} be quadratic extensions satisfying (G1)–(G3) with a common λ\lambda, with dj=[Fj:Q]→∞d_j=[F_j:\mathbb{Q}]\to\infty and log⁡LFj(1)≤djC\log L_{F_j}(1)\le d_jC, and with the same uniform local types (er,fr)r∈R(e_r,f_r)_{r\in\mathcal{R}} (Definition 5.4). For each r∈Rr\in\mathcal{R} fix an integer kr≥0k_r\ge0 and weights w(r)w^{(r)} as in Definition 6.5, let Fδ,r\mathcal{F}_{\delta,r} be the value of the local functional Fδ\mathcal{F}_\delta at the shell profile with parameters (rfr,kr,w(r))(r^{f_r},k_r,w^{(r)}), and let HH be as in (31). Let (fR,gC)(f_{\mathbb{R}},g_{\mathbb{C}}) be admissible with Fourier constants (M,σ)(M,\sigma) satisfying (37) with μ=2eH/2−ℓ\mu=2e^{H/2-\ell}, and put

MR(θ)=∑r∈Rlog⁡Fδ,rerfr−(1/2−δ)ℓ−C+(1−δ)log⁡2+(1−θ)log⁡π+(1−2θ)JR+θJC.\begin{aligned} \mathcal{M}_{\mathcal{R}}(\theta) ={}& \sum_{r\in\mathcal{R}}\frac{\log\mathcal{F}_{\delta,r}}{e_rf_r} -(1/2-\delta)\ell-C+(1-\delta)\log2+(1-\theta)\log\pi\\ &+(1-2\theta)J_{\mathbb{R}}+\theta J_{\mathbb{C}}. \end{aligned}

If inf⁡jMR(θj)>0\inf_j\mathcal{M}_{\mathcal{R}}(\theta_j)>0, where θj\theta_j is the value of θ\theta for FjF_j, then there are finite sets Uj⊂R2U_j\subset\mathbb{R}^2 with ∣Uj∣→∞|U_j|\to\infty and u(Uj)/∣Uj∣1+δ→∞u(U_j)/|U_j|^{1+\delta}\to\infty. For unweighted shell profiles, ∑rlog⁡Fδ,r/(erfr)=J−δH\sum_r\log\mathcal{F}_{\delta,r}/(e_rf_r)=J-\delta H, so that MR\mathcal{M}_{\mathcal{R}} is the margin M\mathcal{M} of (39).

Proof. Apply Proposition 6.21 with PjP_j the set of all places of FjF_j above R\mathcal{R}, which split in KjK_j, and with gpg_{\mathfrak{p}} the shell profile with parameters (rfr,kr,w(r))(r^{f_r},k_r,w^{(r)}) for p\mathfrak{p} above rr; these parameters take ∣R∣|\mathcal{R}| values, and Fδ,p=Fδ,r\mathcal{F}_{\delta,\mathfrak{p}}=\mathcal{F}_{\delta,r}. Since there are d/(erfr)d/(e_rf_r) places above rr, each with Qp=rfrQ_{\mathfrak{p}}=r^{f_r},

1d∑p∈Plog⁡Fδ,p=∑r∈Rlog⁡Fδ,rerfr,Hf=∑r∈Rkrlog⁡rer=H.(49)\frac{1}{d}\sum_{\mathfrak{p}\in P}\log\mathcal{F}_{\delta,\mathfrak{p}} = \sum_{r\in\mathcal{R}}\frac{\log\mathcal{F}_{\delta,r}}{e_rf_r}, \qquad H_f = \sum_{r\in\mathcal{R}}\frac{k_r\log r}{e_r} = H. \tag*{(49)}

In particular (46) coincides with (37), whatever the shell weights, and the margin (48) of Kj/FjK_j/F_j equals MR(θj)\mathcal{M}_{\mathcal{R}}(\theta_j). For unweighted shell profiles, Lemma 6.8 gives log⁡Fδ,r=log⁡(kr+1)−δkrfrlog⁡r\log\mathcal{F}_{\delta,r}=\log(k_r+1)-\delta k_rf_r\log r, and the sum in (49) is J−δHJ-\delta H. □\square

Thus Proposition 6.21 contains Proposition 5.26, and the shell weights replace the term J−δHJ-\delta H of (39) by ∑rlog⁡Fδ,r/(erfr)\sum_r\log\mathcal{F}_{\delta,r}/(e_rf_r) without changing the Fourier condition.

Archimedean Profiles

We use a Gaussian at the compact coordinates, and at the pair coordinates a Student profile multiplied by a positive polynomial.

Definition 7.1. Let s>0s>0 and a>0a>0, and let PP be a real polynomial in two variables that is positive on [0,1]2[0,1]^2. For (z,w)∈C2(z,w)\in\mathbb{C}^2 put

t=(1+a∣z∣2)−1,t′=(1+a∣w∣2)−1,gC(z,w)=tst′ sP(t,t′).t=(1+a|z|^2)^{-1},\qquad t'=(1+a|w|^2)^{-1},\qquad g_{\mathbb{C}}(z,w)=t^s t'^{\,s}P(t,t').

We call gCg_{\mathbb{C}} the Student–Bernstein profile with parameters (s,a,P)(s,a,P). For P≡1P\equiv1 it is the Student profile tst′ st^s t'^{\,s}; for s>1s>1, each factor (1+a∣z∣2)−s(1+a|z|^2)^{-s} is proportional to the density of a bivariate Student tt-distribution. If PP has degree at most mm in each variable, its Bernstein coefficients of degree mm are the numbers βij\beta_{ij} with

P(t,t′)=∑i,j=0mβijbim(t)bjm(t′),bim(t)=(mi)ti(1−t)m−i.P(t,t')=\sum_{i,j=0}^{m}\beta_{ij}b_i^m(t)b_j^m(t'),\qquad b_i^m(t)=\binom{m}{i}t^i(1-t)^{m-i}.

The Bernstein polynomials bimb_i^m are nonnegative on [0,1][0,1] and sum to one, so min⁡β≤P≤max⁡β\min\beta\le P\le\max\beta on [0,1]2[0,1]^2, where min⁡β\min\beta and max⁡β\max\beta are the smallest and largest Bernstein coefficients. From now on, gCg_{\mathbb{C}} denotes a Student–Bernstein profile with parameters (s,a,P)(s,a,P). Section 8 uses

s=1.14600585,a=0.0000128633241758,s=1.14600585,\qquad a=0.0000128633241758,

and the polynomial PP of degree m=3m=3 in each variable whose Bernstein coefficients form the symmetric matrix

(βij)=(12.41294389772.77217992106.68577980612.41294389773.85329838884.63717501198.13071681832.77217992104.63717501195.46289590849.55126475886.68577980618.13071681839.551264758813.8659430610).(50)(\beta_{ij})= \begin{pmatrix} 1 & 2.4129438977 & 2.7721799210 & 6.6857798061 \\ 2.4129438977 & 3.8532983888 & 4.6371750119 & 8.1307168183 \\ 2.7721799210 & 4.6371750119 & 5.4628959084 & 9.5512647588 \\ 6.6857798061 & 8.1307168183 & 9.5512647588 & 13.8659430610 \end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(50)}

All finite decimals here are exact rational numbers.

Heuristic. The shape of gCg_{\mathbb{C}} is adapted to the displacements at a pair of coordinates. By (29) they have moduli (eu,e−u)(e^u,e^{-u}), so as uu varies they run along a hyperbola. A profile of width a−1/2a^{-1/2} in each coordinate stays close to its translate for all uu with e∣u∣≲a−1/2e^{|u|}\lesssim a^{-1/2}, a range of length about log⁡(1/a)\log(1/a); this produces the factor log⁡(1/a)\log(1/a) in Proposition 7.17, against the term 2δlog⁡a2\delta\log a in (61), which comes from the exponent 1+δ1+\delta on the mass ACA_{\mathbb{C}}. For Student–Bernstein profiles the overlap ICI_{\mathbb{C}} reduces to beta integrals and digamma values (Lemmas 7.5–7.10), which makes rigorous bounds possible, and the polynomial PP couples the two radii.

In this section we prove that these profiles are admissible in the sense of Definition 5.23, and we derive bounds for the functionals JRJ_{\mathbb{R}} and JCJ_{\mathbb{C}} (Definition 5.22) that reduce to finite computations with rational data. Section 8 carries out these computations at δ=0.04273\delta=0.04273. Throughout, 0<δ<10<\delta<1 and p=2/(1+δ)p=2/(1+\delta). We write ψ=Γ′/Γ\psi=\Gamma'/\Gamma, γ\gamma for Euler’s constant, (x)n(x)_n for the rising factorial, Hn=∑k=1n1/kH_n=\sum_{k=1}^{n}1/k with H0=0H_0=0, and Beta⁡(α,α′)\operatorname{Beta}(\alpha,\alpha') for the beta distribution on (0,1)(0,1) with density proportional to tα−1(1−t)α′−1t^{\alpha-1}(1-t)^{\alpha'-1}.

The Gaussian at the Compact Coordinates.

Lemma 7.3. Let aR=2pδa_{\mathbb{R}}=2p\delta and fR(z)=e−aR∣z∣2/pf_{\mathbb{R}}(z)=e^{-a_{\mathbb{R}}|z|^2/p}, so that fRp=e−aR∣z∣2f_{\mathbb{R}}^p=e^{-a_{\mathbb{R}}|z|^2}. Then

JR=log⁡(p/2)+δlog⁡(aR/π)−aR/(2p)=log⁡(p/2)+δ(log⁡(aR/π)−1),(51)J_{\mathbb{R}}=\log(p/2)+\delta\log(a_{\mathbb{R}}/\pi)-a_{\mathbb{R}}/(2p) =\log(p/2)+\delta\bigl(\log(a_{\mathbb{R}}/\pi)-1\bigr), \tag*{(51)}

and aRa_{\mathbb{R}} maximizes JRJ_{\mathbb{R}} over the Gaussians e−a′∣z∣2/pe^{-a'|z|^2/p}, a′>0a'>0.

Proof. For f=e−a′∣z∣2/pf=e^{-a'|z|^2/p} we have AR=π/a′A_{\mathbb{R}}=\pi/a', and, since ∣z∣2+∣z+1∣2=2∣z+1/2∣2+1/2|z|^2+|z+1|^2=2|z+1/2|^2+1/2, IR=(πp/(2a′))e−a′/(2p)I_{\mathbb{R}}=(\pi p/(2a'))e^{-a'/(2p)}. Hence JR=log⁡(p/2)+δlog⁡(a′/π)−a′/(2p)J_{\mathbb{R}}=\log(p/2)+\delta\log(a'/\pi)-a'/(2p), a concave function of log⁡a′\log a' with its maximum at a′=2pδa'=2p\delta. □\square

By (39), the margin is affine in θ\theta with slope −log⁡π−2JR+JC-\log\pi-2J_{\mathbb{R}}+J_{\mathbb{C}}. This slope depends on the profiles; for ours it is positive (Section 8).

The Pair Convolution

Lemma 7.5. Let α,α′>0\alpha,\alpha'>0 with A=α+α′−1>0A=\alpha+\alpha'-1>0, and let h∈Ch\in\mathbb{C}. Then

∫C(1+∣z∣2)−α(1+∣z+h∣2)−α′ dz=πAE(1+T(1−T)∣h∣2)−A,T∼Beta⁡(α,α′).(52)\int_{\mathbb{C}}(1+|z|^{2})^{-\alpha}(1+|z+h|^{2})^{-\alpha'}\,\mathrm{d}z = \frac{\pi}{A}\mathbb{E}\left(1+T(1-T)|h|^{2}\right)^{-A}, \qquad T\sim\operatorname{Beta}(\alpha,\alpha'). \tag*{(52)}

Proof. Insert (1+∣z∣2)−α=Γ(α)−1∫0∞rα−1e−r(1+∣z∣2) dr(1+|z|^{2})^{-\alpha}=\Gamma(\alpha)^{-1}\int_{0}^{\infty}r^{\alpha-1}e^{-r(1+|z|^{2})}\,\mathrm{d}r and the analogous formula with a variable r′r'. Since r∣z∣2+r′∣z+h∣2=(r+r′)∣z+r′h/(r+r′)∣2+rr′∣h∣2/(r+r′)r|z|^{2}+r'|z+h|^{2}=(r+r')|z+r'h/(r+r')|^{2}+rr'|h|^{2}/(r+r'), the integral of e−r∣z∣2−r′∣z+h∣2e^{-r|z|^{2}-r'|z+h|^{2}} over z∈Cz\in\mathbb{C} is π(r+r′)−1e−rr′∣h∣2/(r+r′)\pi(r+r')^{-1}e^{-rr'|h|^{2}/(r+r')}; the factors e−re^{-r} and e−r′e^{-r'} remain in the Laplace integrals. Substitute r=RTr=RT, r′=R(1−T)r'=R(1-T), with Jacobian RR, and integrate over RR. This gives

πΓ(A)Γ(α)Γ(α′)∫01Tα−1(1−T)α′−1(1+T(1−T)∣h∣2)−A dT,\frac{\pi\Gamma(A)}{\Gamma(\alpha)\Gamma(\alpha')} \int_{0}^{1}T^{\alpha-1}(1-T)^{\alpha'-1} \left(1+T(1-T)|h|^{2}\right)^{-A}\,\mathrm{d}T,

which equals the right side of (52) because Γ(α+α′)=AΓ(A)\Gamma(\alpha+\alpha')=A\Gamma(A). All integrands are nonnegative, so Tonelli’s theorem justifies the interchanges. □\square

For A,B>0A,B>0 and y>0y>0 define

QAB(y)=∫R(1+ye2v)−A(1+ye−2v)−B dv.Q_{AB}(y)=\int_{\mathbb{R}}(1+ye^{2v})^{-A}(1+ye^{-2v})^{-B}\,\mathrm{d}v.

Lemma 7.7. Let A,B>0A,B>0.

(a) For y>0y>0,

∣QAB(y)−log⁡(1/y)+ψ(A)+ψ(B)+2γ2∣≤(A+B)y2.(53)\left|Q_{AB}(y)-\log(1/y)+\frac{\psi(A)+\psi(B)+2\gamma}{2}\right| \leq\frac{(A+B)y}{2}. \tag*{(53)}

(b) For 0<y<10<y<1, with absolutely convergent series,

QAB(y)=∑n≥0(A)n(B)n(n!)2y2n[log⁡(1/y)+ψ(n+1)−ψ(A+n)+ψ(B+n)2].Q_{AB}(y) = \sum_{n\geq0}\frac{(A)_{n}(B)_{n}}{(n!)^{2}}y^{2n} \left[ \log(1/y)+\psi(n+1)-\frac{\psi(A+n)+\psi(B+n)}{2} \right].

(c) Suppose A,B≥1A,B\geq1, 0<y<10<y<1, ABy2<1ABy^{2}<1 and 2log⁡(1/y)≥H⌈A⌉−1+H⌈B⌉−12\log(1/y)\geq H_{\lceil A\rceil-1}+H_{\lceil B\rceil-1}. Then every term of the series in (b) is nonnegative, and for every integer n∗≥0n_{*}\geq0 its remainder Rem⁡n∗(y)\operatorname{Rem}_{n_{*}}(y) after the terms n≤n∗n\leq n_{*} satisfies

0≤Rem⁡n∗(y)≤log⁡(1/y)(ABy2)n∗+11−ABy2.0\leq\operatorname{Rem}_{n_{*}}(y) \leq\log(1/y)\frac{(ABy^{2})^{n_{*}+1}}{1-ABy^{2}}.

Proof. (a) Split the integral at v=0v=0. On v≥0v\geq0, first replace (1+ye−2v)−B(1+ye^{-2v})^{-B} by 11. Since 0≤1−(1+ye−2v)−B≤Bye−2v0\leq1-(1+ye^{-2v})^{-B}\leq Bye^{-2v}, this changes the half-integral by an amount in [0,By/2][0,By/2]. The substitution x=ye2vx=ye^{2v} gives ∫0∞(1+ye2v)−A dv=12∫y∞(1+x)−A dx/x\int_{0}^{\infty}(1+ye^{2v})^{-A}\,\mathrm{d}v=\frac{1}{2}\int_{y}^{\infty}(1+x)^{-A}\,\mathrm{d}x/x, and

∫y∞dxx(1+x)A=log⁡1y+ϰA+∫0y(1−(1+x)−A)dxx,ϰA=∫0∞((1+x)−A−1x<1)dxx.\int_{y}^{\infty}\frac{\mathrm{d}x}{x(1+x)^{A}} = \log\frac{1}{y}+\varkappa_{A} +\int_{0}^{y}\left(1-(1+x)^{-A}\right)\frac{\mathrm{d}x}{x}, \qquad \varkappa_{A} = \int_{0}^{\infty}\left((1+x)^{-A}-\mathbf{1}_{x<1}\right)\frac{\mathrm{d}x}{x}.

The last integral lies in [0,Ay][0,Ay], because 0≤1−(1+x)−A≤Ax0\leq1-(1+x)^{-A}\leq Ax; in particular it tends to 00 with yy. On the other hand, the substitution t=1/(1+x)t=1/(1+x) gives

∫y∞dxx(1+x)A=∫01/(1+y)tA−1−11−t dt+log⁡1+yy.\int_{y}^{\infty}\frac{\mathrm{d}x}{x(1+x)^{A}} = \int_{0}^{1/(1+y)}\frac{t^{A-1}-1}{1-t}\,\mathrm{d}t +\log\frac{1+y}{y}.

Letting y→0y\to0 in the two expressions yields ϰA=∫01(tA−1−1)(1−t)−1 dt=−ψ(A)−γ\varkappa_{A}=\int_{0}^{1}(t^{A-1}-1)(1-t)^{-1}\,\mathrm{d}t=-\psi(A)-\gamma [25], Equation (5.9.16). Thus the half v≥0v\geq0 equals 12(log⁡(1/y)−ψ(A)−γ)\frac{1}{2}(\log(1/y)-\psi(A)-\gamma) plus a term in [0,Ay/2][0,Ay/2] minus a term in [0,By/2][0,By/2]. The half v≤0v\le0 is the same with AA and BB exchanged. Adding the halves proves (a).

(b) The substitutions x=ye2vx=ye^{2v} and then t=x/(x+y2)t=x/(x+y^{2}) give

2QAB(y)=∫01tB−1(1−t)A−1(1−(1−y2)t)−Adt.2Q_{AB}(y)=\int_{0}^{1}t^{B-1}(1-t)^{A-1}\left(1-(1-y^{2})t\right)^{-A}\mathrm{d}t.

By Euler’s integral [25], Equation (15.6.1), the right side is Γ(A)Γ(B)F(A,B;A+B;1−y2)\Gamma(A)\Gamma(B)\mathbf{F}(A,B;A+B;1-y^{2}), where F\mathbf{F} is Olver’s regularized hypergeometric function. The expansion [25], Equation (15.8.10), in the case where the third parameter is the sum of the first two, gives

F(A,B;A+B;1−y2)=1Γ(A)Γ(B)∑n≥0(A)n(B)n(n!)2y2n[2ψ(n+1)−ψ(A+n)−ψ(B+n)−log⁡y2]\mathbf{F}(A,B;A+B;1-y^{2}) = \frac{1}{\Gamma(A)\Gamma(B)} \sum_{n\ge0}\frac{(A)_{n}(B)_{n}}{(n!)^{2}}y^{2n} \left[2\psi(n+1)-\psi(A+n)-\psi(B+n)-\log y^{2}\right]

for 0<y<10<y<1. Dividing by two proves (b). The coefficients grow at most polynomially in nn, so the series converges absolutely.

(c) For A≥1A\ge1 and n≥0n\ge0, monotonicity of ψ\psi and the recurrence ψ(x+1)=ψ(x)+1/x\psi(x+1)=\psi(x)+1/x give ψ(n+1)≤ψ(A+n)≤ψ(⌈A⌉+n)≤ψ(n+1)+H⌈A⌉−1\psi(n+1)\le\psi(A+n)\le\psi(\lceil A\rceil+n)\le\psi(n+1)+H_{\lceil A\rceil-1}. Hence the bracket in (b) lies between log⁡(1/y)−12(H⌈A⌉−1+H⌈B⌉−1)≥0\log(1/y)-\frac{1}{2}(H_{\lceil A\rceil-1}+H_{\lceil B\rceil-1})\ge0 and log⁡(1/y)\log(1/y). Moreover (A)n/n!=∏1≤k<n(A+k)/(k+1)≤An(A)_{n}/n!=\prod_{1\le k<n}(A+k)/(k+1)\le A^{n} for A≥1A\ge1, and similarly for BB. Summing the geometric series proves (c). □\square

Definition 7.9. Let dijd_{ij} be the monomial coefficients of PP, so that P(t,t′)=∑i,jdijtit′jP(t,t')=\sum_{i,j}d_{ij}t^{i}t'^{j}, and put η0=2s−1\eta_{0}=2s-1,

Aik=η0+i+k,Bjl=η0+j+l,wijkl=dijdklAikBjl.A_{ik}=\eta_{0}+i+k,\qquad B_{jl}=\eta_{0}+j+l,\qquad w_{ijkl}=\frac{d_{ij}d_{kl}}{A_{ik}B_{jl}}.

A quadruple (i,j,k,l)(i,j,k,l) with dijdkl≠0d_{ij}d_{kl}\ne0 is a cross.

Lemma 7.10. Let s≥1s\ge1 and a>0a>0. Then

IC=π2a2∑(i,j,k,l)wijkl E QAikBjl(y),y=aT(1−T)T′(1−T′)≤a/4,I_{C}=\frac{\pi^{2}}{a^{2}}\sum_{(i,j,k,l)}w_{ijkl}\,\mathbb{E}\,Q_{A_{ik}B_{jl}}(y), \qquad y=a\sqrt{T(1-T)T'(1-T')}\le a/4,

where the sum runs over all crosses and, for each cross, T∼Beta⁡(s+i,s+k)T\sim\operatorname{Beta}(s+i,s+k) and T′∼Beta⁡(s+j,s+l)T'\sim\operatorname{Beta}(s+j,s+l) are independent. Each expectation is finite.

Proof. Expand gC(z,w)=∑i,jdij(1+a∣z∣2)−s−i(1+a∣w∣2)−s−jg_{C}(z,w)=\sum_{i,j}d_{ij}(1+a|z|^{2})^{-s-i}(1+a|w|^{2})^{-s-j} and multiply out gC(z,w)gC(z+eu,w+e−u)g_{C}(z,w)g_{C}(z+e^{u},w+e^{-u}). For one cross, the scaling z↦z/az\mapsto z/\sqrt{a} and Lemma 7.5 give

∫C(1+a∣z∣2)−s−i(1+a∣z+eu∣2)−s−k dz=πaAikE(1+aT(1−T)e2u)−Aik,\int_{\mathbb{C}}(1+a|z|^{2})^{-s-i}(1+a|z+e^{u}|^{2})^{-s-k}\,\mathrm{d}z = \frac{\pi}{aA_{ik}}\mathbb{E}\left(1+aT(1-T)e^{2u}\right)^{-A_{ik}},

and similarly in ww with e−2ue^{-2u}, BjlB_{jl} and T′T'. By Tonelli’s theorem, the uu-integral of the product is E∫R(1+Ye2u)−Aik(1+Y′e−2u)−Bjldu\mathbb{E}\int_{\mathbb{R}}(1+Ye^{2u})^{-A_{ik}}(1+Y'e^{-2u})^{-B_{jl}}\mathrm{d}u with Y=aT(1−T)Y=aT(1-T) and Y′=aT′(1−T′)Y'=aT'(1-T'), and the translation u↦u+14log⁡(Y′/Y)u\mapsto u+\frac{1}{4}\log(Y'/Y) turns the inner integral into QAikBjl(YY′)Q_{A_{ik}B_{jl}}(\sqrt{YY'}). By (53), QAB(y)Q_{AB}(y) is at most log⁡(1/y)\log(1/y) plus a constant, and log⁡(1/(T(1−T)))\log(1/(T(1-T))) is integrable under every beta law; so each term is finite and the finite signed sum is legitimate. □\square

Admissibility

For the Fourier bound we assume that PP has positive Bernstein coefficients βij\beta_{ij} of some degree m≥1m\ge1.

Definition 7.11. Let Δ1\Delta_{1} and Δ2\Delta_{2} be the forward difference operators in the two indices of (βij)(\beta_{ij}). For 0<ρ<10<\rho<1, the width of the complex tube in the proof of Lemma 7.12, put ω=(ρ+ρ2)/(1−ρ2)\omega=(\rho+\rho^{2})/(1-\rho^{2}),

Err′=(mr)(mr′)max⁡i,j∣Δ1rΔ2r′βij∣,q0=1min⁡β∑r+r′>0Err′ωr+r′.E_{rr'}=\binom{m}{r}\binom{m}{r'}\max_{i,j}\left|\Delta_{1}^{r}\Delta_{2}^{r'}\beta_{ij}\right|, \qquad q_{0}=\frac{1}{\min\beta}\sum_{r+r'>0}E_{rr'}\omega^{r+r'}.

We call q0q_{0} the tube constant.

Lemma 7.12. Let s>0s>0, sp>1sp>1 and a>0a>0, let PP have positive Bernstein coefficients βij\beta_{ij} of degree m≥1m\geq1, let 0<ρ<10<\rho<1, and suppose that the tube constant satisfies q0<1q_0<1. Then for all ξ1,ξ2∈C\xi_1,\xi_2\in\mathbb{C},

∣gCp^(ξ1,ξ2)∣≤KCe−σC(∣ξ1∣+∣ξ2∣)AC,KC=(1−ρ2)−2sp(1+q0)p,σC=2πρa.\left|\widehat{g_{\mathrm{C}}^{p}}(\xi_1,\xi_2)\right|\leq K_{\mathrm{C}}e^{-\sigma_{\mathrm{C}}(|\xi_1|+|\xi_2|)}A_{\mathrm{C}},\qquad K_{\mathrm{C}}=(1-\rho^2)^{-2sp}(1+q_0)^p,\qquad\sigma_{\mathrm{C}}=\frac{2\pi\rho}{\sqrt{a}}.

Proof. Write x=a z∈R2x=\sqrt{a}\,z\in\mathbb{R}^2 and consider complex vectors x+iyx+iy with x,y∈R2x,y\in\mathbb{R}^2 and ∣y∣≤ρ|y|\leq\rho. Put D(x+iy)=1+(x1+iy1)2+(x2+iy2)2D(x+iy)=1+(x_1+iy_1)^2+(x_2+iy_2)^2. Then

Re⁡D=1+∣x∣2−∣y∣2≥(1−ρ2)(1+∣x∣2),∣D−1−(1+∣x∣2)−1∣≤2∣x∣ρ+ρ2(1−ρ2)(1+∣x∣2)2≤ω.\operatorname{Re}D=1+|x|^2-|y|^2\geq(1-\rho^2)(1+|x|^2),\qquad\left|D^{-1}-(1+|x|^2)^{-1}\right|\leq\frac{2|x|\rho+\rho^2}{(1-\rho^2)(1+|x|^2)^2}\leq\omega.

So the complexified t=D−1t=D^{-1} lies within ω\omega of the real t0=(1+∣x∣2)−1∈(0,1]t_0=(1+|x|^2)^{-1}\in(0,1], and likewise for t′t'. By the Bernstein derivative formula, ∂tr∂t′r′P/(r!r′!)=(mr)(mr′)∑i,j(Δ1rΔ2r′β)ijbim−r(t)bjm−r′(t′)\partial_t^r\partial_{t'}^{r'}P/(r!r'!)=\binom{m}{r}\binom{m}{r'}\sum_{i,j}(\Delta_1^r\Delta_2^{r'}\beta)_{ij}b_i^{m-r}(t)b_j^{m-r'}(t'), which is at most Err′E_{rr'} in absolute value on [0,1]2[0,1]^2. Taylor expansion of the polynomial PP about (t0,t0′)(t_0,t_0') therefore gives ∣P(t,t′)−P(t0,t0′)∣≤q0min⁡β≤q0P(t0,t0′)|P(t,t')-P(t_0,t_0')|\leq q_0\min\beta\leq q_0P(t_0,t_0'). Thus P(t,t′)P(t,t') lies in the right half-plane, and with principal branches,

∣D(x+iy)−spD(x′+iy′)−spP(t,t′)p∣≤KCt0spt0′spP(t0,t0′)p,\left|D(x+iy)^{-sp}D(x'+iy')^{-sp}P(t,t')^p\right|\leq K_{\mathrm{C}}t_0^{sp}{t_0'}^{sp}P(t_0,t_0')^p,

where x′+iy′x'+iy' is the variable attached to ww. The same bounds hold for ∣y∣,∣y′∣<ρ′|y|,|y'|<\rho' with some ρ′>ρ\rho'>\rho, since q0q_0 depends continuously on ρ\rho, so the left side is holomorphic in each complex coordinate on a neighborhood of the closed tube.

The function gCpg_{\mathrm{C}}^p is invariant under rotations of zz and of ww. Rotate so that ξ1\xi_1 and ξ2\xi_2 are positive multiples of the first basis vector, and shift the first real coordinate of xx by −iρ-i\rho, then that of x′x' by −iρ-i\rho. Each shift is justified by Cauchy’s theorem in one variable: the integrand is holomorphic in the strip and bounded there by a constant times (1+∣x∣2)−sp(1+∣x′∣2)−sp(1+|x|^2)^{-sp}(1+|x'|^2)^{-sp}, which tends to zero at infinity and is integrable because sp>1sp>1. After the shifts the Fourier factor is multiplied by e−2πρ(∣ξ1∣+∣ξ2∣)/ae^{-2\pi\rho(|\xi_1|+|\xi_2|)/\sqrt{a}}, and the displayed bound gives the lemma. □\square

Proposition 7.13. Let s≥1s\geq1, a>0a>0, and let PP have positive Bernstein coefficients βij\beta_{ij} of some degree m≥1m\geq1 in each variable. Let 0<δ<10<\delta<1 with aR=2pδ≤1a_{\mathrm{R}}=2p\delta\leq1, let fRf_{\mathrm{R}} be the Gaussian of Lemma 7.3, and let 0<ρ<10<\rho<1 with q0<1q_0<1. Then (fR,gC)(f_{\mathrm{R}},g_{\mathrm{C}}) is admissible with Fourier constants

M=max⁡{2,KC},σ=min⁡{1,σC}.(54)M=\max\{2,\sqrt{K_{\mathrm{C}}}\},\qquad\sigma=\min\{1,\sigma_{\mathrm{C}}\}. \tag*{(54)}

Proof. (P1) The functions fRpf_{\mathrm{R}}^p and gCp=(1+a∣z∣2)−sp(1+a∣w∣2)−spP(t,t′)pg_{\mathrm{C}}^p=(1+a|z|^2)^{-sp}(1+a|w|^2)^{-sp}P(t,t')^p are smooth, because P≥min⁡β>0P\geq\min\beta>0 on [0,1]2[0,1]^2, and they and all their derivatives are bounded.

(P2) The integrals at the compact coordinates are computed in Lemma 7.3. The mass ACA_{\mathrm{C}} is finite because sp>1sp>1 (Proposition 7.20 below), and 0<IC<∞0<I_{\mathrm{C}}<\infty because gC≤max⁡β tst′sg_{\mathrm{C}}\leq\max\beta\,t^st'^s and Lemma 7.10 applies to the Student profile tst′st^st'^s.

(P3) VR=aR∣z∣2/pV_{\mathrm{R}}=a_{\mathrm{R}}|z|^2/p, and VC=slog⁡(1+a∣z∣2)+slog⁡(1+a∣w∣2)−log⁡P(t,t′)V_{\mathrm{C}}=s\log(1+a|z|^2)+s\log(1+a|w|^2)-\log P(t,t') is at least −log⁡max⁡β-\log\max\beta and tends to infinity with ∣z∣|z| or ∣w∣|w|.

(P4) The endpoint law at a compact coordinate is Gaussian. For the pair, −log⁡P-\log P is bounded, so it suffices to bound the second moments of log⁡(1+a∣z∣2)\log(1+a|z|^2) and log⁡(1+a∣w∣2)\log(1+a|w|^2). Choose 0<τ<s0<\tau<s; then τ<2s−1\tau<2s-1 as well, since s≥1s\geq1. We have log⁡2(1+x)≤cτ(1+x)τ\log^2(1+x)\leq c_\tau(1+x)^\tau for x≥0x\geq0 and some constant cτc_\tau, and gC≤max⁡β tst′sg_{\mathrm{C}}\leq\max\beta\,t^st'^s. Hence the second moment of log⁡(1+a∣z∣2)\log(1+a|z|^2) is at most a constant times the integral of (1+a∣z∣2)−(s−τ)(1+a∣z+eu∣2)−s(1+a∣w∣2)−s(1+a∣w+e−u∣2)−s(1+a|z|^2)^{-(s-\tau)}(1+a|z+e^{u}|^2)^{-s}(1+a|w|^2)^{-s}(1+a|w+e^{-u}|^2)^{-s}. By the argument of Lemma 7.10, with exponents s−τ>0s-\tau>0 and ss and A=2s−τ−1>0A=2s-\tau-1>0, this integral is a multiple of E QA,2s−1(y)\mathbb{E}\,Q_{A,2s-1}(y), which is finite by (7.8). The same holds for ww.

(P5) By Lemma 5.21 the Gaussian satisfies ∣fRp^(ξ)∣≤2e−∣ξ∣AR≤Me−σ∣ξ∣AR|\widehat{f_{\mathrm{R}}^p}(\xi)|\leq2e^{-|\xi|}A_{\mathrm{R}}\leq Me^{-\sigma|\xi|}A_{\mathrm{R}}, and by Lemma 7.12 the pair profile satisfies the bound with KCe−σC(∣ξ1∣+∣ξ2∣)≤M2e−σ(∣ξ1∣+∣ξ2∣)K_{\mathrm{C}}e^{-\sigma_{\mathrm{C}}(|\xi_1|+|\xi_2|)}\leq M^2e^{-\sigma(|\xi_1|+|\xi_2|)}. □\square

A Lower Bound for the Overlap ICI_{\mathrm{C}}

Definition 7.15. For n≥0n \ge0 and integers i,k≥0i,k \ge0 put

Kn(i,k)=(s+i)n(s+k)nn!(η0+i+k+n)n+1,Dx(j)=∑h=0j−11x+h(Dx(0)=0),K_n(i,k)=\frac{(s+i)_n(s+k)_n}{n!(\eta_0+i+k+n)_{n+1}},\qquad D_x(j)=\sum_{h=0}^{j-1}\frac{1}{x+h}\qquad(D_x(0)=0),
rn(i,k)=−1η0+Hn2−Dη0(i+k+n)2+Dη0(i+k+2n+1)−Ds(i+n)+Ds(k+n)2,r_n(i,k)=-\frac{1}{\eta_0}+\frac{H_n}{2}-\frac{D_{\eta_0}(i+k+n)}{2}+D_{\eta_0}(i+k+2n+1)-\frac{D_s(i+n)+D_s(k+n)}{2},
Rn(i,k)=Kn(i,k)rn(i,k),andR_n(i,k)=K_n(i,k)r_n(i,k),\quad\text{and}
Gn=∑dijdklKn(i,k)Kn(j,l),G~n=∑dijdkl[Rn(i,k)Kn(j,l)+Kn(i,k)Rn(j,l)],G_n=\sum d_{ij}d_{kl}K_n(i,k)K_n(j,l),\qquad \widetilde{G}_n=\sum d_{ij}d_{kl}\left[R_n(i,k)K_n(j,l)+K_n(i,k)R_n(j,l)\right],

where the sums run over all crosses. Put

cs=−2ψ(s)+ψ(2s)+(2s−1)−1−γ,y0=a/4.(55)c_s=-2\psi(s)+\psi(2s)+(2s-1)^{-1}-\gamma,\qquad y_0=a/4. \tag*{(55)}

For rational ss and dijd_{ij}, the numbers Kn(i,k)K_n(i,k), rn(i,k)r_n(i,k), Rn(i,k)R_n(i,k), GnG_n and G~n\widetilde{G}_n are rational.

Proposition 7.17. Let s≥1s \ge1 and a>0a>0, and suppose that for every cross

AikBjly02<1,2log⁡(4/a)≥H⌈Aik⌉−1+H⌈Bjl⌉−1,log⁡(4/a)>1/2.(56)A_{ik}B_{jl}y_0^2<1,\qquad2\log(4/a)\ge H_{\lceil A_{ik}\rceil-1}+H_{\lceil B_{jl}\rceil-1},\qquad\log(4/a)>1/2. \tag*{(56)}

Then for every integer n∗≥0n_* \ge0,

ICπ2a−2≥∑n=0n∗a2n{Gn[log⁡(1/a)+cs]+G~n}−E−,n∗,(57)\frac{I_{\mathrm{C}}}{\pi^2a^{-2}}\ge\sum_{n=0}^{n_*}a^{2n}\left\{G_n[\log(1/a)+c_s]+\widetilde{G}_n\right\}-E_{-,n_*}, \tag*{(57)}

where the remainder term is

E−,n∗=log⁡(4/a)∑wijkl<0(−wijkl)(AikBjly02)n∗+11−AikBjly02.E_{-,n_*}=\log(4/a)\sum_{w_{ijkl}<0}(-w_{ijkl})\frac{(A_{ik}B_{jl}y_0^2)^{n_*+1}}{1-A_{ik}B_{jl}y_0^2}.

Proof. Start from Lemma 7.10. Since y≤y0=a/4<1y\le y_0=a/4<1, the hypotheses of Lemma 7.7(c) hold at every value of yy, with A=Aik≥1A=A_{ik}\ge1 and B=Bjl≥1B=B_{jl}\ge1. Split each QAikBjl(y)Q_{A_{ik}B_{jl}}(y) into the terms n≤n∗n\le n_* of Lemma 7.7(b) and the remainder Rem⁡n∗(y)\operatorname{Rem}_{n_*}(y).

Consider the term of index nn for one cross, with α=s+i\alpha=s+i, α′=s+k\alpha'=s+k, A=Aik=α+α′−1A=A_{ik}=\alpha+\alpha'-1, and similarly for T′T'. Its factor y2ny^{2n} is a2n(T(1−T))n(T′(1−T′))na^{2n}(T(1-T))^n(T'(1-T'))^n, and log⁡(1/y)=log⁡(1/a)−12log⁡(T(1−T))−12log⁡(T′(1−T′))\log(1/y)=\log(1/a)-\frac{1}{2}\log(T(1-T))-\frac{1}{2}\log(T'(1-T')). The beta integral gives E(T(1−T))n=(α)n(α′)n/(A+1)2n\mathbb{E}(T(1-T))^n=(\alpha)_n(\alpha')_n/(A+1)_{2n}, so

(A)nA n!E(T(1−T))n=(α)n(α′)nn!(A+n)n+1=Kn(i,k).\frac{(A)_n}{A\,n!}\mathbb{E}(T(1-T))^n =\frac{(\alpha)_n(\alpha')_n}{n!(A+n)_{n+1}} =K_n(i,k).

Weighting by (T(1−T))n(T(1-T))^n turns Beta⁡(α,α′)\operatorname{Beta}(\alpha,\alpha') into Beta⁡(α+n,α′+n)\operatorname{Beta}(\alpha+n,\alpha'+n), under which the mean of log⁡(T(1−T))\log(T(1-T)) is ψ(α+n)+ψ(α′+n)−2ψ(A+2n+1)\psi(\alpha+n)+\psi(\alpha'+n)-2\psi(A+2n+1). The recurrence ψ(x+j)=ψ(x)+Dx(j)\psi(x+j)=\psi(x)+D_x(j) and ψ(1)=−γ\psi(1)=-\gamma give

ψ(n+1)=−γ+Hn,ψ(α+n)=ψ(s)+Ds(i+n),ψ(α′+n)=ψ(s)+Ds(k+n),ψ(A+n)=ψ(η0)+Dη0(i+k+n),ψ(A+2n+1)=ψ(η0)+Dη0(i+k+2n+1),12cs=−ψ(s)+12ψ(η0)+η0−1−12γ,\begin{aligned} \psi(n+1)&=-\gamma+H_n, & \psi(\alpha+n)&=\psi(s)+D_s(i+n), & \psi(\alpha'+n)&=\psi(s)+D_s(k+n),\\ \psi(A+n)&=\psi(\eta_0)+D_{\eta_0}(i+k+n), & \psi(A+2n+1)&=\psi(\eta_0)+D_{\eta_0}(i+k+2n+1),\\ \frac{1}{2}c_s&=-\psi(s)+\frac{1}{2}\psi(\eta_0)+\eta_0^{-1}-\frac{1}{2}\gamma, \end{aligned}

the last one because ψ(2s)=ψ(η0)+1/η0\psi(2s)=\psi(\eta_0)+1/\eta_0. Substituting,

12ψ(n+1)−12ψ(A+n)−12[ψ(α+n)+ψ(α′+n)]+ψ(A+2n+1)=12cs+rn(i,k).\frac{1}{2}\psi(n+1)-\frac{1}{2}\psi(A+n)-\frac{1}{2}\left[\psi(\alpha+n)+\psi(\alpha'+n)\right]+\psi(A+2n+1) =\frac{1}{2}c_s+r_n(i,k).

Hence the expectation of the term of index nn, multiplied by wijklw_{ijkl}, is

a2ndijdklKn(i,k)Kn(j,l)[log⁡(1/a)+cs+rn(i,k)+rn(j,l)].a^{2n}d_{ij}d_{kl}K_n(i,k)K_n(j,l)\left[\log(1/a)+c_s+r_n(i,k)+r_n(j,l)\right].

Summing over crosses gives the displayed main terms.

By Lemma 7.7(c), 0≤Rem⁡n∗(y)≤log⁡(1/y)(ABy2)n∗+1/(1−ABy2)0 \le\operatorname{Rem}_{n_*}(y) \le\log(1/y)(ABy^2)^{n_*+1}/(1-ABy^2). The right side increases with yy on (0,y0](0,y_0], because the derivative of y2n∗+2log⁡(1/y)y^{2n_*+2}\log(1/y) is y2n∗+1((2n∗+2)log⁡(1/y)−1)>0y^{2n_*+1}((2n_*+2)\log(1/y)-1)>0 when log⁡(1/y)>1/2\log(1/y)>1/2. So 0≤Rem⁡n∗(y)≤log⁡(4/a)(ABy02)n∗+1/(1−ABy02)0 \le\operatorname{Rem}_{n_*}(y) \le\log(4/a)(ABy_0^2)^{n_*+1}/(1-ABy_0^2). For crosses with wijkl>0w_{ijkl}>0 we discard the remainder, and for crosses with wijkl<0w_{ijkl}<0 we subtract its upper bound. This proves (57). □

With n∗=1n_*=1 the bound keeps the exact term of order a2a^2; the terms it discards or subtracts are of order a4log⁡(1/a)a^4\log(1/a). It is a lower bound for ICI_{\mathbb{C}} only.

An Upper Bound for the Mass ACA_{\mathbb{C}}.

Proposition 7.20. Let gCg_{\mathbb{C}} be a Student–Bernstein profile with parameters (s,a,P)(s,a,P) such that q=sp−1>0q=sp-1>0. Then

AC=π2a2q2AˉC,AˉC=EP(T,T′)p,(58)A_{\mathbb{C}}=\frac{\pi^2}{a^2q^2}\bar{A}_{\mathbb{C}}, \qquad\bar{A}_{\mathbb{C}}=\mathbb{E}P(T,T')^p, \tag*{(58)}

where TT and T′T' are independent with density qtq−1qt^{q-1} on (0,1)(0,1). Partition [0,1]2[0,1]^2 into rectangles Q=[l,r]×[l′,r′]Q=[l,r]\times[l',r'], and use on QQ the coordinates x=(T−l)/(r−l)x=(T-l)/(r-l) and x′=(T′−l′)/(r′−l′)x'=(T'-l')/(r'-l'). Suppose that the Bernstein coefficients, of some degree, of the restriction of PP to QQ in these coordinates lie in [mQ,MQ][m_Q,M_Q] with mQ>0m_Q>0, and put

cQ=mQ+MQ2,ρQ=MQ−mQMQ+mQ,P=cQ(1+WQ) on Q.c_Q=\frac{m_Q+M_Q}{2}, \qquad\rho_Q=\frac{M_Q-m_Q}{M_Q+m_Q}, \qquad P=c_Q(1+W_Q)\ \text{on }Q.

Define

Mi(l,r)=∫lrqvq−1(v−lr−l)idv=q(r−l)i∑j=0i(ij)(−l)i−jrq+j−lq+jq+j,(59)M_i(l,r)=\int_l^r qv^{q-1}\left(\frac{v-l}{r-l}\right)^i\mathrm{d}v =\frac{q}{(r-l)^i}\sum_{j=0}^i\binom{i}{j}(-l)^{i-j}\frac{r^{q+j}-l^{q+j}}{q+j}, \tag*{(59)}

*and, writing WQk=∑i,jcij(k)xix′jW_Q^k=\sum_{i,j}c_{ij}^{(k)}x^ix'^j,

ΣQ,N=cQp∑k=0N(pk)∑i,jcij(k)Mi(l,r)Mj(l′,r′).\Sigma_{Q,N}=c_Q^p\sum_{k=0}^N\binom{p}{k}\sum_{i,j}c_{ij}^{(k)}M_i(l,r)M_j(l',r').

Then for every N≥1N\ge1,

∣AˉC−∑QΣQ,N∣≤∑QcQp∣(pN+1)∣ρQN+11−ρQM0(l,r)M0(l′,r′).(60)\left|\bar{A}_{\mathbb{C}}-\sum_Q\Sigma_{Q,N}\right| \le\sum_Q c_Q^p\frac{\left|\binom{p}{N+1}\right|\rho_Q^{N+1}}{1-\rho_Q}M_0(l,r)M_0(l',r'). \tag*{(60)}

Proof. The substitution t=(1+a∣z∣2)−1t=(1+a|z|^2)^{-1} gives dz=π dt/(at2)\mathrm{d}z=\pi\,\mathrm{d}t/(at^2) on C\mathbb{C}. Hence

AC=π2a2∫01∫01tsp−2t′sp−2P(t,t′)p dt dt′,A_{\mathbb{C}}=\frac{\pi^2}{a^2}\int_0^1\int_0^1 t^{sp-2}t'^{sp-2}P(t,t')^p\,\mathrm{d}t\,\mathrm{d}t',

which is (58) since sp−2=q−1sp-2=q-1. The Bernstein convex-hull property gives ∣WQ∣≤ρQ<1|W_Q|\le\rho_Q<1 on QQ. For 1<p<21<p<2 the binomial coefficients satisfy ∣(pk+1)∣/∣(pk)∣=∣p−k∣/(k+1)<1|\binom{p}{k+1}|/|\binom{p}{k}|=|p-k|/(k+1)<1 for k≥1k\ge1, so the binomial series of (1+W)p(1+W)^p converges uniformly on ∣W∣≤ρQ|W|\le\rho_Q, and its tail after index N≥1N\ge1 is at most ∣(pN+1)∣ρQN+1/(1−ρQ)|\binom{p}{N+1}|\rho_Q^{N+1}/(1-\rho_Q). Integrate against the density on QQ, whose integral over QQ is M0(l,r)M0(l′,r′)M_0(l,r)M_0(l',r'). The moment formula follows by expanding (v−l)i(v-l)^i; the convention 0q=00^q=0 is valid since q>0q>0. □

If PP is symmetric and both axes are partitioned alike, a rectangle and its reflection contribute equally, so off-diagonal rectangles may be counted twice and diagonal ones once. Subsection 8.5 describes how the quantities in Proposition 7.20 are evaluated.

A Lower Bound for the Functional JCJ_{\mathrm{C}}

Corollary 7.24. Under the hypotheses of Propositions 7.17 and 7.20, let Z∗Z_{*} be the right side of (57) for some n∗n_{*}, and suppose Z∗>0Z_{*}>0. If AˉC∗≥AˉC\bar{A}_{\mathrm{C}}^{*}\geq\bar{A}_{\mathrm{C}}, then

JC≥log⁡Z∗+2(1+δ)log⁡q−2δlog⁡π+2δlog⁡a−(1+δ)log⁡AˉC∗.(61)J_{\mathrm{C}}\geq\log Z_{*}+2(1+\delta)\log q-2\delta\log\pi+2\delta\log a-(1+\delta)\log\bar{A}_{\mathrm{C}}^{*}. \tag*{(61)}

Proof. By Proposition 7.17, IC≥π2a−2Z∗I_{\mathrm{C}}\geq\pi^{2}a^{-2}Z_{*}, and by (58), AC≤π2a−2q−2AˉC∗A_{\mathrm{C}}\leq\pi^{2}a^{-2}q^{-2}\bar{A}_{\mathrm{C}}^{*}. Substitute into JC=log⁡IC−(1+δ)log⁡ACJ_{\mathrm{C}}=\log I_{\mathrm{C}}-(1+\delta)\log A_{\mathrm{C}}. □\square

Interval evaluation of the right side of (61) gives a rigorous lower bound for JCJ_{\mathrm{C}}; the upper endpoint of such an enclosure is not an upper bound for JCJ_{\mathrm{C}}. For rational ss, all digamma values in Proposition 7.17 reduce to rational corrections and to cs=2/η0+ψ(η0)−2ψ(s)+ψ(1)c_{s}=2/\eta_{0}+\psi(\eta_{0})-2\psi(s)+\psi(1), since ψ(2s)=ψ(η0)+1/η0\psi(2s)=\psi(\eta_{0})+1/\eta_{0} and ψ(1)=−γ\psi(1)=-\gamma. The digamma function at rational arguments is enclosed as follows.

Lemma 7.26. For x>0x>0 and integers L≥0L\geq0 and k∗≥1k_{*}\geq1, put z=x+Lz=x+L. Then

∣ψ(x)−(log⁡z−12z−∑k=1k∗−1B2k2kz2k−∑j=0L−11x+j)∣≤∣B2k∗∣2k∗z2k∗,\left|\psi(x)-\left(\log z-\frac{1}{2z}-\sum_{k=1}^{k_{*}-1}\frac{B_{2k}}{2kz^{2k}}-\sum_{j=0}^{L-1}\frac{1}{x+j}\right)\right| \leq\frac{|B_{2k_{*}}|}{2k_{*}z^{2k_{*}}},

where B2kB_{2k} are the Bernoulli numbers.

Proof. By Binet’s formula [25], Equation (5.9.15),

ψ(z)=log⁡z−12z−2∫0∞t dt(t2+z2)(e2πt−1).\psi(z)=\log z-\frac{1}{2z}-2\int_{0}^{\infty}\frac{t\,\mathrm{d}t}{(t^{2}+z^{2})(e^{2\pi t}-1)}.

Write

1t2+z2=∑k=1k∗−1(−1)k−1t2k−2z2k+(−1)k∗−1t2k∗−2z2k∗−2(t2+z2),\frac{1}{t^{2}+z^{2}} = \sum_{k=1}^{k_{*}-1}(-1)^{k-1}\frac{t^{2k-2}}{z^{2k}} + (-1)^{k_{*}-1}\frac{t^{2k_{*}-2}}{z^{2k_{*}-2}(t^{2}+z^{2})},

and use ∫0∞t2k−1(e2πt−1)−1 dt=∣B2k∣/(4k)\int_{0}^{\infty}t^{2k-1}(e^{2\pi t}-1)^{-1}\,\mathrm{d}t=|B_{2k}|/(4k) and (−1)k−1∣B2k∣=B2k(-1)^{k-1}|B_{2k}|=B_{2k}. The remaining integral has a fixed sign and is at most ∣B2k∗∣/(2k∗z2k∗)|B_{2k_{*}}|/(2k_{*}z^{2k_{*}}) in absolute value, because (t2+z2)−1≤z−2(t^{2}+z^{2})^{-1}\leq z^{-2}. Finally apply the recurrence ψ(x+1)=ψ(x)+1/x\psi(x+1)=\psi(x)+1/x LL times. □\square

Proof of Theorem 1.1

We prove Theorem 1.1 by applying Corollary 6.23 to the fields of Theorem 2.42, with the upper bound for the relative zeta value in Theorem 4.2 and the data of Definition 8.1. Propositions 8.4 and 8.5 are verified by computer, in exact rational arithmetic and in outward-rounded interval arithmetic, as described in Subsection 8.5; the other steps are proved in the text. The inequalities between decimals in Propositions 8.4 and 8.5 and in Remarks 8.11 and 8.12, and the entries of Table 6 and Table 8, are computed and printed by the supplementary program geom241.py. In the inequalities the decimals are rounded outward from interval enclosures, and the table entries are rounded to ten decimals. No rounded decimal is substituted into a later calculation; in particular, AˉC∗\bar{A}_{\mathrm{C}}^{*} in Definition 8.3 is the exact upper end of a computed enclosure, not its rounded decimal.

rrere_rfrf_rQrQ_rkrk_rnrn_rgrg_runweighted
28416760.03934011030.0390666415
3229960.36754843020.3643996093
52225660.28170994880.2801636913
7185764801120.00349466080.0034946569
2914707281130.02940233210.0294022443

Table 6. Local data at the primes of R\mathcal{R}. Here Qr=rfrQ_r=r^{f_r}, the profile grg_r uses the weights wr,0,…,wr,nr−1w_{r,0},\ldots,w_{r,n_r-1}, and the last two columns give log⁡Fδ,r/(erfr)\log\mathcal{F}_{\delta,r}/(e_rf_r) for grg_r and for the unweighted shell profile with parameters (Qr,kr)(Q_r,k_r), rounded to ten decimals.

Parameters and Local Data

Definition 8.1. The data of this section are the following.

(a) δ=4273/100000=0.04273\delta=4273/100000=0.04273, p=2/(1+δ)=200000/104273p=2/(1+\delta)=200000/104273 and C=4871285/108=0.04871285C=4871285/10^{8}=0.04871285; λ=29/43615\lambda=2^{9/4}\sqrt{3615} and ℓ=log⁡λ\ell=\log\lambda, as in Theorem 2.42.

(b) At the compact coordinates, fRf_{\mathbb{R}} is the Gaussian of Lemma 7.3, with fRp=e−aR∣z∣2f_{\mathbb{R}}^{p}=e^{-a_{\mathbb{R}}|z|^{2}} and aR=2pδ=17092/104273<1a_{\mathbb{R}}=2p\delta=17092/104273<1. (c) At the pair coordinates, gCg_C is the Student–Bernstein profile of Definition 7.1 (the polynomial PP below is positive on [0,1]2[0,1]^2, since its Bernstein coefficients are positive by Proposition 8.4(b)) with s=1.14600585s=1.14600585, a=0.0000128633241758a=0.0000128633241758 and the polynomial PP of degree m=3m=3 in each variable whose Bernstein coefficients are (50). We put q=sp−1=12492817/10427300q=sp-1=12492817/10427300.

(d) In Definition 7.11 and Lemma 7.12 we take ρ=10−3\rho=10^{-3}, with the Bernstein coefficients of degree m=3m=3 of (c). In Proposition 7.20 we partition [0,1]2[0,1]^2 into the 64 squares of side 1/81/8, use on each square the Bernstein coefficients of degree 3, with mQm_Q and MQM_Q the smallest and largest of these coefficients, and take N=18N=18. In Proposition 7.17 we take n∗=1n_*=1.

(e) R={2,3,5,7,29}\mathcal{R}=\{2,3,5,7,29\}. For r∈Rr\in\mathcal{R}, (er,fr)(e_r,f_r) is the absolute type (Definition 2.41) of the primes of FF above rr given by Theorem 2.42 (Table 5, repeated in Table 6), the exponent krk_r is that of Table 6, and Qr=rfrQ_r=r^{f_r}. For a prime p\mathfrak{p} of FF above rr, grg_r is the shell profile on Fp2\mathbb{F}_{\mathfrak{p}}^2 with parameters (Qr,kr,(wr,iwr,j)i,j≥0)(Q_r,k_r,(w_{r,i}w_{r,j})_{i,j\geq0}), where wr,0=1w_{r,0}=1, the weights wr,iw_{r,i} with 1≤i<nr1\leq i<n_r are those of Table 7, and wr,i=0w_{r,i}=0 for i≥nri\geq n_r; these weights are nonnegative by Proposition 8.4(a). By Lemma 6.8, the value Fδ,r=Fδ(gr)\mathcal{F}_{\delta,r}=\mathcal{F}_{\delta}(g_r) depends only on these parameters.

rriiwr,iw_{r,i}≈wr,i\approx w_{r,i}
212854206002066/590412147560052854206002066/590412147560054.83426⋅10−24.83426 \cdot10^{-2}
22198349814036/95709219081499198349814036/957092190814992.07242⋅10−32.07242 \cdot10^{-3}
237762557303/865619841229757762557303/865619841229758.96763⋅10−58.96763 \cdot10^{-5}
24109894931/27828186078256109894931/278281860782563.94905⋅10−63.94905 \cdot10^{-6}
2517033757/9660387466439917033757/966038746643991.76326⋅10−71.76326 \cdot10^{-7}
315693537714695/637641177609195693537714695/637641177609198.92906⋅10−28.92906 \cdot10^{-2}
32567838527095/78237129879259567838527095/782371298792597.25792⋅10−37.25792 \cdot10^{-3}
3343356430379/7294361452485943356430379/729436145248595.94383⋅10−45.94383 \cdot10^{-4}
342265261068/459539378347452265261068/459539378347454.92942⋅10−54.92942 \cdot10^{-5}
3574149907/1801855342203074149907/180185534220304.11520⋅10−64.11520 \cdot10^{-6}
511343081168627/463865633012091343081168627/463865633012092.89541⋅10−22.89541 \cdot10^{-2}
5261788974773/8206706566536461788974773/820670656653647.52908⋅10−47.52908 \cdot10^{-4}
531389672153/698961650116491389672153/698961650116491.98820⋅10−51.98820 \cdot10^{-5}
5432644248/6081269883431332644248/608126988343135.36800⋅10−75.36800 \cdot10^{-7}
55511565/34657937034136511565/346579370341361.47604⋅10−81.47604 \cdot10^{-8}
712309805/692406114989562309805/692406114989563.33591⋅10−83.33591 \cdot10^{-8}
29136498535/9595687691766436498535/959568769176643.80364⋅10−73.80364 \cdot10^{-7}
2924/290902856296134/290902856296131.37503⋅10−131.37503 \cdot10^{-13}

Table 7. The exact shell weights wr,iw_{r,i} for 1≤i<nr1 \le i < n_r; all wr,0=1w_{r,0}=1, and wr,i=0w_{r,i}=0 for i≥nri \ge n_r. The last column gives the weights rounded to six significant digits, for orientation only; the computations of Section 8 use the exact fractions.

Every parameter written as a finite decimal is exact. We recall θ∗=65535/131072\theta_*=65535/131072 from Theorem 2.42. Since the weights wr,iw_{r,i} are nonnegative (Proposition 8.4(a)) and wr,0=1w_{r,0}=1, Corollary 6.10, with x=x′=(wr,i)i≥0x=x'=(w_{r,i})_{i\geq0}, gives

log⁡Fδ,r=−δkrlog⁡Qr+log⁡((kr+1)Sr2+2SrRr)−2(1+δ)log⁡Pr,(62)\log\mathcal{F}_{\delta,r} = -\delta k_r\log Q_r +\log\left((k_r+1)S_r^2+2S_rR_r\right) -2(1+\delta)\log P_r, \tag*{(62)}

where Pr=∑imiwr,ipP_r=\sum_i m_iw_{r,i}^{p}, Sr=∑imiwr,i2S_r=\sum_i m_iw_{r,i}^{2} and Rr=∑i,i′Δii′wr,iwr,i′R_r=\sum_{i,i'}\Delta_{ii'}w_{r,i}w_{r,i'}, with the shell measures mim_i and the matrix Δ\Delta of Section 6 for Q=QrQ=Q_r. Table 6 lists the local data and Table 7 the exact weights. At 7 and 29 only S0,S1S_0,S_1, respectively S0,S1,S2S_0,S_1,S_2, carry weight, and these shell profiles improve only slightly on the unweighted shell profiles (Table 6).

Definition 8.3. Let Z∗Z_* be the right side of (57) for the data of Definition 8.1, with n∗=1n_*=1. Let AˉC∗\bar{A}_C^* be the upper end of the rigorous interval enclosure of AˉC\bar{A}_C computed by the program of Subsection 8.5 (Proposition 8.5(a)), so that AˉC≤AˉC∗<38.7888697256861071\bar{A}_C\leq\bar{A}_C^*<38.7888697256861071, the last number being AˉC∗\bar{A}_C^* rounded up. Let JC∗J_C^* be the right side of (61) for these Z∗Z_* and AˉC∗\bar{A}_C^*, and put

M∗(θ)=∑r∈Rlog⁡Fδ,rerfr−(1/2−δ)ℓ−C+(1−δ)log⁡2+(1−θ)log⁡π+(1−2θ)JR+θJC∗.\begin{aligned} \mathcal{M}_*(\theta) &= \sum_{r\in\mathcal{R}}\frac{\log\mathcal{F}_{\delta,r}}{e_rf_r} -(1/2-\delta)\ell-C+(1-\delta)\log2+(1-\theta)\log\pi\\ &\quad+(1-2\theta)J_{\mathbb{R}}+\theta J_C^*. \end{aligned}

We call M∗(θ)\mathcal{M}_*(\theta) the lower bound for the margin MR(θ)\mathcal{M}_{\mathcal{R}}(\theta) of Corollary 6.23; Lemma 8.10 justifies the name.

Finite Checks and Rigorous Bounds.

Proposition 8.4. For the data of Definition 8.1:

(a) wr,i>0w_{r,i}>0 for every r∈Rr \in\mathcal{R} and 0≤i<nr0 \le i<n_r;

(b) the coefficients (50) are positive, and the tube constant satisfies q0<0.026q_0<0.026;

(c) on each of the 64 squares QQ, the Bernstein coefficients of degree 3 of the restriction of PP to QQ are positive, and ρQ<0.332\rho_Q<0.332;

(d) every cross satisfies (56).

Proof. These are finite checks, made by the supplementary program geom241.py as described in Subsection 8.5. The comparisons in (a)–(c), and the first condition in (d), are exact comparisons of rational numbers; the other two conditions in (d) are checked by outward-rounded interval evaluation of log⁡(4/a)\log(4/a). □

Proposition 8.5. For the data of Definition 8.1, with Z∗Z_*, JC∗J_C^* and M∗\mathcal{M}_* as in Definition 8.3, the following hold.

(a) With TT and T′T' independent with density qtq−1qt^{q-1} on (0,1)(0,1),

38.7888697256861058<AˉC=EP(T,T′)p<38.7888697256861071,(63)38.7888697256861058 < \bar{A}_C = \mathbb{E}P(T,T')^p < 38.7888697256861071, \tag*{(63)}

and the right side of (60) is less than 5.9⋅10−165.9 \cdot10^{-16}.

(b) The expression Z∗Z_* satisfies

348.4186894704059951<Z∗<348.4186894704059952,(64)348.4186894704059951 < Z_* < 348.4186894704059952, \tag*{(64)}

and the remainder term satisfies E−,1<6.1⋅10−17E_{-,1}<6.1 \cdot10^{-17}.

(c) 1.3556525171042125<JC∗<1.35565251710421271.3556525171042125<J_C^*<1.3556525171042127.

(d) −0.2107595968649958<JR<−0.2107595968649957-0.2107595968649958<J_{\mathbb{R}}<-0.2107595968649957.

(e) 0.7214954821109038790<∑r∈Rlog⁡Fδ,r/(erfr)<0.72149548211090387910.7214954821109038790<\sum_{r\in\mathcal{R}}\log F_{\delta,r}/(e_rf_r)<0.7214954821109038791. (f) The numbers H=∑rkrlog⁡r/erH=\sum_{r}k_{r}\log r/e_{r} and ℓ=94log⁡2+12log⁡3615\ell=\frac{9}{4}\log2+\frac{1}{2}\log3615 satisfy

15.6917787983405342<H<15.6917787983405343,5.6560047235563094<ℓ<5.6560047235563095.\begin{aligned} 15.6917787983405342 &< H < 15.6917787983405343,\\ 5.6560047235563094 &< \ell< 5.6560047235563095. \end{aligned}

(g) log⁡KC<0.0491254364\log K_{\mathrm{C}}<0.0491254364, σC>1.7518755886\sigma_{\mathrm{C}}>1.7518755886 and μ=2eH/2−ℓ>17.8683654522\mu=2e^{H/2-\ell}>17.8683654522.

(h) 0.6324418249848039<−log⁡π−2JR+JC∗<0.63244182498480400.6324418249848039<-\log\pi-2J_{\mathrm{R}}+J_{\mathrm{C}}^{*}<0.6324418249848040.

(i) The lower bound for the margin satisfies

M∗(θ∗)>0.000176730033534598.(65)\mathcal{M}_{*}(\theta_{*})>0.000176730033534598. \tag*{(65)}

Proof. The supplementary program geom241.py evaluates these quantities in outward-rounded interval arithmetic from the exact data, as described in Subsection 8.5: (a) by Proposition 7.20; (b) from (57), with Lemma 7.26 for the digamma values; (c) from (61); (d) from (51); (e) from (62); (f) from the definitions of HH and ℓ\ell; (g) from Lemma 7.12 and the definition of μ\mu; and (h) and (i) from Definition 8.3, where AˉC∗\bar{A}_{\mathrm{C}}^{*} is the upper end of the enclosure computed for (a). □\square

In (b), the upper endpoint bounds the expression Z∗Z_{*}, not the overlap ICI_{\mathrm{C}}. The proof of Theorem 1.1 uses Proposition 8.4 and, from Proposition 8.5, only the fact, established by the computation for (a), that AˉC≤AˉC∗\bar{A}_{\mathrm{C}}\leq\bar{A}_{\mathrm{C}}^{*}, the positivity of Z∗Z_{*} given by (b), and (g), (h) and (i); the other bounds in Proposition 8.5 are not used in the proof. Table 8 lists the terms of M∗(θ∗)\mathcal{M}_{*}(\theta_{*}).

Conclusion of the Proof.

Corollary 8.9. The pair (fR,gC)(f_{\mathrm{R}},g_{\mathrm{C}}) of Definition 8.1 is admissible with Fourier constants M=2M=2 and σ=1\sigma=1, and these satisfy (37) with μ=2eH/2−ℓ\mu=2e^{H/2-\ell}.

Proof. Proposition 7.13 applies, since s≥1s\geq1, a>0a>0, aR≤1a_{\mathrm{R}}\leq1 and 0<ρ<10<\rho<1, the Bernstein coefficients (50) of degree m=3m=3 are positive, and qˉ0<1\bar{q}_{0}<1 (Proposition 8.4(b)). It gives the Fourier constants M=max⁡{2,KC}M=\max\{2,\sqrt{K_{\mathrm{C}}}\} and σ=min⁡{1,σC}\sigma=\min\{1,\sigma_{\mathrm{C}}\}. By Proposition 8.5(g), KC<4K_{\mathrm{C}}<4 and σC>1\sigma_{\mathrm{C}}>1, so M=2M=2 and σ=1\sigma=1. The right side of (37) is then log⁡50+2<5.9121\log50+2<5.9121, while σμ=μ>17.8683654522\sigma\mu=\mu>17.8683654522 by Proposition 8.5(g). □\square

Lemma 8.10. For the data of Definition 8.1, JC≥JC∗J_{\mathrm{C}}\geq J_{\mathrm{C}}^{*}. Consequently, for θ∗≤θ<1/2\theta_{*}\leq\theta<1/2, the margin MR(θ)\mathcal{M}_{\mathrm{R}}(\theta) of Corollary 6.23 for these data satisfies

MR(θ)≥M∗(θ)≥M∗(θ∗)>0.000176730033534598.\mathcal{M}_{\mathrm{R}}(\theta)\geq\mathcal{M}_{*}(\theta)\geq\mathcal{M}_{*}(\theta_{*})>0.000176730033534598.

Proof. Corollary 7.24 applies: the hypotheses of Propositions 7.17 and 7.20 hold by Proposition 8.4(c),(d), Z∗>0Z_{*}>0 by (64), and AˉC≤AˉC∗\bar{A}_{\mathrm{C}}\leq\bar{A}_{\mathrm{C}}^{*} by Proposition 8.5(a) and Definition 8.3. Hence JC≥JC∗J_{\mathrm{C}}\geq J_{\mathrm{C}}^{*}. Since MR(θ)−M∗(θ)=θ(JC−JC∗)\mathcal{M}_{\mathrm{R}}(\theta)-\mathcal{M}_{*}(\theta)=\theta(J_{\mathrm{C}}-J_{\mathrm{C}}^{*}) and θ≥0\theta\geq0, we get MR(θ)≥M∗(θ)\mathcal{M}_{\mathrm{R}}(\theta)\geq\mathcal{M}_{*}(\theta). The function M∗\mathcal{M}_{*} is affine in θ\theta with slope −log⁡π−2JR+JC∗-\log\pi-2J_{\mathrm{R}}+J_{\mathrm{C}}^{*}, which is positive by Proposition 8.5(h); so M∗(θ)≥M∗(θ∗)\mathcal{M}_{*}(\theta)\geq\mathcal{M}_{*}(\theta_{*}) for θ≥θ∗\theta\geq\theta_{*}, and (65) completes the proof. □\square

Proof of Theorem 1.1. For each n≥49n \ge49, let K(n)/BK^{(n)}/B be a Galois extension with [K(n):B]=2n[K^{(n)}:B]=2^{n} as in Theorem 2.42, let ι1\iota_{1} be a complex conjugation at a place of K(n)K^{(n)} above the real place v1v_{1} of BB, put F(n)=(K(n))⟨ι1⟩F^{(n)}=\left(K^{(n)}\right)^{\langle\iota_{1}\rangle} and dn=[F(n):Q]d_{n}=[F^{(n)}:\mathbb{Q}], and let θn\theta_{n} be the value of θ\theta for F(n)F^{(n)}. By Theorem 4.2, dn−1log⁡LF(n)(1)<Cd_{n}^{-1}\log L_{F^{(n)}}(1)<C for all sufficiently large nn; we discard the finitely many other fields.

We apply Corollary 6.23 to this sequence, with δ=0.04273\delta=0.04273, the exponents krk_{r}, the weights w(r)=(wr,iwr,j)i,j≥0w^{(r)}=(w_{r,i}w_{r,j})_{i,j\ge0} and the pair (fR,gC)(f_{\mathrm{R}},g_{\mathrm{C}}) of Definition 8.1, and check its hypotheses. By Theorem 2.42, each K(n)/F(n)K^{(n)}/F^{(n)} satisfies (G1)–(G3) with the common λ=29/43615\lambda=2^{9/4}\sqrt{3615}, dn=2n→∞d_{n}=2^{n}\to\infty, and all these extensions have the uniform local types (er,fr)r∈R(e_{r},f_{r})_{r\in R} of Table 5. By the choice above, log⁡LF(n)(1)≤dnC\log L_{F^{(n)}}(1)\le d_{n}C. The weights are as in Definition 6.5, since wr,0=1w_{r,0}=1, wr,i>0w_{r,i}>0 for i<nri<n_{r} by Proposition 8.4(a), and wr,i=0w_{r,i}=0 for i≥nri\ge n_{r}. The pair (fR,gC)(f_{\mathrm{R}},g_{\mathrm{C}}) is admissible, with Fourier constants that satisfy (37) with μ=2eH/2−ℓ\mu=2e^{H/2-\ell}, by Corollary 8.9. Finally, θ∗≤θn<1/2\theta_{*}\le\theta_{n}<1/2 by Theorem 2.42, so Lemma 8.10 gives MR(θn)≥M∗(θ∗)>0\mathcal{M}_{R}(\theta_{n})\ge\mathcal{M}_{*}(\theta_{*})>0 for all nn.

Corollary 6.23 therefore gives finite sets Un⊂R2U_{n}\subset\mathbb{R}^{2} with ∣Un∣→∞|U_{n}|\to\infty and u(Un)/∣Un∣1+δ→∞u(U_{n})/|U_{n}|^{1+\delta}\to\infty, where 1+δ=1.042731+\delta=1.04273; these are the sets of Theorem 1.1, indexed by nn. In particular u(Un)≥∣Un∣1.04273u(U_{n})\ge|U_{n}|^{1.04273} for all large nn, which gives the last assertion of Theorem 1.1 at the cardinalities ∣Un∣|U_{n}|. □\square

Remarks

Remark 8.11. The proof uses the bound θ≥θ∗\theta\ge\theta_{*} only through Lemma 8.10, that is, through the positivity of M∗\mathcal{M}_{*} on [θ∗,1/2)[\theta_{*},1/2). The program geom241.py also encloses the value at θ=0\theta=0 and the zero θ0\theta_{0} of the affine function M∗\mathcal{M}_{*}:

M∗(0)<−0.316,θ0<0.49971293.\mathcal{M}_{*}(0)<-0.316,\qquad\theta_{0}<0.49971293.

So M∗(θ)>0\mathcal{M}_{*}(\theta)>0 for θ≥0.49971293\theta\ge0.49971293; these enclosures are not used in the proof. By Theorem 2.42, b/d=1/(2Nι)b/d=1/(2N_{\iota}), where NιN_{\iota} is the number of conjugates of ι1\iota_{1} in Gal⁡(K/B)\operatorname{Gal}(K/B), so that θ=1/2−1/(4Nι)\theta=1/2-1/(4N_{\iota}). Hence Nι≥871N_{\iota}\ge871 would suffice, whereas that theorem gives Nι≥215N_{\iota}\ge2^{15}. On the other hand, at θ=0\theta=0 the margin MR(0)\mathcal{M}_{R}(0) does not involve JCJ_{\mathrm{C}} and equals M∗(0)<0\mathcal{M}_{*}(0)<0: with these profiles, mixed signature is essential.

Remark 8.12. The following numerical observations are not used in the proof. For the unweighted shell profiles with the same exponents krk_{r}, the sum in Proposition 8.5(e) is replaced by J−δH<0.7165268434J-\delta H<0.7165268434. The proof of Proposition 6.21 needs only some η>0\eta>0 with 4η4\eta below the lower bound of the margins, where η\eta is the auxiliary parameter of that proof; for instance, η=10−9\eta=10^{-9} gives

M∗(θ∗)−4η>0.000176726033534598>0.(66)\mathcal{M}_{*}(\theta_{*})-4\eta>0.000176726033534598>0. \tag*{(66)}

The value M∗(θ∗)\mathcal{M}_{*}(\theta_{*}) is small compared with the individual terms in Table 8. Since M∗\mathcal{M}_{*} decreases with slope 11 in CC and with slope 1/2−δ1/2-\delta in ℓ\ell, it would be absorbed by an increase of 1.77⋅10−41.77\cdot10^{-4} in CC, or of 3.87⋅10−43.87\cdot10^{-4} in ℓ\ell. For δ=0.0428\delta=0.0428, with the same pair profile gCg_{\mathrm{C}} (the same ss, aa and coefficients (7.2)), the Gaussian of Lemma 7.3 for this δ\delta, the same CC, and exponents and weights produced by the optimization program shells241.py for this δ\delta (its exponents krk_{r} and numbers nrn_{r} agree with Table 6), the same evaluation gives M∗(θ∗)<−0.0015\mathcal{M}_{*}(\theta_{*})<-0.0015.

Remark 8.14. The weights wr,iw_{r,i} are nonincreasing in ii; this is an exact rational comparison. So grg_{r} is the nonnegative combination ∑i,j(wr,i−wr,i+1)(wr,j−wr,j+1)1Bi×ϖ−krBj\sum_{i,j}(w_{r,i}-w_{r,i+1})(w_{r,j}-w_{r,j+1})\mathbf{1}_{B_{i}\times\varpi^{-k_{r}}B_{j}} of indicators of products of balls. As a consistency check, the rational number Z(gr)Qr−krZ(g_{r})Q_{r}^{-k_{r}} is computed twice for each rr: from (44), and from this combination and (41). The two exact values agree.

Computations

The program geom241.py evaluates the formulas of Sections 6 and 7 for the data of Definition 8.1: the local functionals (62) from the exponents and weights of Table 6 and Table 7, and the quantities of Propositions 7.20 and 7.17, of Lemma 7.12 and of Corollary 7.24 from the profile data. For these it uses, unchanged, three modules of an earlier supplementary archive of the author (Subsection 1.6), which implement exactly these formulas. In Proposition 7.20 it uses the symmetry of (7.2): each square off the diagonal is evaluated once and counted twice. The program checks the hypotheses listed in Proposition 8.4 (for (c), on the squares on or above the diagonal; the others follow by the symmetry of (50), since the restriction of PP to a reflected square has the transposed Bernstein coefficients), the conditions aR≤1a_{\mathrm{R}} \le1, σC>1\sigma_{\mathrm{C}} > 1, log⁡KC<2log⁡2\log K_{\mathrm{C}} < 2\log2 and μ>10\mu> 10 (which implies (37) for M=2M=2 and σ=1\sigma=1, since log⁡50+2<10\log50+2<10), and the positivity of the slope in Proposition 8.5(h); it also makes the consistency check of Remark 8.14. It then prints the enclosures stated in this section. The exponents and weights were produced by the separate optimization program shells241.py; they enter the proof only as the exact rational data of Table 7.

Rational quantities are computed exactly: q0q_{0}, the restrictions of PP to the squares and their Bernstein coefficients, the coefficients of the powers WQkW_{Q}^{k} and the binomial coefficients in Proposition 7.20, GnG_{n} and G~n\widetilde{G}_{n}, and the shell sums SrS_{r} and RrR_{r}; the polynomial arithmetic is done with integers after clearing denominators. The remaining quantities involve the logarithm, the exponential (also through the real powers xy=exp⁡(ylog⁡x)x^{y}=\exp(y\log x) in (59), in cQρc_{Q}^{\rho} and in wr,iρw_{r,i}^{\rho}), the square root in σC\sigma_{\mathrm{C}}, the constant π\pi, and the digamma function, which enters only through Lemma 7.26; that lemma is applied with exact rational arguments and Bernoulli numbers, L=64L=64 and k∗=16k_{*}=16, without rounding the rational parameters of the profile. These quantities are evaluated in the interval arithmetic of mpmath [40], which computes each arithmetic operation and each of these elementary functions with the lower endpoint rounded down and the upper endpoint rounded up, at a working precision of 80 decimal digits; exact rational algebra followed by interval evaluation keeps the bound of Proposition 7.20 valid despite the cancellation in (59). Hence every computed interval contains the exact value, and the decimals stated above, which are coarser than the working precision by more than fifty orders of magnitude, are rigorous bounds.

References

Email address: [email protected]

References

  1. [1]Noga Alon, Thomas F. Bloom, W. T. Gowers, Daniel Litt, Will Sawin, Arul Shankar, Jacob Tsimerman, Victor Wang, and Melanie Matchett Wood, Remarks on the disproof of the unit distance conjecture, 2026, arXiv:2605.20695v1; https://arxiv.org/abs/2605.20695v1.
  2. [2]Leonardo de Moura and Sebastian Ullrich, The Lean 4 theorem prover and programming language, Automated Deduction—CADE 28 (Cham) (André Platzer and Geoff Sutcliffe, eds.), Lecture Notes in Computer Science, vol. 12699, Springer, 2021, pp. 625–635.
  3. [3]Tim Dokchitser, Computing special values of motivic L-functions, Experimental Mathematics 13 (2004), no. 2, 137–149.
  4. [4]Michael T. M. Emmerich, Optimizing explicit unit-distance lower-bound certificates, 2026, arXiv:2606.03419v5, June 9, 2026 (v1 June 2, 2026); certificate with δ = 0.015263 . . .; https://arxiv.org/abs/2606.03419v5.
  5. [5]Michael T. M. Emmerich and Francesco Cordella, Optimized certificate for the unit distance problem with extended prime number range, Zenodo record, June 5, 2026, Certificate and verification code. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.20551478.
  6. [6]Paul Erdős, On sets of distances of n points, The American Mathematical Monthly 53 (1946), no. 5, 248–250, https://doi.org/10.1080/00029890.1946.11991674.
  7. [7]———, Some problems in number theory, combinatorics and combinatorial geometry, Mathematica Pannonica 5 (1994), no. 2, 261–269.
  8. [8]Mikhail Ershov, Golod–Shafarevich groups: a survey, International Journal of Algebra and Computation 22 (2012), no. 5, 1230001, 68 pages.DOI
  9. [9]Ralph H. Fox, Free differential calculus. I: Derivation in the free group ring, Annals of Mathematics 57 (1953), no. 3, 547–560.DOI
  10. [10]E. S. Golod and I. R. Shafarevich, On the class field tower, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 28 (1964), no. 2, 261–272 (Russian), English translation: Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. (2) 48 (1965), 91–102; https://www.mathnet.ru/eng/im2955.
  11. [11]Farshid Hajir, Christian Maire, and Ravi Ramakrishna, Cutting towers of number fields, Annales mathématiques du Québec 45 (2021), no. 2, 321–345.arxiv.org/abs/1901.04354
  12. [12]Erich Hecke, Eine neue Art von Zetafunktionen und ihre Beziehungen zur Verteilung der Primzahlen. Zweite Mitteilung, Mathematische Zeitschrift 6 (1920), 11–51, https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01202991.
  13. [13]S. A. Jennings, The structure of the group ring of a p-group over a modular field, Transactions of the American Mathematical Society 50 (1941), no. 1, 175–185, https://doi.org/10.2307/1989916.
  14. [14]Fredrik Johansson, Rigorous high-precision computation of the Hurwitz zeta function and its derivatives, Numerical Algorithms 69 (2015), no. 2, 253–270.arxiv.org/abs/1309.2877
  15. [15]———, Arb: Efficient arbitrary-precision midpoint-radius interval arithmetic, IEEE Transactions on Computers 66 (2017), no. 8, 1281–1292, https://doi.org/10.1109/TC.2017.2690633.
  16. [16]Stéphane Louboutin, Explicit bounds for residues of Dedekind zeta functions, values of L-functions at s = 1, and relative class numbers, Journal of Number Theory 85 (2000), no. 2, 263–282, https://doi.org/10.1006/jnth.2000.2545.
  17. [17]James S. Milne, Lectures on étale cohomology, 2013, Version 2.21, March 22, 2013; https://www.jmilne.org/math/CourseNotes/LEC.pdf.
  18. [18]———, Algebraic number theory, 2020, Version 3.08, July 19, 2020; https://www.jmilne.org/math/CourseNotes/ANT.pdf.
  19. [19]———, Class field theory, 2020, Version 4.03, August 6, 2020; https://www.jmilne.org/math/CourseNotes/CFT.pdf.
  20. [20]mlewko, Post in the discussion thread of Erdős Problem #90, Erdős Problems forum, May 21, 2026, Reports δ = 0.031849981 . . . in Sawin’s criterion, with finite data found by ChatGPT; accessed September 30, 2026; https://www.erdosproblems.com/forum/thread/90.
  21. [21]Eric Naslund, Answer to “What is the unit distance exponent?”, MathOverflow, answer 511576, 2026, Posted May 23, 2026, last edited June 9, 2026; accessed September 30, 2026; https://mathoverflow.net/a/511576.
  22. [22]———, An exponent of 1.04273 for the unit distance problem: Lean formalization at exponent 1.0427, conditional on one zeta inequality, Palomar registry, PALOMAR-2026-10-01-000018, version 1, 2026, https://palomar-registry.org/entry?id=PALOMAR-2026-10-01-000018&version=1; Lean 4 source at https://github.com/enaslund/unit-distance-bound-0.0427/tree/e0ac836176016dbefae28646bc91fc3a5aca30e8/lean.
  23. [23]———, An improved explicit lower bound for the unit distance problem, Unpublished manuscript, 2026, Records exponent 1.0358324. https://github.com/enaslund/unit-distance-bound-0.0427/tree/8ab94da4ba4faf6f6d8fe43c298f04c3b284e796/papers/0.0358324.
  24. [24]———, Supplementary programs and data for “An exponent of 1.04273 for the unit distance problem”, GitHub repository, directory papers/0.04273/certificates, 2026, https://github.com/enaslund/unit-distance-bound-0.0427.
  25. [25]National Institute of Standards and Technology, NIST Digital Library of Mathematical Functions, 2026, Release 1.2.8, September 15, 2026; accessed September 27, 2026; https://dlmf.nist.gov/.
  26. [26]Jürgen Neukirch, Alexander Schmidt, and Kay Wingberg, Cohomology of number fields, 2 ed., Grundlehren der mathematischen Wissenschaften, vol. 323, Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2008.DOI
  27. [27]OpenAI, Planar point sets with many unit distances, Research manuscript, May 20, 2026, https://cdn.openai.com/pdf/74c24085-19b0-4534-9c90-465b8e29ad73/unit-distance-proof.pdf.
  28. [28]Erdős unit distance exponent, Entry 84a of Optimization Constants in Mathematics, a crowdsourced repository started by Terence Tao, 2026, Accessed September 30, 2026; https://teorth.github.io/optimizationproblems/constants/84a.html.
  29. [29]Bjorn Poonen, Rational points on varieties, Graduate Studies in Mathematics, vol. 186, American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 2017, https://math.mit.edu/~poonen/papers/Qpoints.pdf.DOI
  30. [30]Claudio Quadrelli, Pro-p groups with few relations and universal Koszulity, Mathematica Scandinavica 127 (2021), no. 1, 28–42, https://doi.org/10.7146/math.scand.a-123644.
  31. [31]D. G. Quillen, On the associated graded ring of a group ring, Journal of Algebra 10 (1968), no. 4, 411–418, https://doi.org/10.1016/0021-8693(68)90069-0.
  32. [32]Will Sawin, An explicit lower bound for the unit distance problem, 2026, arXiv:2605.20579v1; https://arxiv.org/abs/2605.20579v1.
  33. [33]Jean-Pierre Serre, A course in arithmetic, Graduate Texts in Mathematics, vol. 7, Springer, New York, 1973.DOI
  34. [34]Joel Spencer, Endre Szemerédi, and William T. Trotter, Jr., Unit distances in the Euclidean plane, Graph Theory and Combinatorics (Béla Bollobás, ed.), Academic Press, London, 1984, https://trotter.math.gatech.edu/papers/44.pdf, pp. 293–303.
  35. [35]spiderduckpig, Answer to “What is the unit distance exponent?”, MathOverflow, answer 511531, 2026, Posted May 21, 2026, with 1 + δ ≥ 1.03188306553964 . . .; comment of May 22, 2026 proposing a weighted count in the Zassenhaus filtration in Sawin’s Golod–Shafarevich step, with δ ≥ 0.0333487156372102; last edited June 9, 2026; accessed September 30, 2026; https://mathoverflow.net/a/511531.
  36. [36]László A. Székely, Crossing numbers and hard Erdős problems in discrete geometry, Combinatorics, Probability and Computing 6 (1997), no. 3, 353–358, https://doi.org/10.1017/S09635483097002976.
  37. [37]John T. Tate, Fourier analysis in number fields and Hecke’s zeta-functions, Algebraic Number Theory (J. W. S. Cassels and A. Fröhlich, eds.), Academic Press, London, 1967, Originally a Princeton University doctoral thesis, 1950; https://www.lms.ac.uk/publications/algebraic-number-theory, pp. 305–347.
  38. [38]The FLINT team, FLINT: Fast Library for Number Theory, 2026, Version 3.6.0, used through python-flint 0.9.0; https://flintlib.org.
  39. [39]The mathlib Community, The Lean mathematical library, Proceedings of the 9th ACM SIGPLAN International Conference on Certified Programs and Proofs, ACM, 2020, pp. 367–381.DOI
  40. [40]The mpmath development team, mpmath: A Python library for arbitrary-precision floating-point arithmetic, 2023, Version 1.3.0; https://github.com/mpmath/mpmath/releases/tag/1.3.0.
  41. [41]The PARI Group, PARI/GP, Université de Bordeaux, 2025, Version 2.17.2; https://pari.math.u-bordeaux.fr/.
  42. [42]M. A. Tsfasman and S. G. Vlăduţ, Infinite global fields and the generalized Brauer–Siegel theorem, Moscow Mathematical Journal 2 (2002), no. 2, 329–402, https://doi.org/10.17323/1609-4514-2002-2-2-329-402.

Paper details

Contents